| 1 |
709 |
jeremybenn |
/* Subroutines for insn-output.c for Motorola 68000 family.
|
| 2 |
|
|
Copyright (C) 1987, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000,
|
| 3 |
|
|
2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011
|
| 4 |
|
|
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
| 5 |
|
|
|
| 6 |
|
|
This file is part of GCC.
|
| 7 |
|
|
|
| 8 |
|
|
GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
| 9 |
|
|
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
| 10 |
|
|
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
|
| 11 |
|
|
any later version.
|
| 12 |
|
|
|
| 13 |
|
|
GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
| 14 |
|
|
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
| 15 |
|
|
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
| 16 |
|
|
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
| 17 |
|
|
|
| 18 |
|
|
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
| 19 |
|
|
along with GCC; see the file COPYING3. If not see
|
| 20 |
|
|
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
|
| 21 |
|
|
|
| 22 |
|
|
#include "config.h"
|
| 23 |
|
|
#include "system.h"
|
| 24 |
|
|
#include "coretypes.h"
|
| 25 |
|
|
#include "tm.h"
|
| 26 |
|
|
#include "tree.h"
|
| 27 |
|
|
#include "rtl.h"
|
| 28 |
|
|
#include "function.h"
|
| 29 |
|
|
#include "regs.h"
|
| 30 |
|
|
#include "hard-reg-set.h"
|
| 31 |
|
|
#include "insn-config.h"
|
| 32 |
|
|
#include "conditions.h"
|
| 33 |
|
|
#include "output.h"
|
| 34 |
|
|
#include "insn-attr.h"
|
| 35 |
|
|
#include "recog.h"
|
| 36 |
|
|
#include "diagnostic-core.h"
|
| 37 |
|
|
#include "expr.h"
|
| 38 |
|
|
#include "reload.h"
|
| 39 |
|
|
#include "tm_p.h"
|
| 40 |
|
|
#include "target.h"
|
| 41 |
|
|
#include "target-def.h"
|
| 42 |
|
|
#include "debug.h"
|
| 43 |
|
|
#include "flags.h"
|
| 44 |
|
|
#include "df.h"
|
| 45 |
|
|
/* ??? Need to add a dependency between m68k.o and sched-int.h. */
|
| 46 |
|
|
#include "sched-int.h"
|
| 47 |
|
|
#include "insn-codes.h"
|
| 48 |
|
|
#include "ggc.h"
|
| 49 |
|
|
#include "opts.h"
|
| 50 |
|
|
#include "optabs.h"
|
| 51 |
|
|
|
| 52 |
|
|
enum reg_class regno_reg_class[] =
|
| 53 |
|
|
{
|
| 54 |
|
|
DATA_REGS, DATA_REGS, DATA_REGS, DATA_REGS,
|
| 55 |
|
|
DATA_REGS, DATA_REGS, DATA_REGS, DATA_REGS,
|
| 56 |
|
|
ADDR_REGS, ADDR_REGS, ADDR_REGS, ADDR_REGS,
|
| 57 |
|
|
ADDR_REGS, ADDR_REGS, ADDR_REGS, ADDR_REGS,
|
| 58 |
|
|
FP_REGS, FP_REGS, FP_REGS, FP_REGS,
|
| 59 |
|
|
FP_REGS, FP_REGS, FP_REGS, FP_REGS,
|
| 60 |
|
|
ADDR_REGS
|
| 61 |
|
|
};
|
| 62 |
|
|
|
| 63 |
|
|
|
| 64 |
|
|
/* The minimum number of integer registers that we want to save with the
|
| 65 |
|
|
movem instruction. Using two movel instructions instead of a single
|
| 66 |
|
|
moveml is about 15% faster for the 68020 and 68030 at no expense in
|
| 67 |
|
|
code size. */
|
| 68 |
|
|
#define MIN_MOVEM_REGS 3
|
| 69 |
|
|
|
| 70 |
|
|
/* The minimum number of floating point registers that we want to save
|
| 71 |
|
|
with the fmovem instruction. */
|
| 72 |
|
|
#define MIN_FMOVEM_REGS 1
|
| 73 |
|
|
|
| 74 |
|
|
/* Structure describing stack frame layout. */
|
| 75 |
|
|
struct m68k_frame
|
| 76 |
|
|
{
|
| 77 |
|
|
/* Stack pointer to frame pointer offset. */
|
| 78 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
|
| 79 |
|
|
|
| 80 |
|
|
/* Offset of FPU registers. */
|
| 81 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT foffset;
|
| 82 |
|
|
|
| 83 |
|
|
/* Frame size in bytes (rounded up). */
|
| 84 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT size;
|
| 85 |
|
|
|
| 86 |
|
|
/* Data and address register. */
|
| 87 |
|
|
int reg_no;
|
| 88 |
|
|
unsigned int reg_mask;
|
| 89 |
|
|
|
| 90 |
|
|
/* FPU registers. */
|
| 91 |
|
|
int fpu_no;
|
| 92 |
|
|
unsigned int fpu_mask;
|
| 93 |
|
|
|
| 94 |
|
|
/* Offsets relative to ARG_POINTER. */
|
| 95 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT frame_pointer_offset;
|
| 96 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT stack_pointer_offset;
|
| 97 |
|
|
|
| 98 |
|
|
/* Function which the above information refers to. */
|
| 99 |
|
|
int funcdef_no;
|
| 100 |
|
|
};
|
| 101 |
|
|
|
| 102 |
|
|
/* Current frame information calculated by m68k_compute_frame_layout(). */
|
| 103 |
|
|
static struct m68k_frame current_frame;
|
| 104 |
|
|
|
| 105 |
|
|
/* Structure describing an m68k address.
|
| 106 |
|
|
|
| 107 |
|
|
If CODE is UNKNOWN, the address is BASE + INDEX * SCALE + OFFSET,
|
| 108 |
|
|
with null fields evaluating to 0. Here:
|
| 109 |
|
|
|
| 110 |
|
|
- BASE satisfies m68k_legitimate_base_reg_p
|
| 111 |
|
|
- INDEX satisfies m68k_legitimate_index_reg_p
|
| 112 |
|
|
- OFFSET satisfies m68k_legitimate_constant_address_p
|
| 113 |
|
|
|
| 114 |
|
|
INDEX is either HImode or SImode. The other fields are SImode.
|
| 115 |
|
|
|
| 116 |
|
|
If CODE is PRE_DEC, the address is -(BASE). If CODE is POST_INC,
|
| 117 |
|
|
the address is (BASE)+. */
|
| 118 |
|
|
struct m68k_address {
|
| 119 |
|
|
enum rtx_code code;
|
| 120 |
|
|
rtx base;
|
| 121 |
|
|
rtx index;
|
| 122 |
|
|
rtx offset;
|
| 123 |
|
|
int scale;
|
| 124 |
|
|
};
|
| 125 |
|
|
|
| 126 |
|
|
static int m68k_sched_adjust_cost (rtx, rtx, rtx, int);
|
| 127 |
|
|
static int m68k_sched_issue_rate (void);
|
| 128 |
|
|
static int m68k_sched_variable_issue (FILE *, int, rtx, int);
|
| 129 |
|
|
static void m68k_sched_md_init_global (FILE *, int, int);
|
| 130 |
|
|
static void m68k_sched_md_finish_global (FILE *, int);
|
| 131 |
|
|
static void m68k_sched_md_init (FILE *, int, int);
|
| 132 |
|
|
static void m68k_sched_dfa_pre_advance_cycle (void);
|
| 133 |
|
|
static void m68k_sched_dfa_post_advance_cycle (void);
|
| 134 |
|
|
static int m68k_sched_first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead (void);
|
| 135 |
|
|
|
| 136 |
|
|
static bool m68k_can_eliminate (const int, const int);
|
| 137 |
|
|
static void m68k_conditional_register_usage (void);
|
| 138 |
|
|
static bool m68k_legitimate_address_p (enum machine_mode, rtx, bool);
|
| 139 |
|
|
static void m68k_option_override (void);
|
| 140 |
|
|
static void m68k_override_options_after_change (void);
|
| 141 |
|
|
static rtx find_addr_reg (rtx);
|
| 142 |
|
|
static const char *singlemove_string (rtx *);
|
| 143 |
|
|
static void m68k_output_mi_thunk (FILE *, tree, HOST_WIDE_INT,
|
| 144 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT, tree);
|
| 145 |
|
|
static rtx m68k_struct_value_rtx (tree, int);
|
| 146 |
|
|
static tree m68k_handle_fndecl_attribute (tree *node, tree name,
|
| 147 |
|
|
tree args, int flags,
|
| 148 |
|
|
bool *no_add_attrs);
|
| 149 |
|
|
static void m68k_compute_frame_layout (void);
|
| 150 |
|
|
static bool m68k_save_reg (unsigned int regno, bool interrupt_handler);
|
| 151 |
|
|
static bool m68k_ok_for_sibcall_p (tree, tree);
|
| 152 |
|
|
static bool m68k_tls_symbol_p (rtx);
|
| 153 |
|
|
static rtx m68k_legitimize_address (rtx, rtx, enum machine_mode);
|
| 154 |
|
|
static bool m68k_rtx_costs (rtx, int, int, int, int *, bool);
|
| 155 |
|
|
#if M68K_HONOR_TARGET_STRICT_ALIGNMENT
|
| 156 |
|
|
static bool m68k_return_in_memory (const_tree, const_tree);
|
| 157 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 158 |
|
|
static void m68k_output_dwarf_dtprel (FILE *, int, rtx) ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
| 159 |
|
|
static void m68k_trampoline_init (rtx, tree, rtx);
|
| 160 |
|
|
static int m68k_return_pops_args (tree, tree, int);
|
| 161 |
|
|
static rtx m68k_delegitimize_address (rtx);
|
| 162 |
|
|
static void m68k_function_arg_advance (cumulative_args_t, enum machine_mode,
|
| 163 |
|
|
const_tree, bool);
|
| 164 |
|
|
static rtx m68k_function_arg (cumulative_args_t, enum machine_mode,
|
| 165 |
|
|
const_tree, bool);
|
| 166 |
|
|
static bool m68k_cannot_force_const_mem (enum machine_mode mode, rtx x);
|
| 167 |
|
|
static bool m68k_output_addr_const_extra (FILE *, rtx);
|
| 168 |
|
|
static void m68k_init_sync_libfuncs (void) ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
|
| 169 |
|
|
|
| 170 |
|
|
/* Initialize the GCC target structure. */
|
| 171 |
|
|
|
| 172 |
|
|
#if INT_OP_GROUP == INT_OP_DOT_WORD
|
| 173 |
|
|
#undef TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP
|
| 174 |
|
|
#define TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP "\t.word\t"
|
| 175 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 176 |
|
|
|
| 177 |
|
|
#if INT_OP_GROUP == INT_OP_NO_DOT
|
| 178 |
|
|
#undef TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP
|
| 179 |
|
|
#define TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP "\tbyte\t"
|
| 180 |
|
|
#undef TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP
|
| 181 |
|
|
#define TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP "\tshort\t"
|
| 182 |
|
|
#undef TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_SI_OP
|
| 183 |
|
|
#define TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_SI_OP "\tlong\t"
|
| 184 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 185 |
|
|
|
| 186 |
|
|
#if INT_OP_GROUP == INT_OP_DC
|
| 187 |
|
|
#undef TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP
|
| 188 |
|
|
#define TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP "\tdc.b\t"
|
| 189 |
|
|
#undef TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP
|
| 190 |
|
|
#define TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP "\tdc.w\t"
|
| 191 |
|
|
#undef TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_SI_OP
|
| 192 |
|
|
#define TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_SI_OP "\tdc.l\t"
|
| 193 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 194 |
|
|
|
| 195 |
|
|
#undef TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_HI_OP
|
| 196 |
|
|
#define TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_HI_OP TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP
|
| 197 |
|
|
#undef TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_SI_OP
|
| 198 |
|
|
#define TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_SI_OP TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_SI_OP
|
| 199 |
|
|
|
| 200 |
|
|
#undef TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK
|
| 201 |
|
|
#define TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK m68k_output_mi_thunk
|
| 202 |
|
|
#undef TARGET_ASM_CAN_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK
|
| 203 |
|
|
#define TARGET_ASM_CAN_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK hook_bool_const_tree_hwi_hwi_const_tree_true
|
| 204 |
|
|
|
| 205 |
|
|
#undef TARGET_ASM_FILE_START_APP_OFF
|
| 206 |
|
|
#define TARGET_ASM_FILE_START_APP_OFF true
|
| 207 |
|
|
|
| 208 |
|
|
#undef TARGET_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS
|
| 209 |
|
|
#define TARGET_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS m68k_legitimize_address
|
| 210 |
|
|
|
| 211 |
|
|
#undef TARGET_SCHED_ADJUST_COST
|
| 212 |
|
|
#define TARGET_SCHED_ADJUST_COST m68k_sched_adjust_cost
|
| 213 |
|
|
|
| 214 |
|
|
#undef TARGET_SCHED_ISSUE_RATE
|
| 215 |
|
|
#define TARGET_SCHED_ISSUE_RATE m68k_sched_issue_rate
|
| 216 |
|
|
|
| 217 |
|
|
#undef TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE
|
| 218 |
|
|
#define TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE m68k_sched_variable_issue
|
| 219 |
|
|
|
| 220 |
|
|
#undef TARGET_SCHED_INIT_GLOBAL
|
| 221 |
|
|
#define TARGET_SCHED_INIT_GLOBAL m68k_sched_md_init_global
|
| 222 |
|
|
|
| 223 |
|
|
#undef TARGET_SCHED_FINISH_GLOBAL
|
| 224 |
|
|
#define TARGET_SCHED_FINISH_GLOBAL m68k_sched_md_finish_global
|
| 225 |
|
|
|
| 226 |
|
|
#undef TARGET_SCHED_INIT
|
| 227 |
|
|
#define TARGET_SCHED_INIT m68k_sched_md_init
|
| 228 |
|
|
|
| 229 |
|
|
#undef TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_ADVANCE_CYCLE
|
| 230 |
|
|
#define TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_ADVANCE_CYCLE m68k_sched_dfa_pre_advance_cycle
|
| 231 |
|
|
|
| 232 |
|
|
#undef TARGET_SCHED_DFA_POST_ADVANCE_CYCLE
|
| 233 |
|
|
#define TARGET_SCHED_DFA_POST_ADVANCE_CYCLE m68k_sched_dfa_post_advance_cycle
|
| 234 |
|
|
|
| 235 |
|
|
#undef TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD
|
| 236 |
|
|
#define TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD \
|
| 237 |
|
|
m68k_sched_first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead
|
| 238 |
|
|
|
| 239 |
|
|
#undef TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE
|
| 240 |
|
|
#define TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE m68k_option_override
|
| 241 |
|
|
|
| 242 |
|
|
#undef TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE
|
| 243 |
|
|
#define TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE m68k_override_options_after_change
|
| 244 |
|
|
|
| 245 |
|
|
#undef TARGET_RTX_COSTS
|
| 246 |
|
|
#define TARGET_RTX_COSTS m68k_rtx_costs
|
| 247 |
|
|
|
| 248 |
|
|
#undef TARGET_ATTRIBUTE_TABLE
|
| 249 |
|
|
#define TARGET_ATTRIBUTE_TABLE m68k_attribute_table
|
| 250 |
|
|
|
| 251 |
|
|
#undef TARGET_PROMOTE_PROTOTYPES
|
| 252 |
|
|
#define TARGET_PROMOTE_PROTOTYPES hook_bool_const_tree_true
|
| 253 |
|
|
|
| 254 |
|
|
#undef TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX
|
| 255 |
|
|
#define TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX m68k_struct_value_rtx
|
| 256 |
|
|
|
| 257 |
|
|
#undef TARGET_CANNOT_FORCE_CONST_MEM
|
| 258 |
|
|
#define TARGET_CANNOT_FORCE_CONST_MEM m68k_cannot_force_const_mem
|
| 259 |
|
|
|
| 260 |
|
|
#undef TARGET_FUNCTION_OK_FOR_SIBCALL
|
| 261 |
|
|
#define TARGET_FUNCTION_OK_FOR_SIBCALL m68k_ok_for_sibcall_p
|
| 262 |
|
|
|
| 263 |
|
|
#if M68K_HONOR_TARGET_STRICT_ALIGNMENT
|
| 264 |
|
|
#undef TARGET_RETURN_IN_MEMORY
|
| 265 |
|
|
#define TARGET_RETURN_IN_MEMORY m68k_return_in_memory
|
| 266 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 267 |
|
|
|
| 268 |
|
|
#ifdef HAVE_AS_TLS
|
| 269 |
|
|
#undef TARGET_HAVE_TLS
|
| 270 |
|
|
#define TARGET_HAVE_TLS (true)
|
| 271 |
|
|
|
| 272 |
|
|
#undef TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL
|
| 273 |
|
|
#define TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL m68k_output_dwarf_dtprel
|
| 274 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 275 |
|
|
|
| 276 |
|
|
#undef TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P
|
| 277 |
|
|
#define TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P m68k_legitimate_address_p
|
| 278 |
|
|
|
| 279 |
|
|
#undef TARGET_CAN_ELIMINATE
|
| 280 |
|
|
#define TARGET_CAN_ELIMINATE m68k_can_eliminate
|
| 281 |
|
|
|
| 282 |
|
|
#undef TARGET_CONDITIONAL_REGISTER_USAGE
|
| 283 |
|
|
#define TARGET_CONDITIONAL_REGISTER_USAGE m68k_conditional_register_usage
|
| 284 |
|
|
|
| 285 |
|
|
#undef TARGET_TRAMPOLINE_INIT
|
| 286 |
|
|
#define TARGET_TRAMPOLINE_INIT m68k_trampoline_init
|
| 287 |
|
|
|
| 288 |
|
|
#undef TARGET_RETURN_POPS_ARGS
|
| 289 |
|
|
#define TARGET_RETURN_POPS_ARGS m68k_return_pops_args
|
| 290 |
|
|
|
| 291 |
|
|
#undef TARGET_DELEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS
|
| 292 |
|
|
#define TARGET_DELEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS m68k_delegitimize_address
|
| 293 |
|
|
|
| 294 |
|
|
#undef TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG
|
| 295 |
|
|
#define TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG m68k_function_arg
|
| 296 |
|
|
|
| 297 |
|
|
#undef TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_ADVANCE
|
| 298 |
|
|
#define TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_ADVANCE m68k_function_arg_advance
|
| 299 |
|
|
|
| 300 |
|
|
#undef TARGET_LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P
|
| 301 |
|
|
#define TARGET_LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P m68k_legitimate_constant_p
|
| 302 |
|
|
|
| 303 |
|
|
#undef TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_CONST_EXTRA
|
| 304 |
|
|
#define TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_CONST_EXTRA m68k_output_addr_const_extra
|
| 305 |
|
|
|
| 306 |
|
|
/* The value stored by TAS. */
|
| 307 |
|
|
#undef TARGET_ATOMIC_TEST_AND_SET_TRUEVAL
|
| 308 |
|
|
#define TARGET_ATOMIC_TEST_AND_SET_TRUEVAL 128
|
| 309 |
|
|
|
| 310 |
|
|
static const struct attribute_spec m68k_attribute_table[] =
|
| 311 |
|
|
{
|
| 312 |
|
|
/* { name, min_len, max_len, decl_req, type_req, fn_type_req, handler,
|
| 313 |
|
|
affects_type_identity } */
|
| 314 |
|
|
{ "interrupt", 0, 0, true, false, false, m68k_handle_fndecl_attribute,
|
| 315 |
|
|
false },
|
| 316 |
|
|
{ "interrupt_handler", 0, 0, true, false, false,
|
| 317 |
|
|
m68k_handle_fndecl_attribute, false },
|
| 318 |
|
|
{ "interrupt_thread", 0, 0, true, false, false,
|
| 319 |
|
|
m68k_handle_fndecl_attribute, false },
|
| 320 |
|
|
{ NULL, 0, 0, false, false, false, NULL, false }
|
| 321 |
|
|
};
|
| 322 |
|
|
|
| 323 |
|
|
struct gcc_target targetm = TARGET_INITIALIZER;
|
| 324 |
|
|
|
| 325 |
|
|
/* Base flags for 68k ISAs. */
|
| 326 |
|
|
#define FL_FOR_isa_00 FL_ISA_68000
|
| 327 |
|
|
#define FL_FOR_isa_10 (FL_FOR_isa_00 | FL_ISA_68010)
|
| 328 |
|
|
/* FL_68881 controls the default setting of -m68881. gcc has traditionally
|
| 329 |
|
|
generated 68881 code for 68020 and 68030 targets unless explicitly told
|
| 330 |
|
|
not to. */
|
| 331 |
|
|
#define FL_FOR_isa_20 (FL_FOR_isa_10 | FL_ISA_68020 \
|
| 332 |
|
|
| FL_BITFIELD | FL_68881 | FL_CAS)
|
| 333 |
|
|
#define FL_FOR_isa_40 (FL_FOR_isa_20 | FL_ISA_68040)
|
| 334 |
|
|
#define FL_FOR_isa_cpu32 (FL_FOR_isa_10 | FL_ISA_68020)
|
| 335 |
|
|
|
| 336 |
|
|
/* Base flags for ColdFire ISAs. */
|
| 337 |
|
|
#define FL_FOR_isa_a (FL_COLDFIRE | FL_ISA_A)
|
| 338 |
|
|
#define FL_FOR_isa_aplus (FL_FOR_isa_a | FL_ISA_APLUS | FL_CF_USP)
|
| 339 |
|
|
/* Note ISA_B doesn't necessarily include USP (user stack pointer) support. */
|
| 340 |
|
|
#define FL_FOR_isa_b (FL_FOR_isa_a | FL_ISA_B | FL_CF_HWDIV)
|
| 341 |
|
|
/* ISA_C is not upwardly compatible with ISA_B. */
|
| 342 |
|
|
#define FL_FOR_isa_c (FL_FOR_isa_a | FL_ISA_C | FL_CF_USP)
|
| 343 |
|
|
|
| 344 |
|
|
enum m68k_isa
|
| 345 |
|
|
{
|
| 346 |
|
|
/* Traditional 68000 instruction sets. */
|
| 347 |
|
|
isa_00,
|
| 348 |
|
|
isa_10,
|
| 349 |
|
|
isa_20,
|
| 350 |
|
|
isa_40,
|
| 351 |
|
|
isa_cpu32,
|
| 352 |
|
|
/* ColdFire instruction set variants. */
|
| 353 |
|
|
isa_a,
|
| 354 |
|
|
isa_aplus,
|
| 355 |
|
|
isa_b,
|
| 356 |
|
|
isa_c,
|
| 357 |
|
|
isa_max
|
| 358 |
|
|
};
|
| 359 |
|
|
|
| 360 |
|
|
/* Information about one of the -march, -mcpu or -mtune arguments. */
|
| 361 |
|
|
struct m68k_target_selection
|
| 362 |
|
|
{
|
| 363 |
|
|
/* The argument being described. */
|
| 364 |
|
|
const char *name;
|
| 365 |
|
|
|
| 366 |
|
|
/* For -mcpu, this is the device selected by the option.
|
| 367 |
|
|
For -mtune and -march, it is a representative device
|
| 368 |
|
|
for the microarchitecture or ISA respectively. */
|
| 369 |
|
|
enum target_device device;
|
| 370 |
|
|
|
| 371 |
|
|
/* The M68K_DEVICE fields associated with DEVICE. See the comment
|
| 372 |
|
|
in m68k-devices.def for details. FAMILY is only valid for -mcpu. */
|
| 373 |
|
|
const char *family;
|
| 374 |
|
|
enum uarch_type microarch;
|
| 375 |
|
|
enum m68k_isa isa;
|
| 376 |
|
|
unsigned long flags;
|
| 377 |
|
|
};
|
| 378 |
|
|
|
| 379 |
|
|
/* A list of all devices in m68k-devices.def. Used for -mcpu selection. */
|
| 380 |
|
|
static const struct m68k_target_selection all_devices[] =
|
| 381 |
|
|
{
|
| 382 |
|
|
#define M68K_DEVICE(NAME,ENUM_VALUE,FAMILY,MULTILIB,MICROARCH,ISA,FLAGS) \
|
| 383 |
|
|
{ NAME, ENUM_VALUE, FAMILY, u##MICROARCH, ISA, FLAGS | FL_FOR_##ISA },
|
| 384 |
|
|
#include "m68k-devices.def"
|
| 385 |
|
|
#undef M68K_DEVICE
|
| 386 |
|
|
{ NULL, unk_device, NULL, unk_arch, isa_max, 0 }
|
| 387 |
|
|
};
|
| 388 |
|
|
|
| 389 |
|
|
/* A list of all ISAs, mapping each one to a representative device.
|
| 390 |
|
|
Used for -march selection. */
|
| 391 |
|
|
static const struct m68k_target_selection all_isas[] =
|
| 392 |
|
|
{
|
| 393 |
|
|
#define M68K_ISA(NAME,DEVICE,MICROARCH,ISA,FLAGS) \
|
| 394 |
|
|
{ NAME, DEVICE, NULL, u##MICROARCH, ISA, FLAGS },
|
| 395 |
|
|
#include "m68k-isas.def"
|
| 396 |
|
|
#undef M68K_ISA
|
| 397 |
|
|
{ NULL, unk_device, NULL, unk_arch, isa_max, 0 }
|
| 398 |
|
|
};
|
| 399 |
|
|
|
| 400 |
|
|
/* A list of all microarchitectures, mapping each one to a representative
|
| 401 |
|
|
device. Used for -mtune selection. */
|
| 402 |
|
|
static const struct m68k_target_selection all_microarchs[] =
|
| 403 |
|
|
{
|
| 404 |
|
|
#define M68K_MICROARCH(NAME,DEVICE,MICROARCH,ISA,FLAGS) \
|
| 405 |
|
|
{ NAME, DEVICE, NULL, u##MICROARCH, ISA, FLAGS },
|
| 406 |
|
|
#include "m68k-microarchs.def"
|
| 407 |
|
|
#undef M68K_MICROARCH
|
| 408 |
|
|
{ NULL, unk_device, NULL, unk_arch, isa_max, 0 }
|
| 409 |
|
|
};
|
| 410 |
|
|
|
| 411 |
|
|
/* The entries associated with the -mcpu, -march and -mtune settings,
|
| 412 |
|
|
or null for options that have not been used. */
|
| 413 |
|
|
const struct m68k_target_selection *m68k_cpu_entry;
|
| 414 |
|
|
const struct m68k_target_selection *m68k_arch_entry;
|
| 415 |
|
|
const struct m68k_target_selection *m68k_tune_entry;
|
| 416 |
|
|
|
| 417 |
|
|
/* Which CPU we are generating code for. */
|
| 418 |
|
|
enum target_device m68k_cpu;
|
| 419 |
|
|
|
| 420 |
|
|
/* Which microarchitecture to tune for. */
|
| 421 |
|
|
enum uarch_type m68k_tune;
|
| 422 |
|
|
|
| 423 |
|
|
/* Which FPU to use. */
|
| 424 |
|
|
enum fpu_type m68k_fpu;
|
| 425 |
|
|
|
| 426 |
|
|
/* The set of FL_* flags that apply to the target processor. */
|
| 427 |
|
|
unsigned int m68k_cpu_flags;
|
| 428 |
|
|
|
| 429 |
|
|
/* The set of FL_* flags that apply to the processor to be tuned for. */
|
| 430 |
|
|
unsigned int m68k_tune_flags;
|
| 431 |
|
|
|
| 432 |
|
|
/* Asm templates for calling or jumping to an arbitrary symbolic address,
|
| 433 |
|
|
or NULL if such calls or jumps are not supported. The address is held
|
| 434 |
|
|
in operand 0. */
|
| 435 |
|
|
const char *m68k_symbolic_call;
|
| 436 |
|
|
const char *m68k_symbolic_jump;
|
| 437 |
|
|
|
| 438 |
|
|
/* Enum variable that corresponds to m68k_symbolic_call values. */
|
| 439 |
|
|
enum M68K_SYMBOLIC_CALL m68k_symbolic_call_var;
|
| 440 |
|
|
|
| 441 |
|
|
|
| 442 |
|
|
/* Implement TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE. */
|
| 443 |
|
|
|
| 444 |
|
|
static void
|
| 445 |
|
|
m68k_option_override (void)
|
| 446 |
|
|
{
|
| 447 |
|
|
const struct m68k_target_selection *entry;
|
| 448 |
|
|
unsigned long target_mask;
|
| 449 |
|
|
|
| 450 |
|
|
if (global_options_set.x_m68k_arch_option)
|
| 451 |
|
|
m68k_arch_entry = &all_isas[m68k_arch_option];
|
| 452 |
|
|
|
| 453 |
|
|
if (global_options_set.x_m68k_cpu_option)
|
| 454 |
|
|
m68k_cpu_entry = &all_devices[(int) m68k_cpu_option];
|
| 455 |
|
|
|
| 456 |
|
|
if (global_options_set.x_m68k_tune_option)
|
| 457 |
|
|
m68k_tune_entry = &all_microarchs[(int) m68k_tune_option];
|
| 458 |
|
|
|
| 459 |
|
|
/* User can choose:
|
| 460 |
|
|
|
| 461 |
|
|
-mcpu=
|
| 462 |
|
|
-march=
|
| 463 |
|
|
-mtune=
|
| 464 |
|
|
|
| 465 |
|
|
-march=ARCH should generate code that runs any processor
|
| 466 |
|
|
implementing architecture ARCH. -mcpu=CPU should override -march
|
| 467 |
|
|
and should generate code that runs on processor CPU, making free
|
| 468 |
|
|
use of any instructions that CPU understands. -mtune=UARCH applies
|
| 469 |
|
|
on top of -mcpu or -march and optimizes the code for UARCH. It does
|
| 470 |
|
|
not change the target architecture. */
|
| 471 |
|
|
if (m68k_cpu_entry)
|
| 472 |
|
|
{
|
| 473 |
|
|
/* Complain if the -march setting is for a different microarchitecture,
|
| 474 |
|
|
or includes flags that the -mcpu setting doesn't. */
|
| 475 |
|
|
if (m68k_arch_entry
|
| 476 |
|
|
&& (m68k_arch_entry->microarch != m68k_cpu_entry->microarch
|
| 477 |
|
|
|| (m68k_arch_entry->flags & ~m68k_cpu_entry->flags) != 0))
|
| 478 |
|
|
warning (0, "-mcpu=%s conflicts with -march=%s",
|
| 479 |
|
|
m68k_cpu_entry->name, m68k_arch_entry->name);
|
| 480 |
|
|
|
| 481 |
|
|
entry = m68k_cpu_entry;
|
| 482 |
|
|
}
|
| 483 |
|
|
else
|
| 484 |
|
|
entry = m68k_arch_entry;
|
| 485 |
|
|
|
| 486 |
|
|
if (!entry)
|
| 487 |
|
|
entry = all_devices + TARGET_CPU_DEFAULT;
|
| 488 |
|
|
|
| 489 |
|
|
m68k_cpu_flags = entry->flags;
|
| 490 |
|
|
|
| 491 |
|
|
/* Use the architecture setting to derive default values for
|
| 492 |
|
|
certain flags. */
|
| 493 |
|
|
target_mask = 0;
|
| 494 |
|
|
|
| 495 |
|
|
/* ColdFire is lenient about alignment. */
|
| 496 |
|
|
if (!TARGET_COLDFIRE)
|
| 497 |
|
|
target_mask |= MASK_STRICT_ALIGNMENT;
|
| 498 |
|
|
|
| 499 |
|
|
if ((m68k_cpu_flags & FL_BITFIELD) != 0)
|
| 500 |
|
|
target_mask |= MASK_BITFIELD;
|
| 501 |
|
|
if ((m68k_cpu_flags & FL_CF_HWDIV) != 0)
|
| 502 |
|
|
target_mask |= MASK_CF_HWDIV;
|
| 503 |
|
|
if ((m68k_cpu_flags & (FL_68881 | FL_CF_FPU)) != 0)
|
| 504 |
|
|
target_mask |= MASK_HARD_FLOAT;
|
| 505 |
|
|
target_flags |= target_mask & ~target_flags_explicit;
|
| 506 |
|
|
|
| 507 |
|
|
/* Set the directly-usable versions of the -mcpu and -mtune settings. */
|
| 508 |
|
|
m68k_cpu = entry->device;
|
| 509 |
|
|
if (m68k_tune_entry)
|
| 510 |
|
|
{
|
| 511 |
|
|
m68k_tune = m68k_tune_entry->microarch;
|
| 512 |
|
|
m68k_tune_flags = m68k_tune_entry->flags;
|
| 513 |
|
|
}
|
| 514 |
|
|
#ifdef M68K_DEFAULT_TUNE
|
| 515 |
|
|
else if (!m68k_cpu_entry && !m68k_arch_entry)
|
| 516 |
|
|
{
|
| 517 |
|
|
enum target_device dev;
|
| 518 |
|
|
dev = all_microarchs[M68K_DEFAULT_TUNE].device;
|
| 519 |
|
|
m68k_tune_flags = all_devices[dev]->flags;
|
| 520 |
|
|
}
|
| 521 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 522 |
|
|
else
|
| 523 |
|
|
{
|
| 524 |
|
|
m68k_tune = entry->microarch;
|
| 525 |
|
|
m68k_tune_flags = entry->flags;
|
| 526 |
|
|
}
|
| 527 |
|
|
|
| 528 |
|
|
/* Set the type of FPU. */
|
| 529 |
|
|
m68k_fpu = (!TARGET_HARD_FLOAT ? FPUTYPE_NONE
|
| 530 |
|
|
: (m68k_cpu_flags & FL_COLDFIRE) != 0 ? FPUTYPE_COLDFIRE
|
| 531 |
|
|
: FPUTYPE_68881);
|
| 532 |
|
|
|
| 533 |
|
|
/* Sanity check to ensure that msep-data and mid-sahred-library are not
|
| 534 |
|
|
* both specified together. Doing so simply doesn't make sense.
|
| 535 |
|
|
*/
|
| 536 |
|
|
if (TARGET_SEP_DATA && TARGET_ID_SHARED_LIBRARY)
|
| 537 |
|
|
error ("cannot specify both -msep-data and -mid-shared-library");
|
| 538 |
|
|
|
| 539 |
|
|
/* If we're generating code for a separate A5 relative data segment,
|
| 540 |
|
|
* we've got to enable -fPIC as well. This might be relaxable to
|
| 541 |
|
|
* -fpic but it hasn't been tested properly.
|
| 542 |
|
|
*/
|
| 543 |
|
|
if (TARGET_SEP_DATA || TARGET_ID_SHARED_LIBRARY)
|
| 544 |
|
|
flag_pic = 2;
|
| 545 |
|
|
|
| 546 |
|
|
/* -mpcrel -fPIC uses 32-bit pc-relative displacements. Raise an
|
| 547 |
|
|
error if the target does not support them. */
|
| 548 |
|
|
if (TARGET_PCREL && !TARGET_68020 && flag_pic == 2)
|
| 549 |
|
|
error ("-mpcrel -fPIC is not currently supported on selected cpu");
|
| 550 |
|
|
|
| 551 |
|
|
/* ??? A historic way of turning on pic, or is this intended to
|
| 552 |
|
|
be an embedded thing that doesn't have the same name binding
|
| 553 |
|
|
significance that it does on hosted ELF systems? */
|
| 554 |
|
|
if (TARGET_PCREL && flag_pic == 0)
|
| 555 |
|
|
flag_pic = 1;
|
| 556 |
|
|
|
| 557 |
|
|
if (!flag_pic)
|
| 558 |
|
|
{
|
| 559 |
|
|
m68k_symbolic_call_var = M68K_SYMBOLIC_CALL_JSR;
|
| 560 |
|
|
|
| 561 |
|
|
m68k_symbolic_jump = "jra %a0";
|
| 562 |
|
|
}
|
| 563 |
|
|
else if (TARGET_ID_SHARED_LIBRARY)
|
| 564 |
|
|
/* All addresses must be loaded from the GOT. */
|
| 565 |
|
|
;
|
| 566 |
|
|
else if (TARGET_68020 || TARGET_ISAB || TARGET_ISAC)
|
| 567 |
|
|
{
|
| 568 |
|
|
if (TARGET_PCREL)
|
| 569 |
|
|
m68k_symbolic_call_var = M68K_SYMBOLIC_CALL_BSR_C;
|
| 570 |
|
|
else
|
| 571 |
|
|
m68k_symbolic_call_var = M68K_SYMBOLIC_CALL_BSR_P;
|
| 572 |
|
|
|
| 573 |
|
|
if (TARGET_ISAC)
|
| 574 |
|
|
/* No unconditional long branch */;
|
| 575 |
|
|
else if (TARGET_PCREL)
|
| 576 |
|
|
m68k_symbolic_jump = "bra%.l %c0";
|
| 577 |
|
|
else
|
| 578 |
|
|
m68k_symbolic_jump = "bra%.l %p0";
|
| 579 |
|
|
/* Turn off function cse if we are doing PIC. We always want
|
| 580 |
|
|
function call to be done as `bsr foo@PLTPC'. */
|
| 581 |
|
|
/* ??? It's traditional to do this for -mpcrel too, but it isn't
|
| 582 |
|
|
clear how intentional that is. */
|
| 583 |
|
|
flag_no_function_cse = 1;
|
| 584 |
|
|
}
|
| 585 |
|
|
|
| 586 |
|
|
switch (m68k_symbolic_call_var)
|
| 587 |
|
|
{
|
| 588 |
|
|
case M68K_SYMBOLIC_CALL_JSR:
|
| 589 |
|
|
m68k_symbolic_call = "jsr %a0";
|
| 590 |
|
|
break;
|
| 591 |
|
|
|
| 592 |
|
|
case M68K_SYMBOLIC_CALL_BSR_C:
|
| 593 |
|
|
m68k_symbolic_call = "bsr%.l %c0";
|
| 594 |
|
|
break;
|
| 595 |
|
|
|
| 596 |
|
|
case M68K_SYMBOLIC_CALL_BSR_P:
|
| 597 |
|
|
m68k_symbolic_call = "bsr%.l %p0";
|
| 598 |
|
|
break;
|
| 599 |
|
|
|
| 600 |
|
|
case M68K_SYMBOLIC_CALL_NONE:
|
| 601 |
|
|
gcc_assert (m68k_symbolic_call == NULL);
|
| 602 |
|
|
break;
|
| 603 |
|
|
|
| 604 |
|
|
default:
|
| 605 |
|
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
| 606 |
|
|
}
|
| 607 |
|
|
|
| 608 |
|
|
#ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN_WITH_NOP
|
| 609 |
|
|
if (align_labels > 2)
|
| 610 |
|
|
{
|
| 611 |
|
|
warning (0, "-falign-labels=%d is not supported", align_labels);
|
| 612 |
|
|
align_labels = 0;
|
| 613 |
|
|
}
|
| 614 |
|
|
if (align_loops > 2)
|
| 615 |
|
|
{
|
| 616 |
|
|
warning (0, "-falign-loops=%d is not supported", align_loops);
|
| 617 |
|
|
align_loops = 0;
|
| 618 |
|
|
}
|
| 619 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 620 |
|
|
|
| 621 |
|
|
SUBTARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS;
|
| 622 |
|
|
|
| 623 |
|
|
/* Setup scheduling options. */
|
| 624 |
|
|
if (TUNE_CFV1)
|
| 625 |
|
|
m68k_sched_cpu = CPU_CFV1;
|
| 626 |
|
|
else if (TUNE_CFV2)
|
| 627 |
|
|
m68k_sched_cpu = CPU_CFV2;
|
| 628 |
|
|
else if (TUNE_CFV3)
|
| 629 |
|
|
m68k_sched_cpu = CPU_CFV3;
|
| 630 |
|
|
else if (TUNE_CFV4)
|
| 631 |
|
|
m68k_sched_cpu = CPU_CFV4;
|
| 632 |
|
|
else
|
| 633 |
|
|
{
|
| 634 |
|
|
m68k_sched_cpu = CPU_UNKNOWN;
|
| 635 |
|
|
flag_schedule_insns = 0;
|
| 636 |
|
|
flag_schedule_insns_after_reload = 0;
|
| 637 |
|
|
flag_modulo_sched = 0;
|
| 638 |
|
|
}
|
| 639 |
|
|
|
| 640 |
|
|
if (m68k_sched_cpu != CPU_UNKNOWN)
|
| 641 |
|
|
{
|
| 642 |
|
|
if ((m68k_cpu_flags & (FL_CF_EMAC | FL_CF_EMAC_B)) != 0)
|
| 643 |
|
|
m68k_sched_mac = MAC_CF_EMAC;
|
| 644 |
|
|
else if ((m68k_cpu_flags & FL_CF_MAC) != 0)
|
| 645 |
|
|
m68k_sched_mac = MAC_CF_MAC;
|
| 646 |
|
|
else
|
| 647 |
|
|
m68k_sched_mac = MAC_NO;
|
| 648 |
|
|
}
|
| 649 |
|
|
}
|
| 650 |
|
|
|
| 651 |
|
|
/* Implement TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE. */
|
| 652 |
|
|
|
| 653 |
|
|
static void
|
| 654 |
|
|
m68k_override_options_after_change (void)
|
| 655 |
|
|
{
|
| 656 |
|
|
if (m68k_sched_cpu == CPU_UNKNOWN)
|
| 657 |
|
|
{
|
| 658 |
|
|
flag_schedule_insns = 0;
|
| 659 |
|
|
flag_schedule_insns_after_reload = 0;
|
| 660 |
|
|
flag_modulo_sched = 0;
|
| 661 |
|
|
}
|
| 662 |
|
|
}
|
| 663 |
|
|
|
| 664 |
|
|
/* Generate a macro of the form __mPREFIX_cpu_NAME, where PREFIX is the
|
| 665 |
|
|
given argument and NAME is the argument passed to -mcpu. Return NULL
|
| 666 |
|
|
if -mcpu was not passed. */
|
| 667 |
|
|
|
| 668 |
|
|
const char *
|
| 669 |
|
|
m68k_cpp_cpu_ident (const char *prefix)
|
| 670 |
|
|
{
|
| 671 |
|
|
if (!m68k_cpu_entry)
|
| 672 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
| 673 |
|
|
return concat ("__m", prefix, "_cpu_", m68k_cpu_entry->name, NULL);
|
| 674 |
|
|
}
|
| 675 |
|
|
|
| 676 |
|
|
/* Generate a macro of the form __mPREFIX_family_NAME, where PREFIX is the
|
| 677 |
|
|
given argument and NAME is the name of the representative device for
|
| 678 |
|
|
the -mcpu argument's family. Return NULL if -mcpu was not passed. */
|
| 679 |
|
|
|
| 680 |
|
|
const char *
|
| 681 |
|
|
m68k_cpp_cpu_family (const char *prefix)
|
| 682 |
|
|
{
|
| 683 |
|
|
if (!m68k_cpu_entry)
|
| 684 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
| 685 |
|
|
return concat ("__m", prefix, "_family_", m68k_cpu_entry->family, NULL);
|
| 686 |
|
|
}
|
| 687 |
|
|
|
| 688 |
|
|
/* Return m68k_fk_interrupt_handler if FUNC has an "interrupt" or
|
| 689 |
|
|
"interrupt_handler" attribute and interrupt_thread if FUNC has an
|
| 690 |
|
|
"interrupt_thread" attribute. Otherwise, return
|
| 691 |
|
|
m68k_fk_normal_function. */
|
| 692 |
|
|
|
| 693 |
|
|
enum m68k_function_kind
|
| 694 |
|
|
m68k_get_function_kind (tree func)
|
| 695 |
|
|
{
|
| 696 |
|
|
tree a;
|
| 697 |
|
|
|
| 698 |
|
|
gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (func) == FUNCTION_DECL);
|
| 699 |
|
|
|
| 700 |
|
|
a = lookup_attribute ("interrupt", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (func));
|
| 701 |
|
|
if (a != NULL_TREE)
|
| 702 |
|
|
return m68k_fk_interrupt_handler;
|
| 703 |
|
|
|
| 704 |
|
|
a = lookup_attribute ("interrupt_handler", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (func));
|
| 705 |
|
|
if (a != NULL_TREE)
|
| 706 |
|
|
return m68k_fk_interrupt_handler;
|
| 707 |
|
|
|
| 708 |
|
|
a = lookup_attribute ("interrupt_thread", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (func));
|
| 709 |
|
|
if (a != NULL_TREE)
|
| 710 |
|
|
return m68k_fk_interrupt_thread;
|
| 711 |
|
|
|
| 712 |
|
|
return m68k_fk_normal_function;
|
| 713 |
|
|
}
|
| 714 |
|
|
|
| 715 |
|
|
/* Handle an attribute requiring a FUNCTION_DECL; arguments as in
|
| 716 |
|
|
struct attribute_spec.handler. */
|
| 717 |
|
|
static tree
|
| 718 |
|
|
m68k_handle_fndecl_attribute (tree *node, tree name,
|
| 719 |
|
|
tree args ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
| 720 |
|
|
int flags ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
| 721 |
|
|
bool *no_add_attrs)
|
| 722 |
|
|
{
|
| 723 |
|
|
if (TREE_CODE (*node) != FUNCTION_DECL)
|
| 724 |
|
|
{
|
| 725 |
|
|
warning (OPT_Wattributes, "%qE attribute only applies to functions",
|
| 726 |
|
|
name);
|
| 727 |
|
|
*no_add_attrs = true;
|
| 728 |
|
|
}
|
| 729 |
|
|
|
| 730 |
|
|
if (m68k_get_function_kind (*node) != m68k_fk_normal_function)
|
| 731 |
|
|
{
|
| 732 |
|
|
error ("multiple interrupt attributes not allowed");
|
| 733 |
|
|
*no_add_attrs = true;
|
| 734 |
|
|
}
|
| 735 |
|
|
|
| 736 |
|
|
if (!TARGET_FIDOA
|
| 737 |
|
|
&& !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name), "interrupt_thread"))
|
| 738 |
|
|
{
|
| 739 |
|
|
error ("interrupt_thread is available only on fido");
|
| 740 |
|
|
*no_add_attrs = true;
|
| 741 |
|
|
}
|
| 742 |
|
|
|
| 743 |
|
|
return NULL_TREE;
|
| 744 |
|
|
}
|
| 745 |
|
|
|
| 746 |
|
|
static void
|
| 747 |
|
|
m68k_compute_frame_layout (void)
|
| 748 |
|
|
{
|
| 749 |
|
|
int regno, saved;
|
| 750 |
|
|
unsigned int mask;
|
| 751 |
|
|
enum m68k_function_kind func_kind =
|
| 752 |
|
|
m68k_get_function_kind (current_function_decl);
|
| 753 |
|
|
bool interrupt_handler = func_kind == m68k_fk_interrupt_handler;
|
| 754 |
|
|
bool interrupt_thread = func_kind == m68k_fk_interrupt_thread;
|
| 755 |
|
|
|
| 756 |
|
|
/* Only compute the frame once per function.
|
| 757 |
|
|
Don't cache information until reload has been completed. */
|
| 758 |
|
|
if (current_frame.funcdef_no == current_function_funcdef_no
|
| 759 |
|
|
&& reload_completed)
|
| 760 |
|
|
return;
|
| 761 |
|
|
|
| 762 |
|
|
current_frame.size = (get_frame_size () + 3) & -4;
|
| 763 |
|
|
|
| 764 |
|
|
mask = saved = 0;
|
| 765 |
|
|
|
| 766 |
|
|
/* Interrupt thread does not need to save any register. */
|
| 767 |
|
|
if (!interrupt_thread)
|
| 768 |
|
|
for (regno = 0; regno < 16; regno++)
|
| 769 |
|
|
if (m68k_save_reg (regno, interrupt_handler))
|
| 770 |
|
|
{
|
| 771 |
|
|
mask |= 1 << (regno - D0_REG);
|
| 772 |
|
|
saved++;
|
| 773 |
|
|
}
|
| 774 |
|
|
current_frame.offset = saved * 4;
|
| 775 |
|
|
current_frame.reg_no = saved;
|
| 776 |
|
|
current_frame.reg_mask = mask;
|
| 777 |
|
|
|
| 778 |
|
|
current_frame.foffset = 0;
|
| 779 |
|
|
mask = saved = 0;
|
| 780 |
|
|
if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT)
|
| 781 |
|
|
{
|
| 782 |
|
|
/* Interrupt thread does not need to save any register. */
|
| 783 |
|
|
if (!interrupt_thread)
|
| 784 |
|
|
for (regno = 16; regno < 24; regno++)
|
| 785 |
|
|
if (m68k_save_reg (regno, interrupt_handler))
|
| 786 |
|
|
{
|
| 787 |
|
|
mask |= 1 << (regno - FP0_REG);
|
| 788 |
|
|
saved++;
|
| 789 |
|
|
}
|
| 790 |
|
|
current_frame.foffset = saved * TARGET_FP_REG_SIZE;
|
| 791 |
|
|
current_frame.offset += current_frame.foffset;
|
| 792 |
|
|
}
|
| 793 |
|
|
current_frame.fpu_no = saved;
|
| 794 |
|
|
current_frame.fpu_mask = mask;
|
| 795 |
|
|
|
| 796 |
|
|
/* Remember what function this frame refers to. */
|
| 797 |
|
|
current_frame.funcdef_no = current_function_funcdef_no;
|
| 798 |
|
|
}
|
| 799 |
|
|
|
| 800 |
|
|
/* Worker function for TARGET_CAN_ELIMINATE. */
|
| 801 |
|
|
|
| 802 |
|
|
bool
|
| 803 |
|
|
m68k_can_eliminate (const int from ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, const int to)
|
| 804 |
|
|
{
|
| 805 |
|
|
return (to == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM ? ! frame_pointer_needed : true);
|
| 806 |
|
|
}
|
| 807 |
|
|
|
| 808 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT
|
| 809 |
|
|
m68k_initial_elimination_offset (int from, int to)
|
| 810 |
|
|
{
|
| 811 |
|
|
int argptr_offset;
|
| 812 |
|
|
/* The arg pointer points 8 bytes before the start of the arguments,
|
| 813 |
|
|
as defined by FIRST_PARM_OFFSET. This makes it coincident with the
|
| 814 |
|
|
frame pointer in most frames. */
|
| 815 |
|
|
argptr_offset = frame_pointer_needed ? 0 : UNITS_PER_WORD;
|
| 816 |
|
|
if (from == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM && to == FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
|
| 817 |
|
|
return argptr_offset;
|
| 818 |
|
|
|
| 819 |
|
|
m68k_compute_frame_layout ();
|
| 820 |
|
|
|
| 821 |
|
|
gcc_assert (to == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
|
| 822 |
|
|
switch (from)
|
| 823 |
|
|
{
|
| 824 |
|
|
case ARG_POINTER_REGNUM:
|
| 825 |
|
|
return current_frame.offset + current_frame.size - argptr_offset;
|
| 826 |
|
|
case FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM:
|
| 827 |
|
|
return current_frame.offset + current_frame.size;
|
| 828 |
|
|
default:
|
| 829 |
|
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
| 830 |
|
|
}
|
| 831 |
|
|
}
|
| 832 |
|
|
|
| 833 |
|
|
/* Refer to the array `regs_ever_live' to determine which registers
|
| 834 |
|
|
to save; `regs_ever_live[I]' is nonzero if register number I
|
| 835 |
|
|
is ever used in the function. This function is responsible for
|
| 836 |
|
|
knowing which registers should not be saved even if used.
|
| 837 |
|
|
Return true if we need to save REGNO. */
|
| 838 |
|
|
|
| 839 |
|
|
static bool
|
| 840 |
|
|
m68k_save_reg (unsigned int regno, bool interrupt_handler)
|
| 841 |
|
|
{
|
| 842 |
|
|
if (flag_pic && regno == PIC_REG)
|
| 843 |
|
|
{
|
| 844 |
|
|
if (crtl->saves_all_registers)
|
| 845 |
|
|
return true;
|
| 846 |
|
|
if (crtl->uses_pic_offset_table)
|
| 847 |
|
|
return true;
|
| 848 |
|
|
/* Reload may introduce constant pool references into a function
|
| 849 |
|
|
that thitherto didn't need a PIC register. Note that the test
|
| 850 |
|
|
above will not catch that case because we will only set
|
| 851 |
|
|
crtl->uses_pic_offset_table when emitting
|
| 852 |
|
|
the address reloads. */
|
| 853 |
|
|
if (crtl->uses_const_pool)
|
| 854 |
|
|
return true;
|
| 855 |
|
|
}
|
| 856 |
|
|
|
| 857 |
|
|
if (crtl->calls_eh_return)
|
| 858 |
|
|
{
|
| 859 |
|
|
unsigned int i;
|
| 860 |
|
|
for (i = 0; ; i++)
|
| 861 |
|
|
{
|
| 862 |
|
|
unsigned int test = EH_RETURN_DATA_REGNO (i);
|
| 863 |
|
|
if (test == INVALID_REGNUM)
|
| 864 |
|
|
break;
|
| 865 |
|
|
if (test == regno)
|
| 866 |
|
|
return true;
|
| 867 |
|
|
}
|
| 868 |
|
|
}
|
| 869 |
|
|
|
| 870 |
|
|
/* Fixed regs we never touch. */
|
| 871 |
|
|
if (fixed_regs[regno])
|
| 872 |
|
|
return false;
|
| 873 |
|
|
|
| 874 |
|
|
/* The frame pointer (if it is such) is handled specially. */
|
| 875 |
|
|
if (regno == FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM && frame_pointer_needed)
|
| 876 |
|
|
return false;
|
| 877 |
|
|
|
| 878 |
|
|
/* Interrupt handlers must also save call_used_regs
|
| 879 |
|
|
if they are live or when calling nested functions. */
|
| 880 |
|
|
if (interrupt_handler)
|
| 881 |
|
|
{
|
| 882 |
|
|
if (df_regs_ever_live_p (regno))
|
| 883 |
|
|
return true;
|
| 884 |
|
|
|
| 885 |
|
|
if (!current_function_is_leaf && call_used_regs[regno])
|
| 886 |
|
|
return true;
|
| 887 |
|
|
}
|
| 888 |
|
|
|
| 889 |
|
|
/* Never need to save registers that aren't touched. */
|
| 890 |
|
|
if (!df_regs_ever_live_p (regno))
|
| 891 |
|
|
return false;
|
| 892 |
|
|
|
| 893 |
|
|
/* Otherwise save everything that isn't call-clobbered. */
|
| 894 |
|
|
return !call_used_regs[regno];
|
| 895 |
|
|
}
|
| 896 |
|
|
|
| 897 |
|
|
/* Emit RTL for a MOVEM or FMOVEM instruction. BASE + OFFSET represents
|
| 898 |
|
|
the lowest memory address. COUNT is the number of registers to be
|
| 899 |
|
|
moved, with register REGNO + I being moved if bit I of MASK is set.
|
| 900 |
|
|
STORE_P specifies the direction of the move and ADJUST_STACK_P says
|
| 901 |
|
|
whether or not this is pre-decrement (if STORE_P) or post-increment
|
| 902 |
|
|
(if !STORE_P) operation. */
|
| 903 |
|
|
|
| 904 |
|
|
static rtx
|
| 905 |
|
|
m68k_emit_movem (rtx base, HOST_WIDE_INT offset,
|
| 906 |
|
|
unsigned int count, unsigned int regno,
|
| 907 |
|
|
unsigned int mask, bool store_p, bool adjust_stack_p)
|
| 908 |
|
|
{
|
| 909 |
|
|
int i;
|
| 910 |
|
|
rtx body, addr, src, operands[2];
|
| 911 |
|
|
enum machine_mode mode;
|
| 912 |
|
|
|
| 913 |
|
|
body = gen_rtx_PARALLEL (VOIDmode, rtvec_alloc (adjust_stack_p + count));
|
| 914 |
|
|
mode = reg_raw_mode[regno];
|
| 915 |
|
|
i = 0;
|
| 916 |
|
|
|
| 917 |
|
|
if (adjust_stack_p)
|
| 918 |
|
|
{
|
| 919 |
|
|
src = plus_constant (base, (count
|
| 920 |
|
|
* GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)
|
| 921 |
|
|
* (HOST_WIDE_INT) (store_p ? -1 : 1)));
|
| 922 |
|
|
XVECEXP (body, 0, i++) = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, base, src);
|
| 923 |
|
|
}
|
| 924 |
|
|
|
| 925 |
|
|
for (; mask != 0; mask >>= 1, regno++)
|
| 926 |
|
|
if (mask & 1)
|
| 927 |
|
|
{
|
| 928 |
|
|
addr = plus_constant (base, offset);
|
| 929 |
|
|
operands[!store_p] = gen_frame_mem (mode, addr);
|
| 930 |
|
|
operands[store_p] = gen_rtx_REG (mode, regno);
|
| 931 |
|
|
XVECEXP (body, 0, i++)
|
| 932 |
|
|
= gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, operands[0], operands[1]);
|
| 933 |
|
|
offset += GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
|
| 934 |
|
|
}
|
| 935 |
|
|
gcc_assert (i == XVECLEN (body, 0));
|
| 936 |
|
|
|
| 937 |
|
|
return emit_insn (body);
|
| 938 |
|
|
}
|
| 939 |
|
|
|
| 940 |
|
|
/* Make INSN a frame-related instruction. */
|
| 941 |
|
|
|
| 942 |
|
|
static void
|
| 943 |
|
|
m68k_set_frame_related (rtx insn)
|
| 944 |
|
|
{
|
| 945 |
|
|
rtx body;
|
| 946 |
|
|
int i;
|
| 947 |
|
|
|
| 948 |
|
|
RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn) = 1;
|
| 949 |
|
|
body = PATTERN (insn);
|
| 950 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (body) == PARALLEL)
|
| 951 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (body, 0); i++)
|
| 952 |
|
|
RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (body, 0, i)) = 1;
|
| 953 |
|
|
}
|
| 954 |
|
|
|
| 955 |
|
|
/* Emit RTL for the "prologue" define_expand. */
|
| 956 |
|
|
|
| 957 |
|
|
void
|
| 958 |
|
|
m68k_expand_prologue (void)
|
| 959 |
|
|
{
|
| 960 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT fsize_with_regs;
|
| 961 |
|
|
rtx limit, src, dest;
|
| 962 |
|
|
|
| 963 |
|
|
m68k_compute_frame_layout ();
|
| 964 |
|
|
|
| 965 |
|
|
if (flag_stack_usage_info)
|
| 966 |
|
|
current_function_static_stack_size
|
| 967 |
|
|
= current_frame.size + current_frame.offset;
|
| 968 |
|
|
|
| 969 |
|
|
/* If the stack limit is a symbol, we can check it here,
|
| 970 |
|
|
before actually allocating the space. */
|
| 971 |
|
|
if (crtl->limit_stack
|
| 972 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (stack_limit_rtx) == SYMBOL_REF)
|
| 973 |
|
|
{
|
| 974 |
|
|
limit = plus_constant (stack_limit_rtx, current_frame.size + 4);
|
| 975 |
|
|
if (!m68k_legitimate_constant_p (Pmode, limit))
|
| 976 |
|
|
{
|
| 977 |
|
|
emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, D0_REG), limit);
|
| 978 |
|
|
limit = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, D0_REG);
|
| 979 |
|
|
}
|
| 980 |
|
|
emit_insn (gen_ctrapsi4 (gen_rtx_LTU (VOIDmode,
|
| 981 |
|
|
stack_pointer_rtx, limit),
|
| 982 |
|
|
stack_pointer_rtx, limit,
|
| 983 |
|
|
const1_rtx));
|
| 984 |
|
|
}
|
| 985 |
|
|
|
| 986 |
|
|
fsize_with_regs = current_frame.size;
|
| 987 |
|
|
if (TARGET_COLDFIRE)
|
| 988 |
|
|
{
|
| 989 |
|
|
/* ColdFire's move multiple instructions do not allow pre-decrement
|
| 990 |
|
|
addressing. Add the size of movem saves to the initial stack
|
| 991 |
|
|
allocation instead. */
|
| 992 |
|
|
if (current_frame.reg_no >= MIN_MOVEM_REGS)
|
| 993 |
|
|
fsize_with_regs += current_frame.reg_no * GET_MODE_SIZE (SImode);
|
| 994 |
|
|
if (current_frame.fpu_no >= MIN_FMOVEM_REGS)
|
| 995 |
|
|
fsize_with_regs += current_frame.fpu_no * GET_MODE_SIZE (DFmode);
|
| 996 |
|
|
}
|
| 997 |
|
|
|
| 998 |
|
|
if (frame_pointer_needed)
|
| 999 |
|
|
{
|
| 1000 |
|
|
if (fsize_with_regs == 0 && TUNE_68040)
|
| 1001 |
|
|
{
|
| 1002 |
|
|
/* On the 68040, two separate moves are faster than link.w 0. */
|
| 1003 |
|
|
dest = gen_frame_mem (Pmode,
|
| 1004 |
|
|
gen_rtx_PRE_DEC (Pmode, stack_pointer_rtx));
|
| 1005 |
|
|
m68k_set_frame_related (emit_move_insn (dest, frame_pointer_rtx));
|
| 1006 |
|
|
m68k_set_frame_related (emit_move_insn (frame_pointer_rtx,
|
| 1007 |
|
|
stack_pointer_rtx));
|
| 1008 |
|
|
}
|
| 1009 |
|
|
else if (fsize_with_regs < 0x8000 || TARGET_68020)
|
| 1010 |
|
|
m68k_set_frame_related
|
| 1011 |
|
|
(emit_insn (gen_link (frame_pointer_rtx,
|
| 1012 |
|
|
GEN_INT (-4 - fsize_with_regs))));
|
| 1013 |
|
|
else
|
| 1014 |
|
|
{
|
| 1015 |
|
|
m68k_set_frame_related
|
| 1016 |
|
|
(emit_insn (gen_link (frame_pointer_rtx, GEN_INT (-4))));
|
| 1017 |
|
|
m68k_set_frame_related
|
| 1018 |
|
|
(emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (stack_pointer_rtx,
|
| 1019 |
|
|
stack_pointer_rtx,
|
| 1020 |
|
|
GEN_INT (-fsize_with_regs))));
|
| 1021 |
|
|
}
|
| 1022 |
|
|
|
| 1023 |
|
|
/* If the frame pointer is needed, emit a special barrier that
|
| 1024 |
|
|
will prevent the scheduler from moving stores to the frame
|
| 1025 |
|
|
before the stack adjustment. */
|
| 1026 |
|
|
emit_insn (gen_stack_tie (stack_pointer_rtx, frame_pointer_rtx));
|
| 1027 |
|
|
}
|
| 1028 |
|
|
else if (fsize_with_regs != 0)
|
| 1029 |
|
|
m68k_set_frame_related
|
| 1030 |
|
|
(emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (stack_pointer_rtx,
|
| 1031 |
|
|
stack_pointer_rtx,
|
| 1032 |
|
|
GEN_INT (-fsize_with_regs))));
|
| 1033 |
|
|
|
| 1034 |
|
|
if (current_frame.fpu_mask)
|
| 1035 |
|
|
{
|
| 1036 |
|
|
gcc_assert (current_frame.fpu_no >= MIN_FMOVEM_REGS);
|
| 1037 |
|
|
if (TARGET_68881)
|
| 1038 |
|
|
m68k_set_frame_related
|
| 1039 |
|
|
(m68k_emit_movem (stack_pointer_rtx,
|
| 1040 |
|
|
current_frame.fpu_no * -GET_MODE_SIZE (XFmode),
|
| 1041 |
|
|
current_frame.fpu_no, FP0_REG,
|
| 1042 |
|
|
current_frame.fpu_mask, true, true));
|
| 1043 |
|
|
else
|
| 1044 |
|
|
{
|
| 1045 |
|
|
int offset;
|
| 1046 |
|
|
|
| 1047 |
|
|
/* If we're using moveml to save the integer registers,
|
| 1048 |
|
|
the stack pointer will point to the bottom of the moveml
|
| 1049 |
|
|
save area. Find the stack offset of the first FP register. */
|
| 1050 |
|
|
if (current_frame.reg_no < MIN_MOVEM_REGS)
|
| 1051 |
|
|
offset = 0;
|
| 1052 |
|
|
else
|
| 1053 |
|
|
offset = current_frame.reg_no * GET_MODE_SIZE (SImode);
|
| 1054 |
|
|
m68k_set_frame_related
|
| 1055 |
|
|
(m68k_emit_movem (stack_pointer_rtx, offset,
|
| 1056 |
|
|
current_frame.fpu_no, FP0_REG,
|
| 1057 |
|
|
current_frame.fpu_mask, true, false));
|
| 1058 |
|
|
}
|
| 1059 |
|
|
}
|
| 1060 |
|
|
|
| 1061 |
|
|
/* If the stack limit is not a symbol, check it here.
|
| 1062 |
|
|
This has the disadvantage that it may be too late... */
|
| 1063 |
|
|
if (crtl->limit_stack)
|
| 1064 |
|
|
{
|
| 1065 |
|
|
if (REG_P (stack_limit_rtx))
|
| 1066 |
|
|
emit_insn (gen_ctrapsi4 (gen_rtx_LTU (VOIDmode, stack_pointer_rtx,
|
| 1067 |
|
|
stack_limit_rtx),
|
| 1068 |
|
|
stack_pointer_rtx, stack_limit_rtx,
|
| 1069 |
|
|
const1_rtx));
|
| 1070 |
|
|
|
| 1071 |
|
|
else if (GET_CODE (stack_limit_rtx) != SYMBOL_REF)
|
| 1072 |
|
|
warning (0, "stack limit expression is not supported");
|
| 1073 |
|
|
}
|
| 1074 |
|
|
|
| 1075 |
|
|
if (current_frame.reg_no < MIN_MOVEM_REGS)
|
| 1076 |
|
|
{
|
| 1077 |
|
|
/* Store each register separately in the same order moveml does. */
|
| 1078 |
|
|
int i;
|
| 1079 |
|
|
|
| 1080 |
|
|
for (i = 16; i-- > 0; )
|
| 1081 |
|
|
if (current_frame.reg_mask & (1 << i))
|
| 1082 |
|
|
{
|
| 1083 |
|
|
src = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, D0_REG + i);
|
| 1084 |
|
|
dest = gen_frame_mem (SImode,
|
| 1085 |
|
|
gen_rtx_PRE_DEC (Pmode, stack_pointer_rtx));
|
| 1086 |
|
|
m68k_set_frame_related (emit_insn (gen_movsi (dest, src)));
|
| 1087 |
|
|
}
|
| 1088 |
|
|
}
|
| 1089 |
|
|
else
|
| 1090 |
|
|
{
|
| 1091 |
|
|
if (TARGET_COLDFIRE)
|
| 1092 |
|
|
/* The required register save space has already been allocated.
|
| 1093 |
|
|
The first register should be stored at (%sp). */
|
| 1094 |
|
|
m68k_set_frame_related
|
| 1095 |
|
|
(m68k_emit_movem (stack_pointer_rtx, 0,
|
| 1096 |
|
|
current_frame.reg_no, D0_REG,
|
| 1097 |
|
|
current_frame.reg_mask, true, false));
|
| 1098 |
|
|
else
|
| 1099 |
|
|
m68k_set_frame_related
|
| 1100 |
|
|
(m68k_emit_movem (stack_pointer_rtx,
|
| 1101 |
|
|
current_frame.reg_no * -GET_MODE_SIZE (SImode),
|
| 1102 |
|
|
current_frame.reg_no, D0_REG,
|
| 1103 |
|
|
current_frame.reg_mask, true, true));
|
| 1104 |
|
|
}
|
| 1105 |
|
|
|
| 1106 |
|
|
if (!TARGET_SEP_DATA
|
| 1107 |
|
|
&& crtl->uses_pic_offset_table)
|
| 1108 |
|
|
emit_insn (gen_load_got (pic_offset_table_rtx));
|
| 1109 |
|
|
}
|
| 1110 |
|
|
|
| 1111 |
|
|
/* Return true if a simple (return) instruction is sufficient for this
|
| 1112 |
|
|
instruction (i.e. if no epilogue is needed). */
|
| 1113 |
|
|
|
| 1114 |
|
|
bool
|
| 1115 |
|
|
m68k_use_return_insn (void)
|
| 1116 |
|
|
{
|
| 1117 |
|
|
if (!reload_completed || frame_pointer_needed || get_frame_size () != 0)
|
| 1118 |
|
|
return false;
|
| 1119 |
|
|
|
| 1120 |
|
|
m68k_compute_frame_layout ();
|
| 1121 |
|
|
return current_frame.offset == 0;
|
| 1122 |
|
|
}
|
| 1123 |
|
|
|
| 1124 |
|
|
/* Emit RTL for the "epilogue" or "sibcall_epilogue" define_expand;
|
| 1125 |
|
|
SIBCALL_P says which.
|
| 1126 |
|
|
|
| 1127 |
|
|
The function epilogue should not depend on the current stack pointer!
|
| 1128 |
|
|
It should use the frame pointer only, if there is a frame pointer.
|
| 1129 |
|
|
This is mandatory because of alloca; we also take advantage of it to
|
| 1130 |
|
|
omit stack adjustments before returning. */
|
| 1131 |
|
|
|
| 1132 |
|
|
void
|
| 1133 |
|
|
m68k_expand_epilogue (bool sibcall_p)
|
| 1134 |
|
|
{
|
| 1135 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT fsize, fsize_with_regs;
|
| 1136 |
|
|
bool big, restore_from_sp;
|
| 1137 |
|
|
|
| 1138 |
|
|
m68k_compute_frame_layout ();
|
| 1139 |
|
|
|
| 1140 |
|
|
fsize = current_frame.size;
|
| 1141 |
|
|
big = false;
|
| 1142 |
|
|
restore_from_sp = false;
|
| 1143 |
|
|
|
| 1144 |
|
|
/* FIXME : current_function_is_leaf below is too strong.
|
| 1145 |
|
|
What we really need to know there is if there could be pending
|
| 1146 |
|
|
stack adjustment needed at that point. */
|
| 1147 |
|
|
restore_from_sp = (!frame_pointer_needed
|
| 1148 |
|
|
|| (!cfun->calls_alloca
|
| 1149 |
|
|
&& current_function_is_leaf));
|
| 1150 |
|
|
|
| 1151 |
|
|
/* fsize_with_regs is the size we need to adjust the sp when
|
| 1152 |
|
|
popping the frame. */
|
| 1153 |
|
|
fsize_with_regs = fsize;
|
| 1154 |
|
|
if (TARGET_COLDFIRE && restore_from_sp)
|
| 1155 |
|
|
{
|
| 1156 |
|
|
/* ColdFire's move multiple instructions do not allow post-increment
|
| 1157 |
|
|
addressing. Add the size of movem loads to the final deallocation
|
| 1158 |
|
|
instead. */
|
| 1159 |
|
|
if (current_frame.reg_no >= MIN_MOVEM_REGS)
|
| 1160 |
|
|
fsize_with_regs += current_frame.reg_no * GET_MODE_SIZE (SImode);
|
| 1161 |
|
|
if (current_frame.fpu_no >= MIN_FMOVEM_REGS)
|
| 1162 |
|
|
fsize_with_regs += current_frame.fpu_no * GET_MODE_SIZE (DFmode);
|
| 1163 |
|
|
}
|
| 1164 |
|
|
|
| 1165 |
|
|
if (current_frame.offset + fsize >= 0x8000
|
| 1166 |
|
|
&& !restore_from_sp
|
| 1167 |
|
|
&& (current_frame.reg_mask || current_frame.fpu_mask))
|
| 1168 |
|
|
{
|
| 1169 |
|
|
if (TARGET_COLDFIRE
|
| 1170 |
|
|
&& (current_frame.reg_no >= MIN_MOVEM_REGS
|
| 1171 |
|
|
|| current_frame.fpu_no >= MIN_FMOVEM_REGS))
|
| 1172 |
|
|
{
|
| 1173 |
|
|
/* ColdFire's move multiple instructions do not support the
|
| 1174 |
|
|
(d8,Ax,Xi) addressing mode, so we're as well using a normal
|
| 1175 |
|
|
stack-based restore. */
|
| 1176 |
|
|
emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, A1_REG),
|
| 1177 |
|
|
GEN_INT (-(current_frame.offset + fsize)));
|
| 1178 |
|
|
emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (stack_pointer_rtx,
|
| 1179 |
|
|
gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, A1_REG),
|
| 1180 |
|
|
frame_pointer_rtx));
|
| 1181 |
|
|
restore_from_sp = true;
|
| 1182 |
|
|
}
|
| 1183 |
|
|
else
|
| 1184 |
|
|
{
|
| 1185 |
|
|
emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, A1_REG), GEN_INT (-fsize));
|
| 1186 |
|
|
fsize = 0;
|
| 1187 |
|
|
big = true;
|
| 1188 |
|
|
}
|
| 1189 |
|
|
}
|
| 1190 |
|
|
|
| 1191 |
|
|
if (current_frame.reg_no < MIN_MOVEM_REGS)
|
| 1192 |
|
|
{
|
| 1193 |
|
|
/* Restore each register separately in the same order moveml does. */
|
| 1194 |
|
|
int i;
|
| 1195 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
|
| 1196 |
|
|
|
| 1197 |
|
|
offset = current_frame.offset + fsize;
|
| 1198 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < 16; i++)
|
| 1199 |
|
|
if (current_frame.reg_mask & (1 << i))
|
| 1200 |
|
|
{
|
| 1201 |
|
|
rtx addr;
|
| 1202 |
|
|
|
| 1203 |
|
|
if (big)
|
| 1204 |
|
|
{
|
| 1205 |
|
|
/* Generate the address -OFFSET(%fp,%a1.l). */
|
| 1206 |
|
|
addr = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, A1_REG);
|
| 1207 |
|
|
addr = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, addr, frame_pointer_rtx);
|
| 1208 |
|
|
addr = plus_constant (addr, -offset);
|
| 1209 |
|
|
}
|
| 1210 |
|
|
else if (restore_from_sp)
|
| 1211 |
|
|
addr = gen_rtx_POST_INC (Pmode, stack_pointer_rtx);
|
| 1212 |
|
|
else
|
| 1213 |
|
|
addr = plus_constant (frame_pointer_rtx, -offset);
|
| 1214 |
|
|
emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_REG (SImode, D0_REG + i),
|
| 1215 |
|
|
gen_frame_mem (SImode, addr));
|
| 1216 |
|
|
offset -= GET_MODE_SIZE (SImode);
|
| 1217 |
|
|
}
|
| 1218 |
|
|
}
|
| 1219 |
|
|
else if (current_frame.reg_mask)
|
| 1220 |
|
|
{
|
| 1221 |
|
|
if (big)
|
| 1222 |
|
|
m68k_emit_movem (gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode,
|
| 1223 |
|
|
gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, A1_REG),
|
| 1224 |
|
|
frame_pointer_rtx),
|
| 1225 |
|
|
-(current_frame.offset + fsize),
|
| 1226 |
|
|
current_frame.reg_no, D0_REG,
|
| 1227 |
|
|
current_frame.reg_mask, false, false);
|
| 1228 |
|
|
else if (restore_from_sp)
|
| 1229 |
|
|
m68k_emit_movem (stack_pointer_rtx, 0,
|
| 1230 |
|
|
current_frame.reg_no, D0_REG,
|
| 1231 |
|
|
current_frame.reg_mask, false,
|
| 1232 |
|
|
!TARGET_COLDFIRE);
|
| 1233 |
|
|
else
|
| 1234 |
|
|
m68k_emit_movem (frame_pointer_rtx,
|
| 1235 |
|
|
-(current_frame.offset + fsize),
|
| 1236 |
|
|
current_frame.reg_no, D0_REG,
|
| 1237 |
|
|
current_frame.reg_mask, false, false);
|
| 1238 |
|
|
}
|
| 1239 |
|
|
|
| 1240 |
|
|
if (current_frame.fpu_no > 0)
|
| 1241 |
|
|
{
|
| 1242 |
|
|
if (big)
|
| 1243 |
|
|
m68k_emit_movem (gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode,
|
| 1244 |
|
|
gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, A1_REG),
|
| 1245 |
|
|
frame_pointer_rtx),
|
| 1246 |
|
|
-(current_frame.foffset + fsize),
|
| 1247 |
|
|
current_frame.fpu_no, FP0_REG,
|
| 1248 |
|
|
current_frame.fpu_mask, false, false);
|
| 1249 |
|
|
else if (restore_from_sp)
|
| 1250 |
|
|
{
|
| 1251 |
|
|
if (TARGET_COLDFIRE)
|
| 1252 |
|
|
{
|
| 1253 |
|
|
int offset;
|
| 1254 |
|
|
|
| 1255 |
|
|
/* If we used moveml to restore the integer registers, the
|
| 1256 |
|
|
stack pointer will still point to the bottom of the moveml
|
| 1257 |
|
|
save area. Find the stack offset of the first FP
|
| 1258 |
|
|
register. */
|
| 1259 |
|
|
if (current_frame.reg_no < MIN_MOVEM_REGS)
|
| 1260 |
|
|
offset = 0;
|
| 1261 |
|
|
else
|
| 1262 |
|
|
offset = current_frame.reg_no * GET_MODE_SIZE (SImode);
|
| 1263 |
|
|
m68k_emit_movem (stack_pointer_rtx, offset,
|
| 1264 |
|
|
current_frame.fpu_no, FP0_REG,
|
| 1265 |
|
|
current_frame.fpu_mask, false, false);
|
| 1266 |
|
|
}
|
| 1267 |
|
|
else
|
| 1268 |
|
|
m68k_emit_movem (stack_pointer_rtx, 0,
|
| 1269 |
|
|
current_frame.fpu_no, FP0_REG,
|
| 1270 |
|
|
current_frame.fpu_mask, false, true);
|
| 1271 |
|
|
}
|
| 1272 |
|
|
else
|
| 1273 |
|
|
m68k_emit_movem (frame_pointer_rtx,
|
| 1274 |
|
|
-(current_frame.foffset + fsize),
|
| 1275 |
|
|
current_frame.fpu_no, FP0_REG,
|
| 1276 |
|
|
current_frame.fpu_mask, false, false);
|
| 1277 |
|
|
}
|
| 1278 |
|
|
|
| 1279 |
|
|
if (frame_pointer_needed)
|
| 1280 |
|
|
emit_insn (gen_unlink (frame_pointer_rtx));
|
| 1281 |
|
|
else if (fsize_with_regs)
|
| 1282 |
|
|
emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (stack_pointer_rtx,
|
| 1283 |
|
|
stack_pointer_rtx,
|
| 1284 |
|
|
GEN_INT (fsize_with_regs)));
|
| 1285 |
|
|
|
| 1286 |
|
|
if (crtl->calls_eh_return)
|
| 1287 |
|
|
emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (stack_pointer_rtx,
|
| 1288 |
|
|
stack_pointer_rtx,
|
| 1289 |
|
|
EH_RETURN_STACKADJ_RTX));
|
| 1290 |
|
|
|
| 1291 |
|
|
if (!sibcall_p)
|
| 1292 |
|
|
emit_jump_insn (ret_rtx);
|
| 1293 |
|
|
}
|
| 1294 |
|
|
|
| 1295 |
|
|
/* Return true if X is a valid comparison operator for the dbcc
|
| 1296 |
|
|
instruction.
|
| 1297 |
|
|
|
| 1298 |
|
|
Note it rejects floating point comparison operators.
|
| 1299 |
|
|
(In the future we could use Fdbcc).
|
| 1300 |
|
|
|
| 1301 |
|
|
It also rejects some comparisons when CC_NO_OVERFLOW is set. */
|
| 1302 |
|
|
|
| 1303 |
|
|
int
|
| 1304 |
|
|
valid_dbcc_comparison_p_2 (rtx x, enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 1305 |
|
|
{
|
| 1306 |
|
|
switch (GET_CODE (x))
|
| 1307 |
|
|
{
|
| 1308 |
|
|
case EQ: case NE: case GTU: case LTU:
|
| 1309 |
|
|
case GEU: case LEU:
|
| 1310 |
|
|
return 1;
|
| 1311 |
|
|
|
| 1312 |
|
|
/* Reject some when CC_NO_OVERFLOW is set. This may be over
|
| 1313 |
|
|
conservative */
|
| 1314 |
|
|
case GT: case LT: case GE: case LE:
|
| 1315 |
|
|
return ! (cc_prev_status.flags & CC_NO_OVERFLOW);
|
| 1316 |
|
|
default:
|
| 1317 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 1318 |
|
|
}
|
| 1319 |
|
|
}
|
| 1320 |
|
|
|
| 1321 |
|
|
/* Return nonzero if flags are currently in the 68881 flag register. */
|
| 1322 |
|
|
int
|
| 1323 |
|
|
flags_in_68881 (void)
|
| 1324 |
|
|
{
|
| 1325 |
|
|
/* We could add support for these in the future */
|
| 1326 |
|
|
return cc_status.flags & CC_IN_68881;
|
| 1327 |
|
|
}
|
| 1328 |
|
|
|
| 1329 |
|
|
/* Return true if PARALLEL contains register REGNO. */
|
| 1330 |
|
|
static bool
|
| 1331 |
|
|
m68k_reg_present_p (const_rtx parallel, unsigned int regno)
|
| 1332 |
|
|
{
|
| 1333 |
|
|
int i;
|
| 1334 |
|
|
|
| 1335 |
|
|
if (REG_P (parallel) && REGNO (parallel) == regno)
|
| 1336 |
|
|
return true;
|
| 1337 |
|
|
|
| 1338 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (parallel) != PARALLEL)
|
| 1339 |
|
|
return false;
|
| 1340 |
|
|
|
| 1341 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (parallel, 0); ++i)
|
| 1342 |
|
|
{
|
| 1343 |
|
|
const_rtx x;
|
| 1344 |
|
|
|
| 1345 |
|
|
x = XEXP (XVECEXP (parallel, 0, i), 0);
|
| 1346 |
|
|
if (REG_P (x) && REGNO (x) == regno)
|
| 1347 |
|
|
return true;
|
| 1348 |
|
|
}
|
| 1349 |
|
|
|
| 1350 |
|
|
return false;
|
| 1351 |
|
|
}
|
| 1352 |
|
|
|
| 1353 |
|
|
/* Implement TARGET_FUNCTION_OK_FOR_SIBCALL_P. */
|
| 1354 |
|
|
|
| 1355 |
|
|
static bool
|
| 1356 |
|
|
m68k_ok_for_sibcall_p (tree decl, tree exp)
|
| 1357 |
|
|
{
|
| 1358 |
|
|
enum m68k_function_kind kind;
|
| 1359 |
|
|
|
| 1360 |
|
|
/* We cannot use sibcalls for nested functions because we use the
|
| 1361 |
|
|
static chain register for indirect calls. */
|
| 1362 |
|
|
if (CALL_EXPR_STATIC_CHAIN (exp))
|
| 1363 |
|
|
return false;
|
| 1364 |
|
|
|
| 1365 |
|
|
if (!VOID_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (DECL_RESULT (cfun->decl))))
|
| 1366 |
|
|
{
|
| 1367 |
|
|
/* Check that the return value locations are the same. For
|
| 1368 |
|
|
example that we aren't returning a value from the sibling in
|
| 1369 |
|
|
a D0 register but then need to transfer it to a A0 register. */
|
| 1370 |
|
|
rtx cfun_value;
|
| 1371 |
|
|
rtx call_value;
|
| 1372 |
|
|
|
| 1373 |
|
|
cfun_value = FUNCTION_VALUE (TREE_TYPE (DECL_RESULT (cfun->decl)),
|
| 1374 |
|
|
cfun->decl);
|
| 1375 |
|
|
call_value = FUNCTION_VALUE (TREE_TYPE (exp), decl);
|
| 1376 |
|
|
|
| 1377 |
|
|
/* Check that the values are equal or that the result the callee
|
| 1378 |
|
|
function returns is superset of what the current function returns. */
|
| 1379 |
|
|
if (!(rtx_equal_p (cfun_value, call_value)
|
| 1380 |
|
|
|| (REG_P (cfun_value)
|
| 1381 |
|
|
&& m68k_reg_present_p (call_value, REGNO (cfun_value)))))
|
| 1382 |
|
|
return false;
|
| 1383 |
|
|
}
|
| 1384 |
|
|
|
| 1385 |
|
|
kind = m68k_get_function_kind (current_function_decl);
|
| 1386 |
|
|
if (kind == m68k_fk_normal_function)
|
| 1387 |
|
|
/* We can always sibcall from a normal function, because it's
|
| 1388 |
|
|
undefined if it is calling an interrupt function. */
|
| 1389 |
|
|
return true;
|
| 1390 |
|
|
|
| 1391 |
|
|
/* Otherwise we can only sibcall if the function kind is known to be
|
| 1392 |
|
|
the same. */
|
| 1393 |
|
|
if (decl && m68k_get_function_kind (decl) == kind)
|
| 1394 |
|
|
return true;
|
| 1395 |
|
|
|
| 1396 |
|
|
return false;
|
| 1397 |
|
|
}
|
| 1398 |
|
|
|
| 1399 |
|
|
/* On the m68k all args are always pushed. */
|
| 1400 |
|
|
|
| 1401 |
|
|
static rtx
|
| 1402 |
|
|
m68k_function_arg (cumulative_args_t cum ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
| 1403 |
|
|
enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
| 1404 |
|
|
const_tree type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
| 1405 |
|
|
bool named ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 1406 |
|
|
{
|
| 1407 |
|
|
return NULL_RTX;
|
| 1408 |
|
|
}
|
| 1409 |
|
|
|
| 1410 |
|
|
static void
|
| 1411 |
|
|
m68k_function_arg_advance (cumulative_args_t cum_v, enum machine_mode mode,
|
| 1412 |
|
|
const_tree type, bool named ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 1413 |
|
|
{
|
| 1414 |
|
|
CUMULATIVE_ARGS *cum = get_cumulative_args (cum_v);
|
| 1415 |
|
|
|
| 1416 |
|
|
*cum += (mode != BLKmode
|
| 1417 |
|
|
? (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) + 3) & ~3
|
| 1418 |
|
|
: (int_size_in_bytes (type) + 3) & ~3);
|
| 1419 |
|
|
}
|
| 1420 |
|
|
|
| 1421 |
|
|
/* Convert X to a legitimate function call memory reference and return the
|
| 1422 |
|
|
result. */
|
| 1423 |
|
|
|
| 1424 |
|
|
rtx
|
| 1425 |
|
|
m68k_legitimize_call_address (rtx x)
|
| 1426 |
|
|
{
|
| 1427 |
|
|
gcc_assert (MEM_P (x));
|
| 1428 |
|
|
if (call_operand (XEXP (x, 0), VOIDmode))
|
| 1429 |
|
|
return x;
|
| 1430 |
|
|
return replace_equiv_address (x, force_reg (Pmode, XEXP (x, 0)));
|
| 1431 |
|
|
}
|
| 1432 |
|
|
|
| 1433 |
|
|
/* Likewise for sibling calls. */
|
| 1434 |
|
|
|
| 1435 |
|
|
rtx
|
| 1436 |
|
|
m68k_legitimize_sibcall_address (rtx x)
|
| 1437 |
|
|
{
|
| 1438 |
|
|
gcc_assert (MEM_P (x));
|
| 1439 |
|
|
if (sibcall_operand (XEXP (x, 0), VOIDmode))
|
| 1440 |
|
|
return x;
|
| 1441 |
|
|
|
| 1442 |
|
|
emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM), XEXP (x, 0));
|
| 1443 |
|
|
return replace_equiv_address (x, gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM));
|
| 1444 |
|
|
}
|
| 1445 |
|
|
|
| 1446 |
|
|
/* Convert X to a legitimate address and return it if successful. Otherwise
|
| 1447 |
|
|
return X.
|
| 1448 |
|
|
|
| 1449 |
|
|
For the 68000, we handle X+REG by loading X into a register R and
|
| 1450 |
|
|
using R+REG. R will go in an address reg and indexing will be used.
|
| 1451 |
|
|
However, if REG is a broken-out memory address or multiplication,
|
| 1452 |
|
|
nothing needs to be done because REG can certainly go in an address reg. */
|
| 1453 |
|
|
|
| 1454 |
|
|
static rtx
|
| 1455 |
|
|
m68k_legitimize_address (rtx x, rtx oldx, enum machine_mode mode)
|
| 1456 |
|
|
{
|
| 1457 |
|
|
if (m68k_tls_symbol_p (x))
|
| 1458 |
|
|
return m68k_legitimize_tls_address (x);
|
| 1459 |
|
|
|
| 1460 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (x) == PLUS)
|
| 1461 |
|
|
{
|
| 1462 |
|
|
int ch = (x) != (oldx);
|
| 1463 |
|
|
int copied = 0;
|
| 1464 |
|
|
|
| 1465 |
|
|
#define COPY_ONCE(Y) if (!copied) { Y = copy_rtx (Y); copied = ch = 1; }
|
| 1466 |
|
|
|
| 1467 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == MULT)
|
| 1468 |
|
|
{
|
| 1469 |
|
|
COPY_ONCE (x);
|
| 1470 |
|
|
XEXP (x, 0) = force_operand (XEXP (x, 0), 0);
|
| 1471 |
|
|
}
|
| 1472 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == MULT)
|
| 1473 |
|
|
{
|
| 1474 |
|
|
COPY_ONCE (x);
|
| 1475 |
|
|
XEXP (x, 1) = force_operand (XEXP (x, 1), 0);
|
| 1476 |
|
|
}
|
| 1477 |
|
|
if (ch)
|
| 1478 |
|
|
{
|
| 1479 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == REG
|
| 1480 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == REG)
|
| 1481 |
|
|
{
|
| 1482 |
|
|
if (TARGET_COLDFIRE_FPU && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT)
|
| 1483 |
|
|
{
|
| 1484 |
|
|
COPY_ONCE (x);
|
| 1485 |
|
|
x = force_operand (x, 0);
|
| 1486 |
|
|
}
|
| 1487 |
|
|
return x;
|
| 1488 |
|
|
}
|
| 1489 |
|
|
if (memory_address_p (mode, x))
|
| 1490 |
|
|
return x;
|
| 1491 |
|
|
}
|
| 1492 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == REG
|
| 1493 |
|
|
|| (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == SIGN_EXTEND
|
| 1494 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0)) == REG
|
| 1495 |
|
|
&& GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0)) == HImode))
|
| 1496 |
|
|
{
|
| 1497 |
|
|
rtx temp = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode);
|
| 1498 |
|
|
rtx val = force_operand (XEXP (x, 1), 0);
|
| 1499 |
|
|
emit_move_insn (temp, val);
|
| 1500 |
|
|
COPY_ONCE (x);
|
| 1501 |
|
|
XEXP (x, 1) = temp;
|
| 1502 |
|
|
if (TARGET_COLDFIRE_FPU && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT
|
| 1503 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == REG)
|
| 1504 |
|
|
x = force_operand (x, 0);
|
| 1505 |
|
|
}
|
| 1506 |
|
|
else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == REG
|
| 1507 |
|
|
|| (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == SIGN_EXTEND
|
| 1508 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 1), 0)) == REG
|
| 1509 |
|
|
&& GET_MODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 1), 0)) == HImode))
|
| 1510 |
|
|
{
|
| 1511 |
|
|
rtx temp = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode);
|
| 1512 |
|
|
rtx val = force_operand (XEXP (x, 0), 0);
|
| 1513 |
|
|
emit_move_insn (temp, val);
|
| 1514 |
|
|
COPY_ONCE (x);
|
| 1515 |
|
|
XEXP (x, 0) = temp;
|
| 1516 |
|
|
if (TARGET_COLDFIRE_FPU && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT
|
| 1517 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == REG)
|
| 1518 |
|
|
x = force_operand (x, 0);
|
| 1519 |
|
|
}
|
| 1520 |
|
|
}
|
| 1521 |
|
|
|
| 1522 |
|
|
return x;
|
| 1523 |
|
|
}
|
| 1524 |
|
|
|
| 1525 |
|
|
|
| 1526 |
|
|
/* Output a dbCC; jCC sequence. Note we do not handle the
|
| 1527 |
|
|
floating point version of this sequence (Fdbcc). We also
|
| 1528 |
|
|
do not handle alternative conditions when CC_NO_OVERFLOW is
|
| 1529 |
|
|
set. It is assumed that valid_dbcc_comparison_p and flags_in_68881 will
|
| 1530 |
|
|
kick those out before we get here. */
|
| 1531 |
|
|
|
| 1532 |
|
|
void
|
| 1533 |
|
|
output_dbcc_and_branch (rtx *operands)
|
| 1534 |
|
|
{
|
| 1535 |
|
|
switch (GET_CODE (operands[3]))
|
| 1536 |
|
|
{
|
| 1537 |
|
|
case EQ:
|
| 1538 |
|
|
output_asm_insn ("dbeq %0,%l1\n\tjeq %l2", operands);
|
| 1539 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1540 |
|
|
|
| 1541 |
|
|
case NE:
|
| 1542 |
|
|
output_asm_insn ("dbne %0,%l1\n\tjne %l2", operands);
|
| 1543 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1544 |
|
|
|
| 1545 |
|
|
case GT:
|
| 1546 |
|
|
output_asm_insn ("dbgt %0,%l1\n\tjgt %l2", operands);
|
| 1547 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1548 |
|
|
|
| 1549 |
|
|
case GTU:
|
| 1550 |
|
|
output_asm_insn ("dbhi %0,%l1\n\tjhi %l2", operands);
|
| 1551 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1552 |
|
|
|
| 1553 |
|
|
case LT:
|
| 1554 |
|
|
output_asm_insn ("dblt %0,%l1\n\tjlt %l2", operands);
|
| 1555 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1556 |
|
|
|
| 1557 |
|
|
case LTU:
|
| 1558 |
|
|
output_asm_insn ("dbcs %0,%l1\n\tjcs %l2", operands);
|
| 1559 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1560 |
|
|
|
| 1561 |
|
|
case GE:
|
| 1562 |
|
|
output_asm_insn ("dbge %0,%l1\n\tjge %l2", operands);
|
| 1563 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1564 |
|
|
|
| 1565 |
|
|
case GEU:
|
| 1566 |
|
|
output_asm_insn ("dbcc %0,%l1\n\tjcc %l2", operands);
|
| 1567 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1568 |
|
|
|
| 1569 |
|
|
case LE:
|
| 1570 |
|
|
output_asm_insn ("dble %0,%l1\n\tjle %l2", operands);
|
| 1571 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1572 |
|
|
|
| 1573 |
|
|
case LEU:
|
| 1574 |
|
|
output_asm_insn ("dbls %0,%l1\n\tjls %l2", operands);
|
| 1575 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1576 |
|
|
|
| 1577 |
|
|
default:
|
| 1578 |
|
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
| 1579 |
|
|
}
|
| 1580 |
|
|
|
| 1581 |
|
|
/* If the decrement is to be done in SImode, then we have
|
| 1582 |
|
|
to compensate for the fact that dbcc decrements in HImode. */
|
| 1583 |
|
|
switch (GET_MODE (operands[0]))
|
| 1584 |
|
|
{
|
| 1585 |
|
|
case SImode:
|
| 1586 |
|
|
output_asm_insn ("clr%.w %0\n\tsubq%.l #1,%0\n\tjpl %l1", operands);
|
| 1587 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1588 |
|
|
|
| 1589 |
|
|
case HImode:
|
| 1590 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1591 |
|
|
|
| 1592 |
|
|
default:
|
| 1593 |
|
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
| 1594 |
|
|
}
|
| 1595 |
|
|
}
|
| 1596 |
|
|
|
| 1597 |
|
|
const char *
|
| 1598 |
|
|
output_scc_di (rtx op, rtx operand1, rtx operand2, rtx dest)
|
| 1599 |
|
|
{
|
| 1600 |
|
|
rtx loperands[7];
|
| 1601 |
|
|
enum rtx_code op_code = GET_CODE (op);
|
| 1602 |
|
|
|
| 1603 |
|
|
/* This does not produce a useful cc. */
|
| 1604 |
|
|
CC_STATUS_INIT;
|
| 1605 |
|
|
|
| 1606 |
|
|
/* The m68k cmp.l instruction requires operand1 to be a reg as used
|
| 1607 |
|
|
below. Swap the operands and change the op if these requirements
|
| 1608 |
|
|
are not fulfilled. */
|
| 1609 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (operand2) == REG && GET_CODE (operand1) != REG)
|
| 1610 |
|
|
{
|
| 1611 |
|
|
rtx tmp = operand1;
|
| 1612 |
|
|
|
| 1613 |
|
|
operand1 = operand2;
|
| 1614 |
|
|
operand2 = tmp;
|
| 1615 |
|
|
op_code = swap_condition (op_code);
|
| 1616 |
|
|
}
|
| 1617 |
|
|
loperands[0] = operand1;
|
| 1618 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (operand1) == REG)
|
| 1619 |
|
|
loperands[1] = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, REGNO (operand1) + 1);
|
| 1620 |
|
|
else
|
| 1621 |
|
|
loperands[1] = adjust_address (operand1, SImode, 4);
|
| 1622 |
|
|
if (operand2 != const0_rtx)
|
| 1623 |
|
|
{
|
| 1624 |
|
|
loperands[2] = operand2;
|
| 1625 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (operand2) == REG)
|
| 1626 |
|
|
loperands[3] = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, REGNO (operand2) + 1);
|
| 1627 |
|
|
else
|
| 1628 |
|
|
loperands[3] = adjust_address (operand2, SImode, 4);
|
| 1629 |
|
|
}
|
| 1630 |
|
|
loperands[4] = gen_label_rtx ();
|
| 1631 |
|
|
if (operand2 != const0_rtx)
|
| 1632 |
|
|
output_asm_insn ("cmp%.l %2,%0\n\tjne %l4\n\tcmp%.l %3,%1", loperands);
|
| 1633 |
|
|
else
|
| 1634 |
|
|
{
|
| 1635 |
|
|
if (TARGET_68020 || TARGET_COLDFIRE || ! ADDRESS_REG_P (loperands[0]))
|
| 1636 |
|
|
output_asm_insn ("tst%.l %0", loperands);
|
| 1637 |
|
|
else
|
| 1638 |
|
|
output_asm_insn ("cmp%.w #0,%0", loperands);
|
| 1639 |
|
|
|
| 1640 |
|
|
output_asm_insn ("jne %l4", loperands);
|
| 1641 |
|
|
|
| 1642 |
|
|
if (TARGET_68020 || TARGET_COLDFIRE || ! ADDRESS_REG_P (loperands[1]))
|
| 1643 |
|
|
output_asm_insn ("tst%.l %1", loperands);
|
| 1644 |
|
|
else
|
| 1645 |
|
|
output_asm_insn ("cmp%.w #0,%1", loperands);
|
| 1646 |
|
|
}
|
| 1647 |
|
|
|
| 1648 |
|
|
loperands[5] = dest;
|
| 1649 |
|
|
|
| 1650 |
|
|
switch (op_code)
|
| 1651 |
|
|
{
|
| 1652 |
|
|
case EQ:
|
| 1653 |
|
|
(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label) (asm_out_file, "L",
|
| 1654 |
|
|
CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (loperands[4]));
|
| 1655 |
|
|
output_asm_insn ("seq %5", loperands);
|
| 1656 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1657 |
|
|
|
| 1658 |
|
|
case NE:
|
| 1659 |
|
|
(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label) (asm_out_file, "L",
|
| 1660 |
|
|
CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (loperands[4]));
|
| 1661 |
|
|
output_asm_insn ("sne %5", loperands);
|
| 1662 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1663 |
|
|
|
| 1664 |
|
|
case GT:
|
| 1665 |
|
|
loperands[6] = gen_label_rtx ();
|
| 1666 |
|
|
output_asm_insn ("shi %5\n\tjra %l6", loperands);
|
| 1667 |
|
|
(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label) (asm_out_file, "L",
|
| 1668 |
|
|
CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (loperands[4]));
|
| 1669 |
|
|
output_asm_insn ("sgt %5", loperands);
|
| 1670 |
|
|
(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label) (asm_out_file, "L",
|
| 1671 |
|
|
CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (loperands[6]));
|
| 1672 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1673 |
|
|
|
| 1674 |
|
|
case GTU:
|
| 1675 |
|
|
(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label) (asm_out_file, "L",
|
| 1676 |
|
|
CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (loperands[4]));
|
| 1677 |
|
|
output_asm_insn ("shi %5", loperands);
|
| 1678 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1679 |
|
|
|
| 1680 |
|
|
case LT:
|
| 1681 |
|
|
loperands[6] = gen_label_rtx ();
|
| 1682 |
|
|
output_asm_insn ("scs %5\n\tjra %l6", loperands);
|
| 1683 |
|
|
(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label) (asm_out_file, "L",
|
| 1684 |
|
|
CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (loperands[4]));
|
| 1685 |
|
|
output_asm_insn ("slt %5", loperands);
|
| 1686 |
|
|
(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label) (asm_out_file, "L",
|
| 1687 |
|
|
CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (loperands[6]));
|
| 1688 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1689 |
|
|
|
| 1690 |
|
|
case LTU:
|
| 1691 |
|
|
(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label) (asm_out_file, "L",
|
| 1692 |
|
|
CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (loperands[4]));
|
| 1693 |
|
|
output_asm_insn ("scs %5", loperands);
|
| 1694 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1695 |
|
|
|
| 1696 |
|
|
case GE:
|
| 1697 |
|
|
loperands[6] = gen_label_rtx ();
|
| 1698 |
|
|
output_asm_insn ("scc %5\n\tjra %l6", loperands);
|
| 1699 |
|
|
(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label) (asm_out_file, "L",
|
| 1700 |
|
|
CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (loperands[4]));
|
| 1701 |
|
|
output_asm_insn ("sge %5", loperands);
|
| 1702 |
|
|
(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label) (asm_out_file, "L",
|
| 1703 |
|
|
CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (loperands[6]));
|
| 1704 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1705 |
|
|
|
| 1706 |
|
|
case GEU:
|
| 1707 |
|
|
(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label) (asm_out_file, "L",
|
| 1708 |
|
|
CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (loperands[4]));
|
| 1709 |
|
|
output_asm_insn ("scc %5", loperands);
|
| 1710 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1711 |
|
|
|
| 1712 |
|
|
case LE:
|
| 1713 |
|
|
loperands[6] = gen_label_rtx ();
|
| 1714 |
|
|
output_asm_insn ("sls %5\n\tjra %l6", loperands);
|
| 1715 |
|
|
(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label) (asm_out_file, "L",
|
| 1716 |
|
|
CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (loperands[4]));
|
| 1717 |
|
|
output_asm_insn ("sle %5", loperands);
|
| 1718 |
|
|
(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label) (asm_out_file, "L",
|
| 1719 |
|
|
CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (loperands[6]));
|
| 1720 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1721 |
|
|
|
| 1722 |
|
|
case LEU:
|
| 1723 |
|
|
(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label) (asm_out_file, "L",
|
| 1724 |
|
|
CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (loperands[4]));
|
| 1725 |
|
|
output_asm_insn ("sls %5", loperands);
|
| 1726 |
|
|
break;
|
| 1727 |
|
|
|
| 1728 |
|
|
default:
|
| 1729 |
|
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
| 1730 |
|
|
}
|
| 1731 |
|
|
return "";
|
| 1732 |
|
|
}
|
| 1733 |
|
|
|
| 1734 |
|
|
const char *
|
| 1735 |
|
|
output_btst (rtx *operands, rtx countop, rtx dataop, rtx insn, int signpos)
|
| 1736 |
|
|
{
|
| 1737 |
|
|
operands[0] = countop;
|
| 1738 |
|
|
operands[1] = dataop;
|
| 1739 |
|
|
|
| 1740 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (countop) == CONST_INT)
|
| 1741 |
|
|
{
|
| 1742 |
|
|
register int count = INTVAL (countop);
|
| 1743 |
|
|
/* If COUNT is bigger than size of storage unit in use,
|
| 1744 |
|
|
advance to the containing unit of same size. */
|
| 1745 |
|
|
if (count > signpos)
|
| 1746 |
|
|
{
|
| 1747 |
|
|
int offset = (count & ~signpos) / 8;
|
| 1748 |
|
|
count = count & signpos;
|
| 1749 |
|
|
operands[1] = dataop = adjust_address (dataop, QImode, offset);
|
| 1750 |
|
|
}
|
| 1751 |
|
|
if (count == signpos)
|
| 1752 |
|
|
cc_status.flags = CC_NOT_POSITIVE | CC_Z_IN_NOT_N;
|
| 1753 |
|
|
else
|
| 1754 |
|
|
cc_status.flags = CC_NOT_NEGATIVE | CC_Z_IN_NOT_N;
|
| 1755 |
|
|
|
| 1756 |
|
|
/* These three statements used to use next_insns_test_no...
|
| 1757 |
|
|
but it appears that this should do the same job. */
|
| 1758 |
|
|
if (count == 31
|
| 1759 |
|
|
&& next_insn_tests_no_inequality (insn))
|
| 1760 |
|
|
return "tst%.l %1";
|
| 1761 |
|
|
if (count == 15
|
| 1762 |
|
|
&& next_insn_tests_no_inequality (insn))
|
| 1763 |
|
|
return "tst%.w %1";
|
| 1764 |
|
|
if (count == 7
|
| 1765 |
|
|
&& next_insn_tests_no_inequality (insn))
|
| 1766 |
|
|
return "tst%.b %1";
|
| 1767 |
|
|
/* Try to use `movew to ccr' followed by the appropriate branch insn.
|
| 1768 |
|
|
On some m68k variants unfortunately that's slower than btst.
|
| 1769 |
|
|
On 68000 and higher, that should also work for all HImode operands. */
|
| 1770 |
|
|
if (TUNE_CPU32 || TARGET_COLDFIRE || optimize_size)
|
| 1771 |
|
|
{
|
| 1772 |
|
|
if (count == 3 && DATA_REG_P (operands[1])
|
| 1773 |
|
|
&& next_insn_tests_no_inequality (insn))
|
| 1774 |
|
|
{
|
| 1775 |
|
|
cc_status.flags = CC_NOT_NEGATIVE | CC_Z_IN_NOT_N | CC_NO_OVERFLOW;
|
| 1776 |
|
|
return "move%.w %1,%%ccr";
|
| 1777 |
|
|
}
|
| 1778 |
|
|
if (count == 2 && DATA_REG_P (operands[1])
|
| 1779 |
|
|
&& next_insn_tests_no_inequality (insn))
|
| 1780 |
|
|
{
|
| 1781 |
|
|
cc_status.flags = CC_NOT_NEGATIVE | CC_INVERTED | CC_NO_OVERFLOW;
|
| 1782 |
|
|
return "move%.w %1,%%ccr";
|
| 1783 |
|
|
}
|
| 1784 |
|
|
/* count == 1 followed by bvc/bvs and
|
| 1785 |
|
|
count == 0 followed by bcc/bcs are also possible, but need
|
| 1786 |
|
|
m68k-specific CC_Z_IN_NOT_V and CC_Z_IN_NOT_C flags. */
|
| 1787 |
|
|
}
|
| 1788 |
|
|
|
| 1789 |
|
|
cc_status.flags = CC_NOT_NEGATIVE;
|
| 1790 |
|
|
}
|
| 1791 |
|
|
return "btst %0,%1";
|
| 1792 |
|
|
}
|
| 1793 |
|
|
|
| 1794 |
|
|
/* Return true if X is a legitimate base register. STRICT_P says
|
| 1795 |
|
|
whether we need strict checking. */
|
| 1796 |
|
|
|
| 1797 |
|
|
bool
|
| 1798 |
|
|
m68k_legitimate_base_reg_p (rtx x, bool strict_p)
|
| 1799 |
|
|
{
|
| 1800 |
|
|
/* Allow SUBREG everywhere we allow REG. This results in better code. */
|
| 1801 |
|
|
if (!strict_p && GET_CODE (x) == SUBREG)
|
| 1802 |
|
|
x = SUBREG_REG (x);
|
| 1803 |
|
|
|
| 1804 |
|
|
return (REG_P (x)
|
| 1805 |
|
|
&& (strict_p
|
| 1806 |
|
|
? REGNO_OK_FOR_BASE_P (REGNO (x))
|
| 1807 |
|
|
: REGNO_OK_FOR_BASE_NONSTRICT_P (REGNO (x))));
|
| 1808 |
|
|
}
|
| 1809 |
|
|
|
| 1810 |
|
|
/* Return true if X is a legitimate index register. STRICT_P says
|
| 1811 |
|
|
whether we need strict checking. */
|
| 1812 |
|
|
|
| 1813 |
|
|
bool
|
| 1814 |
|
|
m68k_legitimate_index_reg_p (rtx x, bool strict_p)
|
| 1815 |
|
|
{
|
| 1816 |
|
|
if (!strict_p && GET_CODE (x) == SUBREG)
|
| 1817 |
|
|
x = SUBREG_REG (x);
|
| 1818 |
|
|
|
| 1819 |
|
|
return (REG_P (x)
|
| 1820 |
|
|
&& (strict_p
|
| 1821 |
|
|
? REGNO_OK_FOR_INDEX_P (REGNO (x))
|
| 1822 |
|
|
: REGNO_OK_FOR_INDEX_NONSTRICT_P (REGNO (x))));
|
| 1823 |
|
|
}
|
| 1824 |
|
|
|
| 1825 |
|
|
/* Return true if X is a legitimate index expression for a (d8,An,Xn) or
|
| 1826 |
|
|
(bd,An,Xn) addressing mode. Fill in the INDEX and SCALE fields of
|
| 1827 |
|
|
ADDRESS if so. STRICT_P says whether we need strict checking. */
|
| 1828 |
|
|
|
| 1829 |
|
|
static bool
|
| 1830 |
|
|
m68k_decompose_index (rtx x, bool strict_p, struct m68k_address *address)
|
| 1831 |
|
|
{
|
| 1832 |
|
|
int scale;
|
| 1833 |
|
|
|
| 1834 |
|
|
/* Check for a scale factor. */
|
| 1835 |
|
|
scale = 1;
|
| 1836 |
|
|
if ((TARGET_68020 || TARGET_COLDFIRE)
|
| 1837 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (x) == MULT
|
| 1838 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT
|
| 1839 |
|
|
&& (INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)) == 2
|
| 1840 |
|
|
|| INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)) == 4
|
| 1841 |
|
|
|| (INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)) == 8
|
| 1842 |
|
|
&& (TARGET_COLDFIRE_FPU || !TARGET_COLDFIRE))))
|
| 1843 |
|
|
{
|
| 1844 |
|
|
scale = INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1));
|
| 1845 |
|
|
x = XEXP (x, 0);
|
| 1846 |
|
|
}
|
| 1847 |
|
|
|
| 1848 |
|
|
/* Check for a word extension. */
|
| 1849 |
|
|
if (!TARGET_COLDFIRE
|
| 1850 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (x) == SIGN_EXTEND
|
| 1851 |
|
|
&& GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == HImode)
|
| 1852 |
|
|
x = XEXP (x, 0);
|
| 1853 |
|
|
|
| 1854 |
|
|
if (m68k_legitimate_index_reg_p (x, strict_p))
|
| 1855 |
|
|
{
|
| 1856 |
|
|
address->scale = scale;
|
| 1857 |
|
|
address->index = x;
|
| 1858 |
|
|
return true;
|
| 1859 |
|
|
}
|
| 1860 |
|
|
|
| 1861 |
|
|
return false;
|
| 1862 |
|
|
}
|
| 1863 |
|
|
|
| 1864 |
|
|
/* Return true if X is an illegitimate symbolic constant. */
|
| 1865 |
|
|
|
| 1866 |
|
|
bool
|
| 1867 |
|
|
m68k_illegitimate_symbolic_constant_p (rtx x)
|
| 1868 |
|
|
{
|
| 1869 |
|
|
rtx base, offset;
|
| 1870 |
|
|
|
| 1871 |
|
|
if (M68K_OFFSETS_MUST_BE_WITHIN_SECTIONS_P)
|
| 1872 |
|
|
{
|
| 1873 |
|
|
split_const (x, &base, &offset);
|
| 1874 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (base) == SYMBOL_REF
|
| 1875 |
|
|
&& !offset_within_block_p (base, INTVAL (offset)))
|
| 1876 |
|
|
return true;
|
| 1877 |
|
|
}
|
| 1878 |
|
|
return m68k_tls_reference_p (x, false);
|
| 1879 |
|
|
}
|
| 1880 |
|
|
|
| 1881 |
|
|
/* Implement TARGET_CANNOT_FORCE_CONST_MEM. */
|
| 1882 |
|
|
|
| 1883 |
|
|
static bool
|
| 1884 |
|
|
m68k_cannot_force_const_mem (enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, rtx x)
|
| 1885 |
|
|
{
|
| 1886 |
|
|
return m68k_illegitimate_symbolic_constant_p (x);
|
| 1887 |
|
|
}
|
| 1888 |
|
|
|
| 1889 |
|
|
/* Return true if X is a legitimate constant address that can reach
|
| 1890 |
|
|
bytes in the range [X, X + REACH). STRICT_P says whether we need
|
| 1891 |
|
|
strict checking. */
|
| 1892 |
|
|
|
| 1893 |
|
|
static bool
|
| 1894 |
|
|
m68k_legitimate_constant_address_p (rtx x, unsigned int reach, bool strict_p)
|
| 1895 |
|
|
{
|
| 1896 |
|
|
rtx base, offset;
|
| 1897 |
|
|
|
| 1898 |
|
|
if (!CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (x))
|
| 1899 |
|
|
return false;
|
| 1900 |
|
|
|
| 1901 |
|
|
if (flag_pic
|
| 1902 |
|
|
&& !(strict_p && TARGET_PCREL)
|
| 1903 |
|
|
&& symbolic_operand (x, VOIDmode))
|
| 1904 |
|
|
return false;
|
| 1905 |
|
|
|
| 1906 |
|
|
if (M68K_OFFSETS_MUST_BE_WITHIN_SECTIONS_P && reach > 1)
|
| 1907 |
|
|
{
|
| 1908 |
|
|
split_const (x, &base, &offset);
|
| 1909 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (base) == SYMBOL_REF
|
| 1910 |
|
|
&& !offset_within_block_p (base, INTVAL (offset) + reach - 1))
|
| 1911 |
|
|
return false;
|
| 1912 |
|
|
}
|
| 1913 |
|
|
|
| 1914 |
|
|
return !m68k_tls_reference_p (x, false);
|
| 1915 |
|
|
}
|
| 1916 |
|
|
|
| 1917 |
|
|
/* Return true if X is a LABEL_REF for a jump table. Assume that unplaced
|
| 1918 |
|
|
labels will become jump tables. */
|
| 1919 |
|
|
|
| 1920 |
|
|
static bool
|
| 1921 |
|
|
m68k_jump_table_ref_p (rtx x)
|
| 1922 |
|
|
{
|
| 1923 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (x) != LABEL_REF)
|
| 1924 |
|
|
return false;
|
| 1925 |
|
|
|
| 1926 |
|
|
x = XEXP (x, 0);
|
| 1927 |
|
|
if (!NEXT_INSN (x) && !PREV_INSN (x))
|
| 1928 |
|
|
return true;
|
| 1929 |
|
|
|
| 1930 |
|
|
x = next_nonnote_insn (x);
|
| 1931 |
|
|
return x && JUMP_TABLE_DATA_P (x);
|
| 1932 |
|
|
}
|
| 1933 |
|
|
|
| 1934 |
|
|
/* Return true if X is a legitimate address for values of mode MODE.
|
| 1935 |
|
|
STRICT_P says whether strict checking is needed. If the address
|
| 1936 |
|
|
is valid, describe its components in *ADDRESS. */
|
| 1937 |
|
|
|
| 1938 |
|
|
static bool
|
| 1939 |
|
|
m68k_decompose_address (enum machine_mode mode, rtx x,
|
| 1940 |
|
|
bool strict_p, struct m68k_address *address)
|
| 1941 |
|
|
{
|
| 1942 |
|
|
unsigned int reach;
|
| 1943 |
|
|
|
| 1944 |
|
|
memset (address, 0, sizeof (*address));
|
| 1945 |
|
|
|
| 1946 |
|
|
if (mode == BLKmode)
|
| 1947 |
|
|
reach = 1;
|
| 1948 |
|
|
else
|
| 1949 |
|
|
reach = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
|
| 1950 |
|
|
|
| 1951 |
|
|
/* Check for (An) (mode 2). */
|
| 1952 |
|
|
if (m68k_legitimate_base_reg_p (x, strict_p))
|
| 1953 |
|
|
{
|
| 1954 |
|
|
address->base = x;
|
| 1955 |
|
|
return true;
|
| 1956 |
|
|
}
|
| 1957 |
|
|
|
| 1958 |
|
|
/* Check for -(An) and (An)+ (modes 3 and 4). */
|
| 1959 |
|
|
if ((GET_CODE (x) == PRE_DEC || GET_CODE (x) == POST_INC)
|
| 1960 |
|
|
&& m68k_legitimate_base_reg_p (XEXP (x, 0), strict_p))
|
| 1961 |
|
|
{
|
| 1962 |
|
|
address->code = GET_CODE (x);
|
| 1963 |
|
|
address->base = XEXP (x, 0);
|
| 1964 |
|
|
return true;
|
| 1965 |
|
|
}
|
| 1966 |
|
|
|
| 1967 |
|
|
/* Check for (d16,An) (mode 5). */
|
| 1968 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (x) == PLUS
|
| 1969 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT
|
| 1970 |
|
|
&& IN_RANGE (INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)), -0x8000, 0x8000 - reach)
|
| 1971 |
|
|
&& m68k_legitimate_base_reg_p (XEXP (x, 0), strict_p))
|
| 1972 |
|
|
{
|
| 1973 |
|
|
address->base = XEXP (x, 0);
|
| 1974 |
|
|
address->offset = XEXP (x, 1);
|
| 1975 |
|
|
return true;
|
| 1976 |
|
|
}
|
| 1977 |
|
|
|
| 1978 |
|
|
/* Check for GOT loads. These are (bd,An,Xn) addresses if
|
| 1979 |
|
|
TARGET_68020 && flag_pic == 2, otherwise they are (d16,An)
|
| 1980 |
|
|
addresses. */
|
| 1981 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (x) == PLUS
|
| 1982 |
|
|
&& XEXP (x, 0) == pic_offset_table_rtx)
|
| 1983 |
|
|
{
|
| 1984 |
|
|
/* As we are processing a PLUS, do not unwrap RELOC32 symbols --
|
| 1985 |
|
|
they are invalid in this context. */
|
| 1986 |
|
|
if (m68k_unwrap_symbol (XEXP (x, 1), false) != XEXP (x, 1))
|
| 1987 |
|
|
{
|
| 1988 |
|
|
address->base = XEXP (x, 0);
|
| 1989 |
|
|
address->offset = XEXP (x, 1);
|
| 1990 |
|
|
return true;
|
| 1991 |
|
|
}
|
| 1992 |
|
|
}
|
| 1993 |
|
|
|
| 1994 |
|
|
/* The ColdFire FPU only accepts addressing modes 2-5. */
|
| 1995 |
|
|
if (TARGET_COLDFIRE_FPU && GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT)
|
| 1996 |
|
|
return false;
|
| 1997 |
|
|
|
| 1998 |
|
|
/* Check for (xxx).w and (xxx).l. Also, in the TARGET_PCREL case,
|
| 1999 |
|
|
check for (d16,PC) or (bd,PC,Xn) with a suppressed index register.
|
| 2000 |
|
|
All these modes are variations of mode 7. */
|
| 2001 |
|
|
if (m68k_legitimate_constant_address_p (x, reach, strict_p))
|
| 2002 |
|
|
{
|
| 2003 |
|
|
address->offset = x;
|
| 2004 |
|
|
return true;
|
| 2005 |
|
|
}
|
| 2006 |
|
|
|
| 2007 |
|
|
/* Check for (d8,PC,Xn), a mode 7 form. This case is needed for
|
| 2008 |
|
|
tablejumps.
|
| 2009 |
|
|
|
| 2010 |
|
|
??? do_tablejump creates these addresses before placing the target
|
| 2011 |
|
|
label, so we have to assume that unplaced labels are jump table
|
| 2012 |
|
|
references. It seems unlikely that we would ever generate indexed
|
| 2013 |
|
|
accesses to unplaced labels in other cases. */
|
| 2014 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (x) == PLUS
|
| 2015 |
|
|
&& m68k_jump_table_ref_p (XEXP (x, 1))
|
| 2016 |
|
|
&& m68k_decompose_index (XEXP (x, 0), strict_p, address))
|
| 2017 |
|
|
{
|
| 2018 |
|
|
address->offset = XEXP (x, 1);
|
| 2019 |
|
|
return true;
|
| 2020 |
|
|
}
|
| 2021 |
|
|
|
| 2022 |
|
|
/* Everything hereafter deals with (d8,An,Xn.SIZE*SCALE) or
|
| 2023 |
|
|
(bd,An,Xn.SIZE*SCALE) addresses. */
|
| 2024 |
|
|
|
| 2025 |
|
|
if (TARGET_68020)
|
| 2026 |
|
|
{
|
| 2027 |
|
|
/* Check for a nonzero base displacement. */
|
| 2028 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (x) == PLUS
|
| 2029 |
|
|
&& m68k_legitimate_constant_address_p (XEXP (x, 1), reach, strict_p))
|
| 2030 |
|
|
{
|
| 2031 |
|
|
address->offset = XEXP (x, 1);
|
| 2032 |
|
|
x = XEXP (x, 0);
|
| 2033 |
|
|
}
|
| 2034 |
|
|
|
| 2035 |
|
|
/* Check for a suppressed index register. */
|
| 2036 |
|
|
if (m68k_legitimate_base_reg_p (x, strict_p))
|
| 2037 |
|
|
{
|
| 2038 |
|
|
address->base = x;
|
| 2039 |
|
|
return true;
|
| 2040 |
|
|
}
|
| 2041 |
|
|
|
| 2042 |
|
|
/* Check for a suppressed base register. Do not allow this case
|
| 2043 |
|
|
for non-symbolic offsets as it effectively gives gcc freedom
|
| 2044 |
|
|
to treat data registers as base registers, which can generate
|
| 2045 |
|
|
worse code. */
|
| 2046 |
|
|
if (address->offset
|
| 2047 |
|
|
&& symbolic_operand (address->offset, VOIDmode)
|
| 2048 |
|
|
&& m68k_decompose_index (x, strict_p, address))
|
| 2049 |
|
|
return true;
|
| 2050 |
|
|
}
|
| 2051 |
|
|
else
|
| 2052 |
|
|
{
|
| 2053 |
|
|
/* Check for a nonzero base displacement. */
|
| 2054 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (x) == PLUS
|
| 2055 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT
|
| 2056 |
|
|
&& IN_RANGE (INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)), -0x80, 0x80 - reach))
|
| 2057 |
|
|
{
|
| 2058 |
|
|
address->offset = XEXP (x, 1);
|
| 2059 |
|
|
x = XEXP (x, 0);
|
| 2060 |
|
|
}
|
| 2061 |
|
|
}
|
| 2062 |
|
|
|
| 2063 |
|
|
/* We now expect the sum of a base and an index. */
|
| 2064 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (x) == PLUS)
|
| 2065 |
|
|
{
|
| 2066 |
|
|
if (m68k_legitimate_base_reg_p (XEXP (x, 0), strict_p)
|
| 2067 |
|
|
&& m68k_decompose_index (XEXP (x, 1), strict_p, address))
|
| 2068 |
|
|
{
|
| 2069 |
|
|
address->base = XEXP (x, 0);
|
| 2070 |
|
|
return true;
|
| 2071 |
|
|
}
|
| 2072 |
|
|
|
| 2073 |
|
|
if (m68k_legitimate_base_reg_p (XEXP (x, 1), strict_p)
|
| 2074 |
|
|
&& m68k_decompose_index (XEXP (x, 0), strict_p, address))
|
| 2075 |
|
|
{
|
| 2076 |
|
|
address->base = XEXP (x, 1);
|
| 2077 |
|
|
return true;
|
| 2078 |
|
|
}
|
| 2079 |
|
|
}
|
| 2080 |
|
|
return false;
|
| 2081 |
|
|
}
|
| 2082 |
|
|
|
| 2083 |
|
|
/* Return true if X is a legitimate address for values of mode MODE.
|
| 2084 |
|
|
STRICT_P says whether strict checking is needed. */
|
| 2085 |
|
|
|
| 2086 |
|
|
bool
|
| 2087 |
|
|
m68k_legitimate_address_p (enum machine_mode mode, rtx x, bool strict_p)
|
| 2088 |
|
|
{
|
| 2089 |
|
|
struct m68k_address address;
|
| 2090 |
|
|
|
| 2091 |
|
|
return m68k_decompose_address (mode, x, strict_p, &address);
|
| 2092 |
|
|
}
|
| 2093 |
|
|
|
| 2094 |
|
|
/* Return true if X is a memory, describing its address in ADDRESS if so.
|
| 2095 |
|
|
Apply strict checking if called during or after reload. */
|
| 2096 |
|
|
|
| 2097 |
|
|
static bool
|
| 2098 |
|
|
m68k_legitimate_mem_p (rtx x, struct m68k_address *address)
|
| 2099 |
|
|
{
|
| 2100 |
|
|
return (MEM_P (x)
|
| 2101 |
|
|
&& m68k_decompose_address (GET_MODE (x), XEXP (x, 0),
|
| 2102 |
|
|
reload_in_progress || reload_completed,
|
| 2103 |
|
|
address));
|
| 2104 |
|
|
}
|
| 2105 |
|
|
|
| 2106 |
|
|
/* Implement TARGET_LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P. */
|
| 2107 |
|
|
|
| 2108 |
|
|
bool
|
| 2109 |
|
|
m68k_legitimate_constant_p (enum machine_mode mode, rtx x)
|
| 2110 |
|
|
{
|
| 2111 |
|
|
return mode != XFmode && !m68k_illegitimate_symbolic_constant_p (x);
|
| 2112 |
|
|
}
|
| 2113 |
|
|
|
| 2114 |
|
|
/* Return true if X matches the 'Q' constraint. It must be a memory
|
| 2115 |
|
|
with a base address and no constant offset or index. */
|
| 2116 |
|
|
|
| 2117 |
|
|
bool
|
| 2118 |
|
|
m68k_matches_q_p (rtx x)
|
| 2119 |
|
|
{
|
| 2120 |
|
|
struct m68k_address address;
|
| 2121 |
|
|
|
| 2122 |
|
|
return (m68k_legitimate_mem_p (x, &address)
|
| 2123 |
|
|
&& address.code == UNKNOWN
|
| 2124 |
|
|
&& address.base
|
| 2125 |
|
|
&& !address.offset
|
| 2126 |
|
|
&& !address.index);
|
| 2127 |
|
|
}
|
| 2128 |
|
|
|
| 2129 |
|
|
/* Return true if X matches the 'U' constraint. It must be a base address
|
| 2130 |
|
|
with a constant offset and no index. */
|
| 2131 |
|
|
|
| 2132 |
|
|
bool
|
| 2133 |
|
|
m68k_matches_u_p (rtx x)
|
| 2134 |
|
|
{
|
| 2135 |
|
|
struct m68k_address address;
|
| 2136 |
|
|
|
| 2137 |
|
|
return (m68k_legitimate_mem_p (x, &address)
|
| 2138 |
|
|
&& address.code == UNKNOWN
|
| 2139 |
|
|
&& address.base
|
| 2140 |
|
|
&& address.offset
|
| 2141 |
|
|
&& !address.index);
|
| 2142 |
|
|
}
|
| 2143 |
|
|
|
| 2144 |
|
|
/* Return GOT pointer. */
|
| 2145 |
|
|
|
| 2146 |
|
|
static rtx
|
| 2147 |
|
|
m68k_get_gp (void)
|
| 2148 |
|
|
{
|
| 2149 |
|
|
if (pic_offset_table_rtx == NULL_RTX)
|
| 2150 |
|
|
pic_offset_table_rtx = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, PIC_REG);
|
| 2151 |
|
|
|
| 2152 |
|
|
crtl->uses_pic_offset_table = 1;
|
| 2153 |
|
|
|
| 2154 |
|
|
return pic_offset_table_rtx;
|
| 2155 |
|
|
}
|
| 2156 |
|
|
|
| 2157 |
|
|
/* M68K relocations, used to distinguish GOT and TLS relocations in UNSPEC
|
| 2158 |
|
|
wrappers. */
|
| 2159 |
|
|
enum m68k_reloc { RELOC_GOT, RELOC_TLSGD, RELOC_TLSLDM, RELOC_TLSLDO,
|
| 2160 |
|
|
RELOC_TLSIE, RELOC_TLSLE };
|
| 2161 |
|
|
|
| 2162 |
|
|
#define TLS_RELOC_P(RELOC) ((RELOC) != RELOC_GOT)
|
| 2163 |
|
|
|
| 2164 |
|
|
/* Wrap symbol X into unspec representing relocation RELOC.
|
| 2165 |
|
|
BASE_REG - register that should be added to the result.
|
| 2166 |
|
|
TEMP_REG - if non-null, temporary register. */
|
| 2167 |
|
|
|
| 2168 |
|
|
static rtx
|
| 2169 |
|
|
m68k_wrap_symbol (rtx x, enum m68k_reloc reloc, rtx base_reg, rtx temp_reg)
|
| 2170 |
|
|
{
|
| 2171 |
|
|
bool use_x_p;
|
| 2172 |
|
|
|
| 2173 |
|
|
use_x_p = (base_reg == pic_offset_table_rtx) ? TARGET_XGOT : TARGET_XTLS;
|
| 2174 |
|
|
|
| 2175 |
|
|
if (TARGET_COLDFIRE && use_x_p)
|
| 2176 |
|
|
/* When compiling with -mx{got, tls} switch the code will look like this:
|
| 2177 |
|
|
|
| 2178 |
|
|
move.l <X>@<RELOC>,<TEMP_REG>
|
| 2179 |
|
|
add.l <BASE_REG>,<TEMP_REG> */
|
| 2180 |
|
|
{
|
| 2181 |
|
|
/* Wrap X in UNSPEC_??? to tip m68k_output_addr_const_extra
|
| 2182 |
|
|
to put @RELOC after reference. */
|
| 2183 |
|
|
x = gen_rtx_UNSPEC (Pmode, gen_rtvec (2, x, GEN_INT (reloc)),
|
| 2184 |
|
|
UNSPEC_RELOC32);
|
| 2185 |
|
|
x = gen_rtx_CONST (Pmode, x);
|
| 2186 |
|
|
|
| 2187 |
|
|
if (temp_reg == NULL)
|
| 2188 |
|
|
{
|
| 2189 |
|
|
gcc_assert (can_create_pseudo_p ());
|
| 2190 |
|
|
temp_reg = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode);
|
| 2191 |
|
|
}
|
| 2192 |
|
|
|
| 2193 |
|
|
emit_move_insn (temp_reg, x);
|
| 2194 |
|
|
emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (temp_reg, temp_reg, base_reg));
|
| 2195 |
|
|
x = temp_reg;
|
| 2196 |
|
|
}
|
| 2197 |
|
|
else
|
| 2198 |
|
|
{
|
| 2199 |
|
|
x = gen_rtx_UNSPEC (Pmode, gen_rtvec (2, x, GEN_INT (reloc)),
|
| 2200 |
|
|
UNSPEC_RELOC16);
|
| 2201 |
|
|
x = gen_rtx_CONST (Pmode, x);
|
| 2202 |
|
|
|
| 2203 |
|
|
x = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, base_reg, x);
|
| 2204 |
|
|
}
|
| 2205 |
|
|
|
| 2206 |
|
|
return x;
|
| 2207 |
|
|
}
|
| 2208 |
|
|
|
| 2209 |
|
|
/* Helper for m68k_unwrap_symbol.
|
| 2210 |
|
|
Also, if unwrapping was successful (that is if (ORIG != <return value>)),
|
| 2211 |
|
|
sets *RELOC_PTR to relocation type for the symbol. */
|
| 2212 |
|
|
|
| 2213 |
|
|
static rtx
|
| 2214 |
|
|
m68k_unwrap_symbol_1 (rtx orig, bool unwrap_reloc32_p,
|
| 2215 |
|
|
enum m68k_reloc *reloc_ptr)
|
| 2216 |
|
|
{
|
| 2217 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (orig) == CONST)
|
| 2218 |
|
|
{
|
| 2219 |
|
|
rtx x;
|
| 2220 |
|
|
enum m68k_reloc dummy;
|
| 2221 |
|
|
|
| 2222 |
|
|
x = XEXP (orig, 0);
|
| 2223 |
|
|
|
| 2224 |
|
|
if (reloc_ptr == NULL)
|
| 2225 |
|
|
reloc_ptr = &dummy;
|
| 2226 |
|
|
|
| 2227 |
|
|
/* Handle an addend. */
|
| 2228 |
|
|
if ((GET_CODE (x) == PLUS || GET_CODE (x) == MINUS)
|
| 2229 |
|
|
&& CONST_INT_P (XEXP (x, 1)))
|
| 2230 |
|
|
x = XEXP (x, 0);
|
| 2231 |
|
|
|
| 2232 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (x) == UNSPEC)
|
| 2233 |
|
|
{
|
| 2234 |
|
|
switch (XINT (x, 1))
|
| 2235 |
|
|
{
|
| 2236 |
|
|
case UNSPEC_RELOC16:
|
| 2237 |
|
|
orig = XVECEXP (x, 0, 0);
|
| 2238 |
|
|
*reloc_ptr = (enum m68k_reloc) INTVAL (XVECEXP (x, 0, 1));
|
| 2239 |
|
|
break;
|
| 2240 |
|
|
|
| 2241 |
|
|
case UNSPEC_RELOC32:
|
| 2242 |
|
|
if (unwrap_reloc32_p)
|
| 2243 |
|
|
{
|
| 2244 |
|
|
orig = XVECEXP (x, 0, 0);
|
| 2245 |
|
|
*reloc_ptr = (enum m68k_reloc) INTVAL (XVECEXP (x, 0, 1));
|
| 2246 |
|
|
}
|
| 2247 |
|
|
break;
|
| 2248 |
|
|
|
| 2249 |
|
|
default:
|
| 2250 |
|
|
break;
|
| 2251 |
|
|
}
|
| 2252 |
|
|
}
|
| 2253 |
|
|
}
|
| 2254 |
|
|
|
| 2255 |
|
|
return orig;
|
| 2256 |
|
|
}
|
| 2257 |
|
|
|
| 2258 |
|
|
/* Unwrap symbol from UNSPEC_RELOC16 and, if unwrap_reloc32_p,
|
| 2259 |
|
|
UNSPEC_RELOC32 wrappers. */
|
| 2260 |
|
|
|
| 2261 |
|
|
rtx
|
| 2262 |
|
|
m68k_unwrap_symbol (rtx orig, bool unwrap_reloc32_p)
|
| 2263 |
|
|
{
|
| 2264 |
|
|
return m68k_unwrap_symbol_1 (orig, unwrap_reloc32_p, NULL);
|
| 2265 |
|
|
}
|
| 2266 |
|
|
|
| 2267 |
|
|
/* Helper for m68k_final_prescan_insn. */
|
| 2268 |
|
|
|
| 2269 |
|
|
static int
|
| 2270 |
|
|
m68k_final_prescan_insn_1 (rtx *x_ptr, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 2271 |
|
|
{
|
| 2272 |
|
|
rtx x = *x_ptr;
|
| 2273 |
|
|
|
| 2274 |
|
|
if (m68k_unwrap_symbol (x, true) != x)
|
| 2275 |
|
|
/* For rationale of the below, see comment in m68k_final_prescan_insn. */
|
| 2276 |
|
|
{
|
| 2277 |
|
|
rtx plus;
|
| 2278 |
|
|
|
| 2279 |
|
|
gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == CONST);
|
| 2280 |
|
|
plus = XEXP (x, 0);
|
| 2281 |
|
|
|
| 2282 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (plus) == PLUS || GET_CODE (plus) == MINUS)
|
| 2283 |
|
|
{
|
| 2284 |
|
|
rtx unspec;
|
| 2285 |
|
|
rtx addend;
|
| 2286 |
|
|
|
| 2287 |
|
|
unspec = XEXP (plus, 0);
|
| 2288 |
|
|
gcc_assert (GET_CODE (unspec) == UNSPEC);
|
| 2289 |
|
|
addend = XEXP (plus, 1);
|
| 2290 |
|
|
gcc_assert (CONST_INT_P (addend));
|
| 2291 |
|
|
|
| 2292 |
|
|
/* We now have all the pieces, rearrange them. */
|
| 2293 |
|
|
|
| 2294 |
|
|
/* Move symbol to plus. */
|
| 2295 |
|
|
XEXP (plus, 0) = XVECEXP (unspec, 0, 0);
|
| 2296 |
|
|
|
| 2297 |
|
|
/* Move plus inside unspec. */
|
| 2298 |
|
|
XVECEXP (unspec, 0, 0) = plus;
|
| 2299 |
|
|
|
| 2300 |
|
|
/* Move unspec to top level of const. */
|
| 2301 |
|
|
XEXP (x, 0) = unspec;
|
| 2302 |
|
|
}
|
| 2303 |
|
|
|
| 2304 |
|
|
return -1;
|
| 2305 |
|
|
}
|
| 2306 |
|
|
|
| 2307 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 2308 |
|
|
}
|
| 2309 |
|
|
|
| 2310 |
|
|
/* Prescan insn before outputing assembler for it. */
|
| 2311 |
|
|
|
| 2312 |
|
|
void
|
| 2313 |
|
|
m68k_final_prescan_insn (rtx insn ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
| 2314 |
|
|
rtx *operands, int n_operands)
|
| 2315 |
|
|
{
|
| 2316 |
|
|
int i;
|
| 2317 |
|
|
|
| 2318 |
|
|
/* Combine and, possibly, other optimizations may do good job
|
| 2319 |
|
|
converting
|
| 2320 |
|
|
(const (unspec [(symbol)]))
|
| 2321 |
|
|
into
|
| 2322 |
|
|
(const (plus (unspec [(symbol)])
|
| 2323 |
|
|
(const_int N))).
|
| 2324 |
|
|
The problem with this is emitting @TLS or @GOT decorations.
|
| 2325 |
|
|
The decoration is emitted when processing (unspec), so the
|
| 2326 |
|
|
result would be "#symbol@TLSLE+N" instead of "#symbol+N@TLSLE".
|
| 2327 |
|
|
|
| 2328 |
|
|
It seems that the easiest solution to this is to convert such
|
| 2329 |
|
|
operands to
|
| 2330 |
|
|
(const (unspec [(plus (symbol)
|
| 2331 |
|
|
(const_int N))])).
|
| 2332 |
|
|
Note, that the top level of operand remains intact, so we don't have
|
| 2333 |
|
|
to patch up anything outside of the operand. */
|
| 2334 |
|
|
|
| 2335 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < n_operands; ++i)
|
| 2336 |
|
|
{
|
| 2337 |
|
|
rtx op;
|
| 2338 |
|
|
|
| 2339 |
|
|
op = operands[i];
|
| 2340 |
|
|
|
| 2341 |
|
|
for_each_rtx (&op, m68k_final_prescan_insn_1, NULL);
|
| 2342 |
|
|
}
|
| 2343 |
|
|
}
|
| 2344 |
|
|
|
| 2345 |
|
|
/* Move X to a register and add REG_EQUAL note pointing to ORIG.
|
| 2346 |
|
|
If REG is non-null, use it; generate new pseudo otherwise. */
|
| 2347 |
|
|
|
| 2348 |
|
|
static rtx
|
| 2349 |
|
|
m68k_move_to_reg (rtx x, rtx orig, rtx reg)
|
| 2350 |
|
|
{
|
| 2351 |
|
|
rtx insn;
|
| 2352 |
|
|
|
| 2353 |
|
|
if (reg == NULL_RTX)
|
| 2354 |
|
|
{
|
| 2355 |
|
|
gcc_assert (can_create_pseudo_p ());
|
| 2356 |
|
|
reg = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode);
|
| 2357 |
|
|
}
|
| 2358 |
|
|
|
| 2359 |
|
|
insn = emit_move_insn (reg, x);
|
| 2360 |
|
|
/* Put a REG_EQUAL note on this insn, so that it can be optimized
|
| 2361 |
|
|
by loop. */
|
| 2362 |
|
|
set_unique_reg_note (insn, REG_EQUAL, orig);
|
| 2363 |
|
|
|
| 2364 |
|
|
return reg;
|
| 2365 |
|
|
}
|
| 2366 |
|
|
|
| 2367 |
|
|
/* Does the same as m68k_wrap_symbol, but returns a memory reference to
|
| 2368 |
|
|
GOT slot. */
|
| 2369 |
|
|
|
| 2370 |
|
|
static rtx
|
| 2371 |
|
|
m68k_wrap_symbol_into_got_ref (rtx x, enum m68k_reloc reloc, rtx temp_reg)
|
| 2372 |
|
|
{
|
| 2373 |
|
|
x = m68k_wrap_symbol (x, reloc, m68k_get_gp (), temp_reg);
|
| 2374 |
|
|
|
| 2375 |
|
|
x = gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode, x);
|
| 2376 |
|
|
MEM_READONLY_P (x) = 1;
|
| 2377 |
|
|
|
| 2378 |
|
|
return x;
|
| 2379 |
|
|
}
|
| 2380 |
|
|
|
| 2381 |
|
|
/* Legitimize PIC addresses. If the address is already
|
| 2382 |
|
|
position-independent, we return ORIG. Newly generated
|
| 2383 |
|
|
position-independent addresses go to REG. If we need more
|
| 2384 |
|
|
than one register, we lose.
|
| 2385 |
|
|
|
| 2386 |
|
|
An address is legitimized by making an indirect reference
|
| 2387 |
|
|
through the Global Offset Table with the name of the symbol
|
| 2388 |
|
|
used as an offset.
|
| 2389 |
|
|
|
| 2390 |
|
|
The assembler and linker are responsible for placing the
|
| 2391 |
|
|
address of the symbol in the GOT. The function prologue
|
| 2392 |
|
|
is responsible for initializing a5 to the starting address
|
| 2393 |
|
|
of the GOT.
|
| 2394 |
|
|
|
| 2395 |
|
|
The assembler is also responsible for translating a symbol name
|
| 2396 |
|
|
into a constant displacement from the start of the GOT.
|
| 2397 |
|
|
|
| 2398 |
|
|
A quick example may make things a little clearer:
|
| 2399 |
|
|
|
| 2400 |
|
|
When not generating PIC code to store the value 12345 into _foo
|
| 2401 |
|
|
we would generate the following code:
|
| 2402 |
|
|
|
| 2403 |
|
|
movel #12345, _foo
|
| 2404 |
|
|
|
| 2405 |
|
|
When generating PIC two transformations are made. First, the compiler
|
| 2406 |
|
|
loads the address of foo into a register. So the first transformation makes:
|
| 2407 |
|
|
|
| 2408 |
|
|
lea _foo, a0
|
| 2409 |
|
|
movel #12345, a0@
|
| 2410 |
|
|
|
| 2411 |
|
|
The code in movsi will intercept the lea instruction and call this
|
| 2412 |
|
|
routine which will transform the instructions into:
|
| 2413 |
|
|
|
| 2414 |
|
|
movel a5@(_foo:w), a0
|
| 2415 |
|
|
movel #12345, a0@
|
| 2416 |
|
|
|
| 2417 |
|
|
|
| 2418 |
|
|
That (in a nutshell) is how *all* symbol and label references are
|
| 2419 |
|
|
handled. */
|
| 2420 |
|
|
|
| 2421 |
|
|
rtx
|
| 2422 |
|
|
legitimize_pic_address (rtx orig, enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
| 2423 |
|
|
rtx reg)
|
| 2424 |
|
|
{
|
| 2425 |
|
|
rtx pic_ref = orig;
|
| 2426 |
|
|
|
| 2427 |
|
|
/* First handle a simple SYMBOL_REF or LABEL_REF */
|
| 2428 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (orig) == SYMBOL_REF || GET_CODE (orig) == LABEL_REF)
|
| 2429 |
|
|
{
|
| 2430 |
|
|
gcc_assert (reg);
|
| 2431 |
|
|
|
| 2432 |
|
|
pic_ref = m68k_wrap_symbol_into_got_ref (orig, RELOC_GOT, reg);
|
| 2433 |
|
|
pic_ref = m68k_move_to_reg (pic_ref, orig, reg);
|
| 2434 |
|
|
}
|
| 2435 |
|
|
else if (GET_CODE (orig) == CONST)
|
| 2436 |
|
|
{
|
| 2437 |
|
|
rtx base;
|
| 2438 |
|
|
|
| 2439 |
|
|
/* Make sure this has not already been legitimized. */
|
| 2440 |
|
|
if (m68k_unwrap_symbol (orig, true) != orig)
|
| 2441 |
|
|
return orig;
|
| 2442 |
|
|
|
| 2443 |
|
|
gcc_assert (reg);
|
| 2444 |
|
|
|
| 2445 |
|
|
/* legitimize both operands of the PLUS */
|
| 2446 |
|
|
gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (orig, 0)) == PLUS);
|
| 2447 |
|
|
|
| 2448 |
|
|
base = legitimize_pic_address (XEXP (XEXP (orig, 0), 0), Pmode, reg);
|
| 2449 |
|
|
orig = legitimize_pic_address (XEXP (XEXP (orig, 0), 1), Pmode,
|
| 2450 |
|
|
base == reg ? 0 : reg);
|
| 2451 |
|
|
|
| 2452 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (orig) == CONST_INT)
|
| 2453 |
|
|
pic_ref = plus_constant (base, INTVAL (orig));
|
| 2454 |
|
|
else
|
| 2455 |
|
|
pic_ref = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, base, orig);
|
| 2456 |
|
|
}
|
| 2457 |
|
|
|
| 2458 |
|
|
return pic_ref;
|
| 2459 |
|
|
}
|
| 2460 |
|
|
|
| 2461 |
|
|
/* The __tls_get_addr symbol. */
|
| 2462 |
|
|
static GTY(()) rtx m68k_tls_get_addr;
|
| 2463 |
|
|
|
| 2464 |
|
|
/* Return SYMBOL_REF for __tls_get_addr. */
|
| 2465 |
|
|
|
| 2466 |
|
|
static rtx
|
| 2467 |
|
|
m68k_get_tls_get_addr (void)
|
| 2468 |
|
|
{
|
| 2469 |
|
|
if (m68k_tls_get_addr == NULL_RTX)
|
| 2470 |
|
|
m68k_tls_get_addr = init_one_libfunc ("__tls_get_addr");
|
| 2471 |
|
|
|
| 2472 |
|
|
return m68k_tls_get_addr;
|
| 2473 |
|
|
}
|
| 2474 |
|
|
|
| 2475 |
|
|
/* Return libcall result in A0 instead of usual D0. */
|
| 2476 |
|
|
static bool m68k_libcall_value_in_a0_p = false;
|
| 2477 |
|
|
|
| 2478 |
|
|
/* Emit instruction sequence that calls __tls_get_addr. X is
|
| 2479 |
|
|
the TLS symbol we are referencing and RELOC is the symbol type to use
|
| 2480 |
|
|
(either TLSGD or TLSLDM). EQV is the REG_EQUAL note for the sequence
|
| 2481 |
|
|
emitted. A pseudo register with result of __tls_get_addr call is
|
| 2482 |
|
|
returned. */
|
| 2483 |
|
|
|
| 2484 |
|
|
static rtx
|
| 2485 |
|
|
m68k_call_tls_get_addr (rtx x, rtx eqv, enum m68k_reloc reloc)
|
| 2486 |
|
|
{
|
| 2487 |
|
|
rtx a0;
|
| 2488 |
|
|
rtx insns;
|
| 2489 |
|
|
rtx dest;
|
| 2490 |
|
|
|
| 2491 |
|
|
/* Emit the call sequence. */
|
| 2492 |
|
|
start_sequence ();
|
| 2493 |
|
|
|
| 2494 |
|
|
/* FIXME: Unfortunately, emit_library_call_value does not
|
| 2495 |
|
|
consider (plus (%a5) (const (unspec))) to be a good enough
|
| 2496 |
|
|
operand for push, so it forces it into a register. The bad
|
| 2497 |
|
|
thing about this is that combiner, due to copy propagation and other
|
| 2498 |
|
|
optimizations, sometimes can not later fix this. As a consequence,
|
| 2499 |
|
|
additional register may be allocated resulting in a spill.
|
| 2500 |
|
|
For reference, see args processing loops in
|
| 2501 |
|
|
calls.c:emit_library_call_value_1.
|
| 2502 |
|
|
For testcase, see gcc.target/m68k/tls-{gd, ld}.c */
|
| 2503 |
|
|
x = m68k_wrap_symbol (x, reloc, m68k_get_gp (), NULL_RTX);
|
| 2504 |
|
|
|
| 2505 |
|
|
/* __tls_get_addr() is not a libcall, but emitting a libcall_value
|
| 2506 |
|
|
is the simpliest way of generating a call. The difference between
|
| 2507 |
|
|
__tls_get_addr() and libcall is that the result is returned in D0
|
| 2508 |
|
|
instead of A0. To workaround this, we use m68k_libcall_value_in_a0_p
|
| 2509 |
|
|
which temporarily switches returning the result to A0. */
|
| 2510 |
|
|
|
| 2511 |
|
|
m68k_libcall_value_in_a0_p = true;
|
| 2512 |
|
|
a0 = emit_library_call_value (m68k_get_tls_get_addr (), NULL_RTX, LCT_PURE,
|
| 2513 |
|
|
Pmode, 1, x, Pmode);
|
| 2514 |
|
|
m68k_libcall_value_in_a0_p = false;
|
| 2515 |
|
|
|
| 2516 |
|
|
insns = get_insns ();
|
| 2517 |
|
|
end_sequence ();
|
| 2518 |
|
|
|
| 2519 |
|
|
gcc_assert (can_create_pseudo_p ());
|
| 2520 |
|
|
dest = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode);
|
| 2521 |
|
|
emit_libcall_block (insns, dest, a0, eqv);
|
| 2522 |
|
|
|
| 2523 |
|
|
return dest;
|
| 2524 |
|
|
}
|
| 2525 |
|
|
|
| 2526 |
|
|
/* The __tls_get_addr symbol. */
|
| 2527 |
|
|
static GTY(()) rtx m68k_read_tp;
|
| 2528 |
|
|
|
| 2529 |
|
|
/* Return SYMBOL_REF for __m68k_read_tp. */
|
| 2530 |
|
|
|
| 2531 |
|
|
static rtx
|
| 2532 |
|
|
m68k_get_m68k_read_tp (void)
|
| 2533 |
|
|
{
|
| 2534 |
|
|
if (m68k_read_tp == NULL_RTX)
|
| 2535 |
|
|
m68k_read_tp = init_one_libfunc ("__m68k_read_tp");
|
| 2536 |
|
|
|
| 2537 |
|
|
return m68k_read_tp;
|
| 2538 |
|
|
}
|
| 2539 |
|
|
|
| 2540 |
|
|
/* Emit instruction sequence that calls __m68k_read_tp.
|
| 2541 |
|
|
A pseudo register with result of __m68k_read_tp call is returned. */
|
| 2542 |
|
|
|
| 2543 |
|
|
static rtx
|
| 2544 |
|
|
m68k_call_m68k_read_tp (void)
|
| 2545 |
|
|
{
|
| 2546 |
|
|
rtx a0;
|
| 2547 |
|
|
rtx eqv;
|
| 2548 |
|
|
rtx insns;
|
| 2549 |
|
|
rtx dest;
|
| 2550 |
|
|
|
| 2551 |
|
|
start_sequence ();
|
| 2552 |
|
|
|
| 2553 |
|
|
/* __m68k_read_tp() is not a libcall, but emitting a libcall_value
|
| 2554 |
|
|
is the simpliest way of generating a call. The difference between
|
| 2555 |
|
|
__m68k_read_tp() and libcall is that the result is returned in D0
|
| 2556 |
|
|
instead of A0. To workaround this, we use m68k_libcall_value_in_a0_p
|
| 2557 |
|
|
which temporarily switches returning the result to A0. */
|
| 2558 |
|
|
|
| 2559 |
|
|
/* Emit the call sequence. */
|
| 2560 |
|
|
m68k_libcall_value_in_a0_p = true;
|
| 2561 |
|
|
a0 = emit_library_call_value (m68k_get_m68k_read_tp (), NULL_RTX, LCT_PURE,
|
| 2562 |
|
|
Pmode, 0);
|
| 2563 |
|
|
m68k_libcall_value_in_a0_p = false;
|
| 2564 |
|
|
insns = get_insns ();
|
| 2565 |
|
|
end_sequence ();
|
| 2566 |
|
|
|
| 2567 |
|
|
/* Attach a unique REG_EQUIV, to allow the RTL optimizers to
|
| 2568 |
|
|
share the m68k_read_tp result with other IE/LE model accesses. */
|
| 2569 |
|
|
eqv = gen_rtx_UNSPEC (Pmode, gen_rtvec (1, const1_rtx), UNSPEC_RELOC32);
|
| 2570 |
|
|
|
| 2571 |
|
|
gcc_assert (can_create_pseudo_p ());
|
| 2572 |
|
|
dest = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode);
|
| 2573 |
|
|
emit_libcall_block (insns, dest, a0, eqv);
|
| 2574 |
|
|
|
| 2575 |
|
|
return dest;
|
| 2576 |
|
|
}
|
| 2577 |
|
|
|
| 2578 |
|
|
/* Return a legitimized address for accessing TLS SYMBOL_REF X.
|
| 2579 |
|
|
For explanations on instructions sequences see TLS/NPTL ABI for m68k and
|
| 2580 |
|
|
ColdFire. */
|
| 2581 |
|
|
|
| 2582 |
|
|
rtx
|
| 2583 |
|
|
m68k_legitimize_tls_address (rtx orig)
|
| 2584 |
|
|
{
|
| 2585 |
|
|
switch (SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (orig))
|
| 2586 |
|
|
{
|
| 2587 |
|
|
case TLS_MODEL_GLOBAL_DYNAMIC:
|
| 2588 |
|
|
orig = m68k_call_tls_get_addr (orig, orig, RELOC_TLSGD);
|
| 2589 |
|
|
break;
|
| 2590 |
|
|
|
| 2591 |
|
|
case TLS_MODEL_LOCAL_DYNAMIC:
|
| 2592 |
|
|
{
|
| 2593 |
|
|
rtx eqv;
|
| 2594 |
|
|
rtx a0;
|
| 2595 |
|
|
rtx x;
|
| 2596 |
|
|
|
| 2597 |
|
|
/* Attach a unique REG_EQUIV, to allow the RTL optimizers to
|
| 2598 |
|
|
share the LDM result with other LD model accesses. */
|
| 2599 |
|
|
eqv = gen_rtx_UNSPEC (Pmode, gen_rtvec (1, const0_rtx),
|
| 2600 |
|
|
UNSPEC_RELOC32);
|
| 2601 |
|
|
|
| 2602 |
|
|
a0 = m68k_call_tls_get_addr (orig, eqv, RELOC_TLSLDM);
|
| 2603 |
|
|
|
| 2604 |
|
|
x = m68k_wrap_symbol (orig, RELOC_TLSLDO, a0, NULL_RTX);
|
| 2605 |
|
|
|
| 2606 |
|
|
if (can_create_pseudo_p ())
|
| 2607 |
|
|
x = m68k_move_to_reg (x, orig, NULL_RTX);
|
| 2608 |
|
|
|
| 2609 |
|
|
orig = x;
|
| 2610 |
|
|
break;
|
| 2611 |
|
|
}
|
| 2612 |
|
|
|
| 2613 |
|
|
case TLS_MODEL_INITIAL_EXEC:
|
| 2614 |
|
|
{
|
| 2615 |
|
|
rtx a0;
|
| 2616 |
|
|
rtx x;
|
| 2617 |
|
|
|
| 2618 |
|
|
a0 = m68k_call_m68k_read_tp ();
|
| 2619 |
|
|
|
| 2620 |
|
|
x = m68k_wrap_symbol_into_got_ref (orig, RELOC_TLSIE, NULL_RTX);
|
| 2621 |
|
|
x = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, x, a0);
|
| 2622 |
|
|
|
| 2623 |
|
|
if (can_create_pseudo_p ())
|
| 2624 |
|
|
x = m68k_move_to_reg (x, orig, NULL_RTX);
|
| 2625 |
|
|
|
| 2626 |
|
|
orig = x;
|
| 2627 |
|
|
break;
|
| 2628 |
|
|
}
|
| 2629 |
|
|
|
| 2630 |
|
|
case TLS_MODEL_LOCAL_EXEC:
|
| 2631 |
|
|
{
|
| 2632 |
|
|
rtx a0;
|
| 2633 |
|
|
rtx x;
|
| 2634 |
|
|
|
| 2635 |
|
|
a0 = m68k_call_m68k_read_tp ();
|
| 2636 |
|
|
|
| 2637 |
|
|
x = m68k_wrap_symbol (orig, RELOC_TLSLE, a0, NULL_RTX);
|
| 2638 |
|
|
|
| 2639 |
|
|
if (can_create_pseudo_p ())
|
| 2640 |
|
|
x = m68k_move_to_reg (x, orig, NULL_RTX);
|
| 2641 |
|
|
|
| 2642 |
|
|
orig = x;
|
| 2643 |
|
|
break;
|
| 2644 |
|
|
}
|
| 2645 |
|
|
|
| 2646 |
|
|
default:
|
| 2647 |
|
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
| 2648 |
|
|
}
|
| 2649 |
|
|
|
| 2650 |
|
|
return orig;
|
| 2651 |
|
|
}
|
| 2652 |
|
|
|
| 2653 |
|
|
/* Return true if X is a TLS symbol. */
|
| 2654 |
|
|
|
| 2655 |
|
|
static bool
|
| 2656 |
|
|
m68k_tls_symbol_p (rtx x)
|
| 2657 |
|
|
{
|
| 2658 |
|
|
if (!TARGET_HAVE_TLS)
|
| 2659 |
|
|
return false;
|
| 2660 |
|
|
|
| 2661 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (x) != SYMBOL_REF)
|
| 2662 |
|
|
return false;
|
| 2663 |
|
|
|
| 2664 |
|
|
return SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (x) != 0;
|
| 2665 |
|
|
}
|
| 2666 |
|
|
|
| 2667 |
|
|
/* Helper for m68k_tls_referenced_p. */
|
| 2668 |
|
|
|
| 2669 |
|
|
static int
|
| 2670 |
|
|
m68k_tls_reference_p_1 (rtx *x_ptr, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 2671 |
|
|
{
|
| 2672 |
|
|
/* Note: this is not the same as m68k_tls_symbol_p. */
|
| 2673 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (*x_ptr) == SYMBOL_REF)
|
| 2674 |
|
|
return SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (*x_ptr) != 0 ? 1 : 0;
|
| 2675 |
|
|
|
| 2676 |
|
|
/* Don't recurse into legitimate TLS references. */
|
| 2677 |
|
|
if (m68k_tls_reference_p (*x_ptr, true))
|
| 2678 |
|
|
return -1;
|
| 2679 |
|
|
|
| 2680 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 2681 |
|
|
}
|
| 2682 |
|
|
|
| 2683 |
|
|
/* If !LEGITIMATE_P, return true if X is a TLS symbol reference,
|
| 2684 |
|
|
though illegitimate one.
|
| 2685 |
|
|
If LEGITIMATE_P, return true if X is a legitimate TLS symbol reference. */
|
| 2686 |
|
|
|
| 2687 |
|
|
bool
|
| 2688 |
|
|
m68k_tls_reference_p (rtx x, bool legitimate_p)
|
| 2689 |
|
|
{
|
| 2690 |
|
|
if (!TARGET_HAVE_TLS)
|
| 2691 |
|
|
return false;
|
| 2692 |
|
|
|
| 2693 |
|
|
if (!legitimate_p)
|
| 2694 |
|
|
return for_each_rtx (&x, m68k_tls_reference_p_1, NULL) == 1 ? true : false;
|
| 2695 |
|
|
else
|
| 2696 |
|
|
{
|
| 2697 |
|
|
enum m68k_reloc reloc = RELOC_GOT;
|
| 2698 |
|
|
|
| 2699 |
|
|
return (m68k_unwrap_symbol_1 (x, true, &reloc) != x
|
| 2700 |
|
|
&& TLS_RELOC_P (reloc));
|
| 2701 |
|
|
}
|
| 2702 |
|
|
}
|
| 2703 |
|
|
|
| 2704 |
|
|
|
| 2705 |
|
|
|
| 2706 |
|
|
#define USE_MOVQ(i) ((unsigned) ((i) + 128) <= 255)
|
| 2707 |
|
|
|
| 2708 |
|
|
/* Return the type of move that should be used for integer I. */
|
| 2709 |
|
|
|
| 2710 |
|
|
M68K_CONST_METHOD
|
| 2711 |
|
|
m68k_const_method (HOST_WIDE_INT i)
|
| 2712 |
|
|
{
|
| 2713 |
|
|
unsigned u;
|
| 2714 |
|
|
|
| 2715 |
|
|
if (USE_MOVQ (i))
|
| 2716 |
|
|
return MOVQ;
|
| 2717 |
|
|
|
| 2718 |
|
|
/* The ColdFire doesn't have byte or word operations. */
|
| 2719 |
|
|
/* FIXME: This may not be useful for the m68060 either. */
|
| 2720 |
|
|
if (!TARGET_COLDFIRE)
|
| 2721 |
|
|
{
|
| 2722 |
|
|
/* if -256 < N < 256 but N is not in range for a moveq
|
| 2723 |
|
|
N^ff will be, so use moveq #N^ff, dreg; not.b dreg. */
|
| 2724 |
|
|
if (USE_MOVQ (i ^ 0xff))
|
| 2725 |
|
|
return NOTB;
|
| 2726 |
|
|
/* Likewise, try with not.w */
|
| 2727 |
|
|
if (USE_MOVQ (i ^ 0xffff))
|
| 2728 |
|
|
return NOTW;
|
| 2729 |
|
|
/* This is the only value where neg.w is useful */
|
| 2730 |
|
|
if (i == -65408)
|
| 2731 |
|
|
return NEGW;
|
| 2732 |
|
|
}
|
| 2733 |
|
|
|
| 2734 |
|
|
/* Try also with swap. */
|
| 2735 |
|
|
u = i;
|
| 2736 |
|
|
if (USE_MOVQ ((u >> 16) | (u << 16)))
|
| 2737 |
|
|
return SWAP;
|
| 2738 |
|
|
|
| 2739 |
|
|
if (TARGET_ISAB)
|
| 2740 |
|
|
{
|
| 2741 |
|
|
/* Try using MVZ/MVS with an immediate value to load constants. */
|
| 2742 |
|
|
if (i >= 0 && i <= 65535)
|
| 2743 |
|
|
return MVZ;
|
| 2744 |
|
|
if (i >= -32768 && i <= 32767)
|
| 2745 |
|
|
return MVS;
|
| 2746 |
|
|
}
|
| 2747 |
|
|
|
| 2748 |
|
|
/* Otherwise, use move.l */
|
| 2749 |
|
|
return MOVL;
|
| 2750 |
|
|
}
|
| 2751 |
|
|
|
| 2752 |
|
|
/* Return the cost of moving constant I into a data register. */
|
| 2753 |
|
|
|
| 2754 |
|
|
static int
|
| 2755 |
|
|
const_int_cost (HOST_WIDE_INT i)
|
| 2756 |
|
|
{
|
| 2757 |
|
|
switch (m68k_const_method (i))
|
| 2758 |
|
|
{
|
| 2759 |
|
|
case MOVQ:
|
| 2760 |
|
|
/* Constants between -128 and 127 are cheap due to moveq. */
|
| 2761 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 2762 |
|
|
case MVZ:
|
| 2763 |
|
|
case MVS:
|
| 2764 |
|
|
case NOTB:
|
| 2765 |
|
|
case NOTW:
|
| 2766 |
|
|
case NEGW:
|
| 2767 |
|
|
case SWAP:
|
| 2768 |
|
|
/* Constants easily generated by moveq + not.b/not.w/neg.w/swap. */
|
| 2769 |
|
|
return 1;
|
| 2770 |
|
|
case MOVL:
|
| 2771 |
|
|
return 2;
|
| 2772 |
|
|
default:
|
| 2773 |
|
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
| 2774 |
|
|
}
|
| 2775 |
|
|
}
|
| 2776 |
|
|
|
| 2777 |
|
|
static bool
|
| 2778 |
|
|
m68k_rtx_costs (rtx x, int code, int outer_code, int opno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
| 2779 |
|
|
int *total, bool speed ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 2780 |
|
|
{
|
| 2781 |
|
|
switch (code)
|
| 2782 |
|
|
{
|
| 2783 |
|
|
case CONST_INT:
|
| 2784 |
|
|
/* Constant zero is super cheap due to clr instruction. */
|
| 2785 |
|
|
if (x == const0_rtx)
|
| 2786 |
|
|
*total = 0;
|
| 2787 |
|
|
else
|
| 2788 |
|
|
*total = const_int_cost (INTVAL (x));
|
| 2789 |
|
|
return true;
|
| 2790 |
|
|
|
| 2791 |
|
|
case CONST:
|
| 2792 |
|
|
case LABEL_REF:
|
| 2793 |
|
|
case SYMBOL_REF:
|
| 2794 |
|
|
*total = 3;
|
| 2795 |
|
|
return true;
|
| 2796 |
|
|
|
| 2797 |
|
|
case CONST_DOUBLE:
|
| 2798 |
|
|
/* Make 0.0 cheaper than other floating constants to
|
| 2799 |
|
|
encourage creating tstsf and tstdf insns. */
|
| 2800 |
|
|
if (outer_code == COMPARE
|
| 2801 |
|
|
&& (x == CONST0_RTX (SFmode) || x == CONST0_RTX (DFmode)))
|
| 2802 |
|
|
*total = 4;
|
| 2803 |
|
|
else
|
| 2804 |
|
|
*total = 5;
|
| 2805 |
|
|
return true;
|
| 2806 |
|
|
|
| 2807 |
|
|
/* These are vaguely right for a 68020. */
|
| 2808 |
|
|
/* The costs for long multiply have been adjusted to work properly
|
| 2809 |
|
|
in synth_mult on the 68020, relative to an average of the time
|
| 2810 |
|
|
for add and the time for shift, taking away a little more because
|
| 2811 |
|
|
sometimes move insns are needed. */
|
| 2812 |
|
|
/* div?.w is relatively cheaper on 68000 counted in COSTS_N_INSNS
|
| 2813 |
|
|
terms. */
|
| 2814 |
|
|
#define MULL_COST \
|
| 2815 |
|
|
(TUNE_68060 ? 2 \
|
| 2816 |
|
|
: TUNE_68040 ? 5 \
|
| 2817 |
|
|
: (TUNE_CFV2 && TUNE_EMAC) ? 3 \
|
| 2818 |
|
|
: (TUNE_CFV2 && TUNE_MAC) ? 4 \
|
| 2819 |
|
|
: TUNE_CFV2 ? 8 \
|
| 2820 |
|
|
: TARGET_COLDFIRE ? 3 : 13)
|
| 2821 |
|
|
|
| 2822 |
|
|
#define MULW_COST \
|
| 2823 |
|
|
(TUNE_68060 ? 2 \
|
| 2824 |
|
|
: TUNE_68040 ? 3 \
|
| 2825 |
|
|
: TUNE_68000_10 ? 5 \
|
| 2826 |
|
|
: (TUNE_CFV2 && TUNE_EMAC) ? 3 \
|
| 2827 |
|
|
: (TUNE_CFV2 && TUNE_MAC) ? 2 \
|
| 2828 |
|
|
: TUNE_CFV2 ? 8 \
|
| 2829 |
|
|
: TARGET_COLDFIRE ? 2 : 8)
|
| 2830 |
|
|
|
| 2831 |
|
|
#define DIVW_COST \
|
| 2832 |
|
|
(TARGET_CF_HWDIV ? 11 \
|
| 2833 |
|
|
: TUNE_68000_10 || TARGET_COLDFIRE ? 12 : 27)
|
| 2834 |
|
|
|
| 2835 |
|
|
case PLUS:
|
| 2836 |
|
|
/* An lea costs about three times as much as a simple add. */
|
| 2837 |
|
|
if (GET_MODE (x) == SImode
|
| 2838 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == REG
|
| 2839 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == MULT
|
| 2840 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0)) == REG
|
| 2841 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT
|
| 2842 |
|
|
&& (INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1)) == 2
|
| 2843 |
|
|
|| INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1)) == 4
|
| 2844 |
|
|
|| INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1)) == 8))
|
| 2845 |
|
|
{
|
| 2846 |
|
|
/* lea an@(dx:l:i),am */
|
| 2847 |
|
|
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (TARGET_COLDFIRE ? 2 : 3);
|
| 2848 |
|
|
return true;
|
| 2849 |
|
|
}
|
| 2850 |
|
|
return false;
|
| 2851 |
|
|
|
| 2852 |
|
|
case ASHIFT:
|
| 2853 |
|
|
case ASHIFTRT:
|
| 2854 |
|
|
case LSHIFTRT:
|
| 2855 |
|
|
if (TUNE_68060)
|
| 2856 |
|
|
{
|
| 2857 |
|
|
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS(1);
|
| 2858 |
|
|
return true;
|
| 2859 |
|
|
}
|
| 2860 |
|
|
if (TUNE_68000_10)
|
| 2861 |
|
|
{
|
| 2862 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT)
|
| 2863 |
|
|
{
|
| 2864 |
|
|
if (INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)) < 16)
|
| 2865 |
|
|
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (2) + INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)) / 2;
|
| 2866 |
|
|
else
|
| 2867 |
|
|
/* We're using clrw + swap for these cases. */
|
| 2868 |
|
|
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (4) + (INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)) - 16) / 2;
|
| 2869 |
|
|
}
|
| 2870 |
|
|
else
|
| 2871 |
|
|
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (10); /* Worst case. */
|
| 2872 |
|
|
return true;
|
| 2873 |
|
|
}
|
| 2874 |
|
|
/* A shift by a big integer takes an extra instruction. */
|
| 2875 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT
|
| 2876 |
|
|
&& (INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)) == 16))
|
| 2877 |
|
|
{
|
| 2878 |
|
|
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (2); /* clrw;swap */
|
| 2879 |
|
|
return true;
|
| 2880 |
|
|
}
|
| 2881 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT
|
| 2882 |
|
|
&& !(INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)) > 0
|
| 2883 |
|
|
&& INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1)) <= 8))
|
| 2884 |
|
|
{
|
| 2885 |
|
|
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (TARGET_COLDFIRE ? 1 : 3); /* lsr #i,dn */
|
| 2886 |
|
|
return true;
|
| 2887 |
|
|
}
|
| 2888 |
|
|
return false;
|
| 2889 |
|
|
|
| 2890 |
|
|
case MULT:
|
| 2891 |
|
|
if ((GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == ZERO_EXTEND
|
| 2892 |
|
|
|| GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == SIGN_EXTEND)
|
| 2893 |
|
|
&& GET_MODE (x) == SImode)
|
| 2894 |
|
|
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (MULW_COST);
|
| 2895 |
|
|
else if (GET_MODE (x) == QImode || GET_MODE (x) == HImode)
|
| 2896 |
|
|
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (MULW_COST);
|
| 2897 |
|
|
else
|
| 2898 |
|
|
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (MULL_COST);
|
| 2899 |
|
|
return true;
|
| 2900 |
|
|
|
| 2901 |
|
|
case DIV:
|
| 2902 |
|
|
case UDIV:
|
| 2903 |
|
|
case MOD:
|
| 2904 |
|
|
case UMOD:
|
| 2905 |
|
|
if (GET_MODE (x) == QImode || GET_MODE (x) == HImode)
|
| 2906 |
|
|
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (DIVW_COST); /* div.w */
|
| 2907 |
|
|
else if (TARGET_CF_HWDIV)
|
| 2908 |
|
|
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (18);
|
| 2909 |
|
|
else
|
| 2910 |
|
|
*total = COSTS_N_INSNS (43); /* div.l */
|
| 2911 |
|
|
return true;
|
| 2912 |
|
|
|
| 2913 |
|
|
case ZERO_EXTRACT:
|
| 2914 |
|
|
if (outer_code == COMPARE)
|
| 2915 |
|
|
*total = 0;
|
| 2916 |
|
|
return false;
|
| 2917 |
|
|
|
| 2918 |
|
|
default:
|
| 2919 |
|
|
return false;
|
| 2920 |
|
|
}
|
| 2921 |
|
|
}
|
| 2922 |
|
|
|
| 2923 |
|
|
/* Return an instruction to move CONST_INT OPERANDS[1] into data register
|
| 2924 |
|
|
OPERANDS[0]. */
|
| 2925 |
|
|
|
| 2926 |
|
|
static const char *
|
| 2927 |
|
|
output_move_const_into_data_reg (rtx *operands)
|
| 2928 |
|
|
{
|
| 2929 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT i;
|
| 2930 |
|
|
|
| 2931 |
|
|
i = INTVAL (operands[1]);
|
| 2932 |
|
|
switch (m68k_const_method (i))
|
| 2933 |
|
|
{
|
| 2934 |
|
|
case MVZ:
|
| 2935 |
|
|
return "mvzw %1,%0";
|
| 2936 |
|
|
case MVS:
|
| 2937 |
|
|
return "mvsw %1,%0";
|
| 2938 |
|
|
case MOVQ:
|
| 2939 |
|
|
return "moveq %1,%0";
|
| 2940 |
|
|
case NOTB:
|
| 2941 |
|
|
CC_STATUS_INIT;
|
| 2942 |
|
|
operands[1] = GEN_INT (i ^ 0xff);
|
| 2943 |
|
|
return "moveq %1,%0\n\tnot%.b %0";
|
| 2944 |
|
|
case NOTW:
|
| 2945 |
|
|
CC_STATUS_INIT;
|
| 2946 |
|
|
operands[1] = GEN_INT (i ^ 0xffff);
|
| 2947 |
|
|
return "moveq %1,%0\n\tnot%.w %0";
|
| 2948 |
|
|
case NEGW:
|
| 2949 |
|
|
CC_STATUS_INIT;
|
| 2950 |
|
|
return "moveq #-128,%0\n\tneg%.w %0";
|
| 2951 |
|
|
case SWAP:
|
| 2952 |
|
|
{
|
| 2953 |
|
|
unsigned u = i;
|
| 2954 |
|
|
|
| 2955 |
|
|
operands[1] = GEN_INT ((u << 16) | (u >> 16));
|
| 2956 |
|
|
return "moveq %1,%0\n\tswap %0";
|
| 2957 |
|
|
}
|
| 2958 |
|
|
case MOVL:
|
| 2959 |
|
|
return "move%.l %1,%0";
|
| 2960 |
|
|
default:
|
| 2961 |
|
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
| 2962 |
|
|
}
|
| 2963 |
|
|
}
|
| 2964 |
|
|
|
| 2965 |
|
|
/* Return true if I can be handled by ISA B's mov3q instruction. */
|
| 2966 |
|
|
|
| 2967 |
|
|
bool
|
| 2968 |
|
|
valid_mov3q_const (HOST_WIDE_INT i)
|
| 2969 |
|
|
{
|
| 2970 |
|
|
return TARGET_ISAB && (i == -1 || IN_RANGE (i, 1, 7));
|
| 2971 |
|
|
}
|
| 2972 |
|
|
|
| 2973 |
|
|
/* Return an instruction to move CONST_INT OPERANDS[1] into OPERANDS[0].
|
| 2974 |
|
|
I is the value of OPERANDS[1]. */
|
| 2975 |
|
|
|
| 2976 |
|
|
static const char *
|
| 2977 |
|
|
output_move_simode_const (rtx *operands)
|
| 2978 |
|
|
{
|
| 2979 |
|
|
rtx dest;
|
| 2980 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT src;
|
| 2981 |
|
|
|
| 2982 |
|
|
dest = operands[0];
|
| 2983 |
|
|
src = INTVAL (operands[1]);
|
| 2984 |
|
|
if (src == 0
|
| 2985 |
|
|
&& (DATA_REG_P (dest) || MEM_P (dest))
|
| 2986 |
|
|
/* clr insns on 68000 read before writing. */
|
| 2987 |
|
|
&& ((TARGET_68010 || TARGET_COLDFIRE)
|
| 2988 |
|
|
|| !(MEM_P (dest) && MEM_VOLATILE_P (dest))))
|
| 2989 |
|
|
return "clr%.l %0";
|
| 2990 |
|
|
else if (GET_MODE (dest) == SImode && valid_mov3q_const (src))
|
| 2991 |
|
|
return "mov3q%.l %1,%0";
|
| 2992 |
|
|
else if (src == 0 && ADDRESS_REG_P (dest))
|
| 2993 |
|
|
return "sub%.l %0,%0";
|
| 2994 |
|
|
else if (DATA_REG_P (dest))
|
| 2995 |
|
|
return output_move_const_into_data_reg (operands);
|
| 2996 |
|
|
else if (ADDRESS_REG_P (dest) && IN_RANGE (src, -0x8000, 0x7fff))
|
| 2997 |
|
|
{
|
| 2998 |
|
|
if (valid_mov3q_const (src))
|
| 2999 |
|
|
return "mov3q%.l %1,%0";
|
| 3000 |
|
|
return "move%.w %1,%0";
|
| 3001 |
|
|
}
|
| 3002 |
|
|
else if (MEM_P (dest)
|
| 3003 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == PRE_DEC
|
| 3004 |
|
|
&& REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
|
| 3005 |
|
|
&& IN_RANGE (src, -0x8000, 0x7fff))
|
| 3006 |
|
|
{
|
| 3007 |
|
|
if (valid_mov3q_const (src))
|
| 3008 |
|
|
return "mov3q%.l %1,%-";
|
| 3009 |
|
|
return "pea %a1";
|
| 3010 |
|
|
}
|
| 3011 |
|
|
return "move%.l %1,%0";
|
| 3012 |
|
|
}
|
| 3013 |
|
|
|
| 3014 |
|
|
const char *
|
| 3015 |
|
|
output_move_simode (rtx *operands)
|
| 3016 |
|
|
{
|
| 3017 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (operands[1]) == CONST_INT)
|
| 3018 |
|
|
return output_move_simode_const (operands);
|
| 3019 |
|
|
else if ((GET_CODE (operands[1]) == SYMBOL_REF
|
| 3020 |
|
|
|| GET_CODE (operands[1]) == CONST)
|
| 3021 |
|
|
&& push_operand (operands[0], SImode))
|
| 3022 |
|
|
return "pea %a1";
|
| 3023 |
|
|
else if ((GET_CODE (operands[1]) == SYMBOL_REF
|
| 3024 |
|
|
|| GET_CODE (operands[1]) == CONST)
|
| 3025 |
|
|
&& ADDRESS_REG_P (operands[0]))
|
| 3026 |
|
|
return "lea %a1,%0";
|
| 3027 |
|
|
return "move%.l %1,%0";
|
| 3028 |
|
|
}
|
| 3029 |
|
|
|
| 3030 |
|
|
const char *
|
| 3031 |
|
|
output_move_himode (rtx *operands)
|
| 3032 |
|
|
{
|
| 3033 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (operands[1]) == CONST_INT)
|
| 3034 |
|
|
{
|
| 3035 |
|
|
if (operands[1] == const0_rtx
|
| 3036 |
|
|
&& (DATA_REG_P (operands[0])
|
| 3037 |
|
|
|| GET_CODE (operands[0]) == MEM)
|
| 3038 |
|
|
/* clr insns on 68000 read before writing. */
|
| 3039 |
|
|
&& ((TARGET_68010 || TARGET_COLDFIRE)
|
| 3040 |
|
|
|| !(GET_CODE (operands[0]) == MEM
|
| 3041 |
|
|
&& MEM_VOLATILE_P (operands[0]))))
|
| 3042 |
|
|
return "clr%.w %0";
|
| 3043 |
|
|
else if (operands[1] == const0_rtx
|
| 3044 |
|
|
&& ADDRESS_REG_P (operands[0]))
|
| 3045 |
|
|
return "sub%.l %0,%0";
|
| 3046 |
|
|
else if (DATA_REG_P (operands[0])
|
| 3047 |
|
|
&& INTVAL (operands[1]) < 128
|
| 3048 |
|
|
&& INTVAL (operands[1]) >= -128)
|
| 3049 |
|
|
return "moveq %1,%0";
|
| 3050 |
|
|
else if (INTVAL (operands[1]) < 0x8000
|
| 3051 |
|
|
&& INTVAL (operands[1]) >= -0x8000)
|
| 3052 |
|
|
return "move%.w %1,%0";
|
| 3053 |
|
|
}
|
| 3054 |
|
|
else if (CONSTANT_P (operands[1]))
|
| 3055 |
|
|
return "move%.l %1,%0";
|
| 3056 |
|
|
return "move%.w %1,%0";
|
| 3057 |
|
|
}
|
| 3058 |
|
|
|
| 3059 |
|
|
const char *
|
| 3060 |
|
|
output_move_qimode (rtx *operands)
|
| 3061 |
|
|
{
|
| 3062 |
|
|
/* 68k family always modifies the stack pointer by at least 2, even for
|
| 3063 |
|
|
byte pushes. The 5200 (ColdFire) does not do this. */
|
| 3064 |
|
|
|
| 3065 |
|
|
/* This case is generated by pushqi1 pattern now. */
|
| 3066 |
|
|
gcc_assert (!(GET_CODE (operands[0]) == MEM
|
| 3067 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (operands[0], 0)) == PRE_DEC
|
| 3068 |
|
|
&& XEXP (XEXP (operands[0], 0), 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
|
| 3069 |
|
|
&& ! ADDRESS_REG_P (operands[1])
|
| 3070 |
|
|
&& ! TARGET_COLDFIRE));
|
| 3071 |
|
|
|
| 3072 |
|
|
/* clr and st insns on 68000 read before writing. */
|
| 3073 |
|
|
if (!ADDRESS_REG_P (operands[0])
|
| 3074 |
|
|
&& ((TARGET_68010 || TARGET_COLDFIRE)
|
| 3075 |
|
|
|| !(GET_CODE (operands[0]) == MEM && MEM_VOLATILE_P (operands[0]))))
|
| 3076 |
|
|
{
|
| 3077 |
|
|
if (operands[1] == const0_rtx)
|
| 3078 |
|
|
return "clr%.b %0";
|
| 3079 |
|
|
if ((!TARGET_COLDFIRE || DATA_REG_P (operands[0]))
|
| 3080 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (operands[1]) == CONST_INT
|
| 3081 |
|
|
&& (INTVAL (operands[1]) & 255) == 255)
|
| 3082 |
|
|
{
|
| 3083 |
|
|
CC_STATUS_INIT;
|
| 3084 |
|
|
return "st %0";
|
| 3085 |
|
|
}
|
| 3086 |
|
|
}
|
| 3087 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (operands[1]) == CONST_INT
|
| 3088 |
|
|
&& DATA_REG_P (operands[0])
|
| 3089 |
|
|
&& INTVAL (operands[1]) < 128
|
| 3090 |
|
|
&& INTVAL (operands[1]) >= -128)
|
| 3091 |
|
|
return "moveq %1,%0";
|
| 3092 |
|
|
if (operands[1] == const0_rtx && ADDRESS_REG_P (operands[0]))
|
| 3093 |
|
|
return "sub%.l %0,%0";
|
| 3094 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (operands[1]) != CONST_INT && CONSTANT_P (operands[1]))
|
| 3095 |
|
|
return "move%.l %1,%0";
|
| 3096 |
|
|
/* 68k family (including the 5200 ColdFire) does not support byte moves to
|
| 3097 |
|
|
from address registers. */
|
| 3098 |
|
|
if (ADDRESS_REG_P (operands[0]) || ADDRESS_REG_P (operands[1]))
|
| 3099 |
|
|
return "move%.w %1,%0";
|
| 3100 |
|
|
return "move%.b %1,%0";
|
| 3101 |
|
|
}
|
| 3102 |
|
|
|
| 3103 |
|
|
const char *
|
| 3104 |
|
|
output_move_stricthi (rtx *operands)
|
| 3105 |
|
|
{
|
| 3106 |
|
|
if (operands[1] == const0_rtx
|
| 3107 |
|
|
/* clr insns on 68000 read before writing. */
|
| 3108 |
|
|
&& ((TARGET_68010 || TARGET_COLDFIRE)
|
| 3109 |
|
|
|| !(GET_CODE (operands[0]) == MEM && MEM_VOLATILE_P (operands[0]))))
|
| 3110 |
|
|
return "clr%.w %0";
|
| 3111 |
|
|
return "move%.w %1,%0";
|
| 3112 |
|
|
}
|
| 3113 |
|
|
|
| 3114 |
|
|
const char *
|
| 3115 |
|
|
output_move_strictqi (rtx *operands)
|
| 3116 |
|
|
{
|
| 3117 |
|
|
if (operands[1] == const0_rtx
|
| 3118 |
|
|
/* clr insns on 68000 read before writing. */
|
| 3119 |
|
|
&& ((TARGET_68010 || TARGET_COLDFIRE)
|
| 3120 |
|
|
|| !(GET_CODE (operands[0]) == MEM && MEM_VOLATILE_P (operands[0]))))
|
| 3121 |
|
|
return "clr%.b %0";
|
| 3122 |
|
|
return "move%.b %1,%0";
|
| 3123 |
|
|
}
|
| 3124 |
|
|
|
| 3125 |
|
|
/* Return the best assembler insn template
|
| 3126 |
|
|
for moving operands[1] into operands[0] as a fullword. */
|
| 3127 |
|
|
|
| 3128 |
|
|
static const char *
|
| 3129 |
|
|
singlemove_string (rtx *operands)
|
| 3130 |
|
|
{
|
| 3131 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (operands[1]) == CONST_INT)
|
| 3132 |
|
|
return output_move_simode_const (operands);
|
| 3133 |
|
|
return "move%.l %1,%0";
|
| 3134 |
|
|
}
|
| 3135 |
|
|
|
| 3136 |
|
|
|
| 3137 |
|
|
/* Output assembler or rtl code to perform a doubleword move insn
|
| 3138 |
|
|
with operands OPERANDS.
|
| 3139 |
|
|
Pointers to 3 helper functions should be specified:
|
| 3140 |
|
|
HANDLE_REG_ADJUST to adjust a register by a small value,
|
| 3141 |
|
|
HANDLE_COMPADR to compute an address and
|
| 3142 |
|
|
HANDLE_MOVSI to move 4 bytes. */
|
| 3143 |
|
|
|
| 3144 |
|
|
static void
|
| 3145 |
|
|
handle_move_double (rtx operands[2],
|
| 3146 |
|
|
void (*handle_reg_adjust) (rtx, int),
|
| 3147 |
|
|
void (*handle_compadr) (rtx [2]),
|
| 3148 |
|
|
void (*handle_movsi) (rtx [2]))
|
| 3149 |
|
|
{
|
| 3150 |
|
|
enum
|
| 3151 |
|
|
{
|
| 3152 |
|
|
REGOP, OFFSOP, MEMOP, PUSHOP, POPOP, CNSTOP, RNDOP
|
| 3153 |
|
|
} optype0, optype1;
|
| 3154 |
|
|
rtx latehalf[2];
|
| 3155 |
|
|
rtx middlehalf[2];
|
| 3156 |
|
|
rtx xops[2];
|
| 3157 |
|
|
rtx addreg0 = 0, addreg1 = 0;
|
| 3158 |
|
|
int dest_overlapped_low = 0;
|
| 3159 |
|
|
int size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (operands[0]));
|
| 3160 |
|
|
|
| 3161 |
|
|
middlehalf[0] = 0;
|
| 3162 |
|
|
middlehalf[1] = 0;
|
| 3163 |
|
|
|
| 3164 |
|
|
/* First classify both operands. */
|
| 3165 |
|
|
|
| 3166 |
|
|
if (REG_P (operands[0]))
|
| 3167 |
|
|
optype0 = REGOP;
|
| 3168 |
|
|
else if (offsettable_memref_p (operands[0]))
|
| 3169 |
|
|
optype0 = OFFSOP;
|
| 3170 |
|
|
else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (operands[0], 0)) == POST_INC)
|
| 3171 |
|
|
optype0 = POPOP;
|
| 3172 |
|
|
else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (operands[0], 0)) == PRE_DEC)
|
| 3173 |
|
|
optype0 = PUSHOP;
|
| 3174 |
|
|
else if (GET_CODE (operands[0]) == MEM)
|
| 3175 |
|
|
optype0 = MEMOP;
|
| 3176 |
|
|
else
|
| 3177 |
|
|
optype0 = RNDOP;
|
| 3178 |
|
|
|
| 3179 |
|
|
if (REG_P (operands[1]))
|
| 3180 |
|
|
optype1 = REGOP;
|
| 3181 |
|
|
else if (CONSTANT_P (operands[1]))
|
| 3182 |
|
|
optype1 = CNSTOP;
|
| 3183 |
|
|
else if (offsettable_memref_p (operands[1]))
|
| 3184 |
|
|
optype1 = OFFSOP;
|
| 3185 |
|
|
else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (operands[1], 0)) == POST_INC)
|
| 3186 |
|
|
optype1 = POPOP;
|
| 3187 |
|
|
else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (operands[1], 0)) == PRE_DEC)
|
| 3188 |
|
|
optype1 = PUSHOP;
|
| 3189 |
|
|
else if (GET_CODE (operands[1]) == MEM)
|
| 3190 |
|
|
optype1 = MEMOP;
|
| 3191 |
|
|
else
|
| 3192 |
|
|
optype1 = RNDOP;
|
| 3193 |
|
|
|
| 3194 |
|
|
/* Check for the cases that the operand constraints are not supposed
|
| 3195 |
|
|
to allow to happen. Generating code for these cases is
|
| 3196 |
|
|
painful. */
|
| 3197 |
|
|
gcc_assert (optype0 != RNDOP && optype1 != RNDOP);
|
| 3198 |
|
|
|
| 3199 |
|
|
/* If one operand is decrementing and one is incrementing
|
| 3200 |
|
|
decrement the former register explicitly
|
| 3201 |
|
|
and change that operand into ordinary indexing. */
|
| 3202 |
|
|
|
| 3203 |
|
|
if (optype0 == PUSHOP && optype1 == POPOP)
|
| 3204 |
|
|
{
|
| 3205 |
|
|
operands[0] = XEXP (XEXP (operands[0], 0), 0);
|
| 3206 |
|
|
|
| 3207 |
|
|
handle_reg_adjust (operands[0], -size);
|
| 3208 |
|
|
|
| 3209 |
|
|
if (GET_MODE (operands[1]) == XFmode)
|
| 3210 |
|
|
operands[0] = gen_rtx_MEM (XFmode, operands[0]);
|
| 3211 |
|
|
else if (GET_MODE (operands[0]) == DFmode)
|
| 3212 |
|
|
operands[0] = gen_rtx_MEM (DFmode, operands[0]);
|
| 3213 |
|
|
else
|
| 3214 |
|
|
operands[0] = gen_rtx_MEM (DImode, operands[0]);
|
| 3215 |
|
|
optype0 = OFFSOP;
|
| 3216 |
|
|
}
|
| 3217 |
|
|
if (optype0 == POPOP && optype1 == PUSHOP)
|
| 3218 |
|
|
{
|
| 3219 |
|
|
operands[1] = XEXP (XEXP (operands[1], 0), 0);
|
| 3220 |
|
|
|
| 3221 |
|
|
handle_reg_adjust (operands[1], -size);
|
| 3222 |
|
|
|
| 3223 |
|
|
if (GET_MODE (operands[1]) == XFmode)
|
| 3224 |
|
|
operands[1] = gen_rtx_MEM (XFmode, operands[1]);
|
| 3225 |
|
|
else if (GET_MODE (operands[1]) == DFmode)
|
| 3226 |
|
|
operands[1] = gen_rtx_MEM (DFmode, operands[1]);
|
| 3227 |
|
|
else
|
| 3228 |
|
|
operands[1] = gen_rtx_MEM (DImode, operands[1]);
|
| 3229 |
|
|
optype1 = OFFSOP;
|
| 3230 |
|
|
}
|
| 3231 |
|
|
|
| 3232 |
|
|
/* If an operand is an unoffsettable memory ref, find a register
|
| 3233 |
|
|
we can increment temporarily to make it refer to the second word. */
|
| 3234 |
|
|
|
| 3235 |
|
|
if (optype0 == MEMOP)
|
| 3236 |
|
|
addreg0 = find_addr_reg (XEXP (operands[0], 0));
|
| 3237 |
|
|
|
| 3238 |
|
|
if (optype1 == MEMOP)
|
| 3239 |
|
|
addreg1 = find_addr_reg (XEXP (operands[1], 0));
|
| 3240 |
|
|
|
| 3241 |
|
|
/* Ok, we can do one word at a time.
|
| 3242 |
|
|
Normally we do the low-numbered word first,
|
| 3243 |
|
|
but if either operand is autodecrementing then we
|
| 3244 |
|
|
do the high-numbered word first.
|
| 3245 |
|
|
|
| 3246 |
|
|
In either case, set up in LATEHALF the operands to use
|
| 3247 |
|
|
for the high-numbered word and in some cases alter the
|
| 3248 |
|
|
operands in OPERANDS to be suitable for the low-numbered word. */
|
| 3249 |
|
|
|
| 3250 |
|
|
if (size == 12)
|
| 3251 |
|
|
{
|
| 3252 |
|
|
if (optype0 == REGOP)
|
| 3253 |
|
|
{
|
| 3254 |
|
|
latehalf[0] = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, REGNO (operands[0]) + 2);
|
| 3255 |
|
|
middlehalf[0] = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, REGNO (operands[0]) + 1);
|
| 3256 |
|
|
}
|
| 3257 |
|
|
else if (optype0 == OFFSOP)
|
| 3258 |
|
|
{
|
| 3259 |
|
|
middlehalf[0] = adjust_address (operands[0], SImode, 4);
|
| 3260 |
|
|
latehalf[0] = adjust_address (operands[0], SImode, size - 4);
|
| 3261 |
|
|
}
|
| 3262 |
|
|
else
|
| 3263 |
|
|
{
|
| 3264 |
|
|
middlehalf[0] = adjust_address (operands[0], SImode, 0);
|
| 3265 |
|
|
latehalf[0] = adjust_address (operands[0], SImode, 0);
|
| 3266 |
|
|
}
|
| 3267 |
|
|
|
| 3268 |
|
|
if (optype1 == REGOP)
|
| 3269 |
|
|
{
|
| 3270 |
|
|
latehalf[1] = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, REGNO (operands[1]) + 2);
|
| 3271 |
|
|
middlehalf[1] = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, REGNO (operands[1]) + 1);
|
| 3272 |
|
|
}
|
| 3273 |
|
|
else if (optype1 == OFFSOP)
|
| 3274 |
|
|
{
|
| 3275 |
|
|
middlehalf[1] = adjust_address (operands[1], SImode, 4);
|
| 3276 |
|
|
latehalf[1] = adjust_address (operands[1], SImode, size - 4);
|
| 3277 |
|
|
}
|
| 3278 |
|
|
else if (optype1 == CNSTOP)
|
| 3279 |
|
|
{
|
| 3280 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (operands[1]) == CONST_DOUBLE)
|
| 3281 |
|
|
{
|
| 3282 |
|
|
REAL_VALUE_TYPE r;
|
| 3283 |
|
|
long l[3];
|
| 3284 |
|
|
|
| 3285 |
|
|
REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (r, operands[1]);
|
| 3286 |
|
|
REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE (r, l);
|
| 3287 |
|
|
operands[1] = GEN_INT (l[0]);
|
| 3288 |
|
|
middlehalf[1] = GEN_INT (l[1]);
|
| 3289 |
|
|
latehalf[1] = GEN_INT (l[2]);
|
| 3290 |
|
|
}
|
| 3291 |
|
|
else
|
| 3292 |
|
|
{
|
| 3293 |
|
|
/* No non-CONST_DOUBLE constant should ever appear
|
| 3294 |
|
|
here. */
|
| 3295 |
|
|
gcc_assert (!CONSTANT_P (operands[1]));
|
| 3296 |
|
|
}
|
| 3297 |
|
|
}
|
| 3298 |
|
|
else
|
| 3299 |
|
|
{
|
| 3300 |
|
|
middlehalf[1] = adjust_address (operands[1], SImode, 0);
|
| 3301 |
|
|
latehalf[1] = adjust_address (operands[1], SImode, 0);
|
| 3302 |
|
|
}
|
| 3303 |
|
|
}
|
| 3304 |
|
|
else
|
| 3305 |
|
|
/* size is not 12: */
|
| 3306 |
|
|
{
|
| 3307 |
|
|
if (optype0 == REGOP)
|
| 3308 |
|
|
latehalf[0] = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, REGNO (operands[0]) + 1);
|
| 3309 |
|
|
else if (optype0 == OFFSOP)
|
| 3310 |
|
|
latehalf[0] = adjust_address (operands[0], SImode, size - 4);
|
| 3311 |
|
|
else
|
| 3312 |
|
|
latehalf[0] = adjust_address (operands[0], SImode, 0);
|
| 3313 |
|
|
|
| 3314 |
|
|
if (optype1 == REGOP)
|
| 3315 |
|
|
latehalf[1] = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, REGNO (operands[1]) + 1);
|
| 3316 |
|
|
else if (optype1 == OFFSOP)
|
| 3317 |
|
|
latehalf[1] = adjust_address (operands[1], SImode, size - 4);
|
| 3318 |
|
|
else if (optype1 == CNSTOP)
|
| 3319 |
|
|
split_double (operands[1], &operands[1], &latehalf[1]);
|
| 3320 |
|
|
else
|
| 3321 |
|
|
latehalf[1] = adjust_address (operands[1], SImode, 0);
|
| 3322 |
|
|
}
|
| 3323 |
|
|
|
| 3324 |
|
|
/* If insn is effectively movd N(sp),-(sp) then we will do the
|
| 3325 |
|
|
high word first. We should use the adjusted operand 1 (which is N+4(sp))
|
| 3326 |
|
|
for the low word as well, to compensate for the first decrement of sp. */
|
| 3327 |
|
|
if (optype0 == PUSHOP
|
| 3328 |
|
|
&& REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (operands[0], 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
|
| 3329 |
|
|
&& reg_overlap_mentioned_p (stack_pointer_rtx, operands[1]))
|
| 3330 |
|
|
operands[1] = middlehalf[1] = latehalf[1];
|
| 3331 |
|
|
|
| 3332 |
|
|
/* For (set (reg:DI N) (mem:DI ... (reg:SI N) ...)),
|
| 3333 |
|
|
if the upper part of reg N does not appear in the MEM, arrange to
|
| 3334 |
|
|
emit the move late-half first. Otherwise, compute the MEM address
|
| 3335 |
|
|
into the upper part of N and use that as a pointer to the memory
|
| 3336 |
|
|
operand. */
|
| 3337 |
|
|
if (optype0 == REGOP
|
| 3338 |
|
|
&& (optype1 == OFFSOP || optype1 == MEMOP))
|
| 3339 |
|
|
{
|
| 3340 |
|
|
rtx testlow = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, REGNO (operands[0]));
|
| 3341 |
|
|
|
| 3342 |
|
|
if (reg_overlap_mentioned_p (testlow, XEXP (operands[1], 0))
|
| 3343 |
|
|
&& reg_overlap_mentioned_p (latehalf[0], XEXP (operands[1], 0)))
|
| 3344 |
|
|
{
|
| 3345 |
|
|
/* If both halves of dest are used in the src memory address,
|
| 3346 |
|
|
compute the address into latehalf of dest.
|
| 3347 |
|
|
Note that this can't happen if the dest is two data regs. */
|
| 3348 |
|
|
compadr:
|
| 3349 |
|
|
xops[0] = latehalf[0];
|
| 3350 |
|
|
xops[1] = XEXP (operands[1], 0);
|
| 3351 |
|
|
|
| 3352 |
|
|
handle_compadr (xops);
|
| 3353 |
|
|
if (GET_MODE (operands[1]) == XFmode)
|
| 3354 |
|
|
{
|
| 3355 |
|
|
operands[1] = gen_rtx_MEM (XFmode, latehalf[0]);
|
| 3356 |
|
|
middlehalf[1] = adjust_address (operands[1], DImode, size - 8);
|
| 3357 |
|
|
latehalf[1] = adjust_address (operands[1], DImode, size - 4);
|
| 3358 |
|
|
}
|
| 3359 |
|
|
else
|
| 3360 |
|
|
{
|
| 3361 |
|
|
operands[1] = gen_rtx_MEM (DImode, latehalf[0]);
|
| 3362 |
|
|
latehalf[1] = adjust_address (operands[1], DImode, size - 4);
|
| 3363 |
|
|
}
|
| 3364 |
|
|
}
|
| 3365 |
|
|
else if (size == 12
|
| 3366 |
|
|
&& reg_overlap_mentioned_p (middlehalf[0],
|
| 3367 |
|
|
XEXP (operands[1], 0)))
|
| 3368 |
|
|
{
|
| 3369 |
|
|
/* Check for two regs used by both source and dest.
|
| 3370 |
|
|
Note that this can't happen if the dest is all data regs.
|
| 3371 |
|
|
It can happen if the dest is d6, d7, a0.
|
| 3372 |
|
|
But in that case, latehalf is an addr reg, so
|
| 3373 |
|
|
the code at compadr does ok. */
|
| 3374 |
|
|
|
| 3375 |
|
|
if (reg_overlap_mentioned_p (testlow, XEXP (operands[1], 0))
|
| 3376 |
|
|
|| reg_overlap_mentioned_p (latehalf[0], XEXP (operands[1], 0)))
|
| 3377 |
|
|
goto compadr;
|
| 3378 |
|
|
|
| 3379 |
|
|
/* JRV says this can't happen: */
|
| 3380 |
|
|
gcc_assert (!addreg0 && !addreg1);
|
| 3381 |
|
|
|
| 3382 |
|
|
/* Only the middle reg conflicts; simply put it last. */
|
| 3383 |
|
|
handle_movsi (operands);
|
| 3384 |
|
|
handle_movsi (latehalf);
|
| 3385 |
|
|
handle_movsi (middlehalf);
|
| 3386 |
|
|
|
| 3387 |
|
|
return;
|
| 3388 |
|
|
}
|
| 3389 |
|
|
else if (reg_overlap_mentioned_p (testlow, XEXP (operands[1], 0)))
|
| 3390 |
|
|
/* If the low half of dest is mentioned in the source memory
|
| 3391 |
|
|
address, the arrange to emit the move late half first. */
|
| 3392 |
|
|
dest_overlapped_low = 1;
|
| 3393 |
|
|
}
|
| 3394 |
|
|
|
| 3395 |
|
|
/* If one or both operands autodecrementing,
|
| 3396 |
|
|
do the two words, high-numbered first. */
|
| 3397 |
|
|
|
| 3398 |
|
|
/* Likewise, the first move would clobber the source of the second one,
|
| 3399 |
|
|
do them in the other order. This happens only for registers;
|
| 3400 |
|
|
such overlap can't happen in memory unless the user explicitly
|
| 3401 |
|
|
sets it up, and that is an undefined circumstance. */
|
| 3402 |
|
|
|
| 3403 |
|
|
if (optype0 == PUSHOP || optype1 == PUSHOP
|
| 3404 |
|
|
|| (optype0 == REGOP && optype1 == REGOP
|
| 3405 |
|
|
&& ((middlehalf[1] && REGNO (operands[0]) == REGNO (middlehalf[1]))
|
| 3406 |
|
|
|| REGNO (operands[0]) == REGNO (latehalf[1])))
|
| 3407 |
|
|
|| dest_overlapped_low)
|
| 3408 |
|
|
{
|
| 3409 |
|
|
/* Make any unoffsettable addresses point at high-numbered word. */
|
| 3410 |
|
|
if (addreg0)
|
| 3411 |
|
|
handle_reg_adjust (addreg0, size - 4);
|
| 3412 |
|
|
if (addreg1)
|
| 3413 |
|
|
handle_reg_adjust (addreg1, size - 4);
|
| 3414 |
|
|
|
| 3415 |
|
|
/* Do that word. */
|
| 3416 |
|
|
handle_movsi (latehalf);
|
| 3417 |
|
|
|
| 3418 |
|
|
/* Undo the adds we just did. */
|
| 3419 |
|
|
if (addreg0)
|
| 3420 |
|
|
handle_reg_adjust (addreg0, -4);
|
| 3421 |
|
|
if (addreg1)
|
| 3422 |
|
|
handle_reg_adjust (addreg1, -4);
|
| 3423 |
|
|
|
| 3424 |
|
|
if (size == 12)
|
| 3425 |
|
|
{
|
| 3426 |
|
|
handle_movsi (middlehalf);
|
| 3427 |
|
|
|
| 3428 |
|
|
if (addreg0)
|
| 3429 |
|
|
handle_reg_adjust (addreg0, -4);
|
| 3430 |
|
|
if (addreg1)
|
| 3431 |
|
|
handle_reg_adjust (addreg1, -4);
|
| 3432 |
|
|
}
|
| 3433 |
|
|
|
| 3434 |
|
|
/* Do low-numbered word. */
|
| 3435 |
|
|
|
| 3436 |
|
|
handle_movsi (operands);
|
| 3437 |
|
|
return;
|
| 3438 |
|
|
}
|
| 3439 |
|
|
|
| 3440 |
|
|
/* Normal case: do the two words, low-numbered first. */
|
| 3441 |
|
|
|
| 3442 |
|
|
m68k_final_prescan_insn (NULL, operands, 2);
|
| 3443 |
|
|
handle_movsi (operands);
|
| 3444 |
|
|
|
| 3445 |
|
|
/* Do the middle one of the three words for long double */
|
| 3446 |
|
|
if (size == 12)
|
| 3447 |
|
|
{
|
| 3448 |
|
|
if (addreg0)
|
| 3449 |
|
|
handle_reg_adjust (addreg0, 4);
|
| 3450 |
|
|
if (addreg1)
|
| 3451 |
|
|
handle_reg_adjust (addreg1, 4);
|
| 3452 |
|
|
|
| 3453 |
|
|
m68k_final_prescan_insn (NULL, middlehalf, 2);
|
| 3454 |
|
|
handle_movsi (middlehalf);
|
| 3455 |
|
|
}
|
| 3456 |
|
|
|
| 3457 |
|
|
/* Make any unoffsettable addresses point at high-numbered word. */
|
| 3458 |
|
|
if (addreg0)
|
| 3459 |
|
|
handle_reg_adjust (addreg0, 4);
|
| 3460 |
|
|
if (addreg1)
|
| 3461 |
|
|
handle_reg_adjust (addreg1, 4);
|
| 3462 |
|
|
|
| 3463 |
|
|
/* Do that word. */
|
| 3464 |
|
|
m68k_final_prescan_insn (NULL, latehalf, 2);
|
| 3465 |
|
|
handle_movsi (latehalf);
|
| 3466 |
|
|
|
| 3467 |
|
|
/* Undo the adds we just did. */
|
| 3468 |
|
|
if (addreg0)
|
| 3469 |
|
|
handle_reg_adjust (addreg0, -(size - 4));
|
| 3470 |
|
|
if (addreg1)
|
| 3471 |
|
|
handle_reg_adjust (addreg1, -(size - 4));
|
| 3472 |
|
|
|
| 3473 |
|
|
return;
|
| 3474 |
|
|
}
|
| 3475 |
|
|
|
| 3476 |
|
|
/* Output assembler code to adjust REG by N. */
|
| 3477 |
|
|
static void
|
| 3478 |
|
|
output_reg_adjust (rtx reg, int n)
|
| 3479 |
|
|
{
|
| 3480 |
|
|
const char *s;
|
| 3481 |
|
|
|
| 3482 |
|
|
gcc_assert (GET_MODE (reg) == SImode
|
| 3483 |
|
|
&& -12 <= n && n != 0 && n <= 12);
|
| 3484 |
|
|
|
| 3485 |
|
|
switch (n)
|
| 3486 |
|
|
{
|
| 3487 |
|
|
case 12:
|
| 3488 |
|
|
s = "add%.l #12,%0";
|
| 3489 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3490 |
|
|
|
| 3491 |
|
|
case 8:
|
| 3492 |
|
|
s = "addq%.l #8,%0";
|
| 3493 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3494 |
|
|
|
| 3495 |
|
|
case 4:
|
| 3496 |
|
|
s = "addq%.l #4,%0";
|
| 3497 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3498 |
|
|
|
| 3499 |
|
|
case -12:
|
| 3500 |
|
|
s = "sub%.l #12,%0";
|
| 3501 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3502 |
|
|
|
| 3503 |
|
|
case -8:
|
| 3504 |
|
|
s = "subq%.l #8,%0";
|
| 3505 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3506 |
|
|
|
| 3507 |
|
|
case -4:
|
| 3508 |
|
|
s = "subq%.l #4,%0";
|
| 3509 |
|
|
break;
|
| 3510 |
|
|
|
| 3511 |
|
|
default:
|
| 3512 |
|
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
| 3513 |
|
|
s = NULL;
|
| 3514 |
|
|
}
|
| 3515 |
|
|
|
| 3516 |
|
|
output_asm_insn (s, ®);
|
| 3517 |
|
|
}
|
| 3518 |
|
|
|
| 3519 |
|
|
/* Emit rtl code to adjust REG by N. */
|
| 3520 |
|
|
static void
|
| 3521 |
|
|
emit_reg_adjust (rtx reg1, int n)
|
| 3522 |
|
|
{
|
| 3523 |
|
|
rtx reg2;
|
| 3524 |
|
|
|
| 3525 |
|
|
gcc_assert (GET_MODE (reg1) == SImode
|
| 3526 |
|
|
&& -12 <= n && n != 0 && n <= 12);
|
| 3527 |
|
|
|
| 3528 |
|
|
reg1 = copy_rtx (reg1);
|
| 3529 |
|
|
reg2 = copy_rtx (reg1);
|
| 3530 |
|
|
|
| 3531 |
|
|
if (n < 0)
|
| 3532 |
|
|
emit_insn (gen_subsi3 (reg1, reg2, GEN_INT (-n)));
|
| 3533 |
|
|
else if (n > 0)
|
| 3534 |
|
|
emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (reg1, reg2, GEN_INT (n)));
|
| 3535 |
|
|
else
|
| 3536 |
|
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
| 3537 |
|
|
}
|
| 3538 |
|
|
|
| 3539 |
|
|
/* Output assembler to load address OPERANDS[0] to register OPERANDS[1]. */
|
| 3540 |
|
|
static void
|
| 3541 |
|
|
output_compadr (rtx operands[2])
|
| 3542 |
|
|
{
|
| 3543 |
|
|
output_asm_insn ("lea %a1,%0", operands);
|
| 3544 |
|
|
}
|
| 3545 |
|
|
|
| 3546 |
|
|
/* Output the best assembler insn for moving operands[1] into operands[0]
|
| 3547 |
|
|
as a fullword. */
|
| 3548 |
|
|
static void
|
| 3549 |
|
|
output_movsi (rtx operands[2])
|
| 3550 |
|
|
{
|
| 3551 |
|
|
output_asm_insn (singlemove_string (operands), operands);
|
| 3552 |
|
|
}
|
| 3553 |
|
|
|
| 3554 |
|
|
/* Copy OP and change its mode to MODE. */
|
| 3555 |
|
|
static rtx
|
| 3556 |
|
|
copy_operand (rtx op, enum machine_mode mode)
|
| 3557 |
|
|
{
|
| 3558 |
|
|
/* ??? This looks really ugly. There must be a better way
|
| 3559 |
|
|
to change a mode on the operand. */
|
| 3560 |
|
|
if (GET_MODE (op) != VOIDmode)
|
| 3561 |
|
|
{
|
| 3562 |
|
|
if (REG_P (op))
|
| 3563 |
|
|
op = gen_rtx_REG (mode, REGNO (op));
|
| 3564 |
|
|
else
|
| 3565 |
|
|
{
|
| 3566 |
|
|
op = copy_rtx (op);
|
| 3567 |
|
|
PUT_MODE (op, mode);
|
| 3568 |
|
|
}
|
| 3569 |
|
|
}
|
| 3570 |
|
|
|
| 3571 |
|
|
return op;
|
| 3572 |
|
|
}
|
| 3573 |
|
|
|
| 3574 |
|
|
/* Emit rtl code for moving operands[1] into operands[0] as a fullword. */
|
| 3575 |
|
|
static void
|
| 3576 |
|
|
emit_movsi (rtx operands[2])
|
| 3577 |
|
|
{
|
| 3578 |
|
|
operands[0] = copy_operand (operands[0], SImode);
|
| 3579 |
|
|
operands[1] = copy_operand (operands[1], SImode);
|
| 3580 |
|
|
|
| 3581 |
|
|
emit_insn (gen_movsi (operands[0], operands[1]));
|
| 3582 |
|
|
}
|
| 3583 |
|
|
|
| 3584 |
|
|
/* Output assembler code to perform a doubleword move insn
|
| 3585 |
|
|
with operands OPERANDS. */
|
| 3586 |
|
|
const char *
|
| 3587 |
|
|
output_move_double (rtx *operands)
|
| 3588 |
|
|
{
|
| 3589 |
|
|
handle_move_double (operands,
|
| 3590 |
|
|
output_reg_adjust, output_compadr, output_movsi);
|
| 3591 |
|
|
|
| 3592 |
|
|
return "";
|
| 3593 |
|
|
}
|
| 3594 |
|
|
|
| 3595 |
|
|
/* Output rtl code to perform a doubleword move insn
|
| 3596 |
|
|
with operands OPERANDS. */
|
| 3597 |
|
|
void
|
| 3598 |
|
|
m68k_emit_move_double (rtx operands[2])
|
| 3599 |
|
|
{
|
| 3600 |
|
|
handle_move_double (operands, emit_reg_adjust, emit_movsi, emit_movsi);
|
| 3601 |
|
|
}
|
| 3602 |
|
|
|
| 3603 |
|
|
/* Ensure mode of ORIG, a REG rtx, is MODE. Returns either ORIG or a
|
| 3604 |
|
|
new rtx with the correct mode. */
|
| 3605 |
|
|
|
| 3606 |
|
|
static rtx
|
| 3607 |
|
|
force_mode (enum machine_mode mode, rtx orig)
|
| 3608 |
|
|
{
|
| 3609 |
|
|
if (mode == GET_MODE (orig))
|
| 3610 |
|
|
return orig;
|
| 3611 |
|
|
|
| 3612 |
|
|
if (REGNO (orig) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
|
| 3613 |
|
|
abort ();
|
| 3614 |
|
|
|
| 3615 |
|
|
return gen_rtx_REG (mode, REGNO (orig));
|
| 3616 |
|
|
}
|
| 3617 |
|
|
|
| 3618 |
|
|
static int
|
| 3619 |
|
|
fp_reg_operand (rtx op, enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 3620 |
|
|
{
|
| 3621 |
|
|
return reg_renumber && FP_REG_P (op);
|
| 3622 |
|
|
}
|
| 3623 |
|
|
|
| 3624 |
|
|
/* Emit insns to move operands[1] into operands[0].
|
| 3625 |
|
|
|
| 3626 |
|
|
Return 1 if we have written out everything that needs to be done to
|
| 3627 |
|
|
do the move. Otherwise, return 0 and the caller will emit the move
|
| 3628 |
|
|
normally.
|
| 3629 |
|
|
|
| 3630 |
|
|
Note SCRATCH_REG may not be in the proper mode depending on how it
|
| 3631 |
|
|
will be used. This routine is responsible for creating a new copy
|
| 3632 |
|
|
of SCRATCH_REG in the proper mode. */
|
| 3633 |
|
|
|
| 3634 |
|
|
int
|
| 3635 |
|
|
emit_move_sequence (rtx *operands, enum machine_mode mode, rtx scratch_reg)
|
| 3636 |
|
|
{
|
| 3637 |
|
|
register rtx operand0 = operands[0];
|
| 3638 |
|
|
register rtx operand1 = operands[1];
|
| 3639 |
|
|
register rtx tem;
|
| 3640 |
|
|
|
| 3641 |
|
|
if (scratch_reg
|
| 3642 |
|
|
&& reload_in_progress && GET_CODE (operand0) == REG
|
| 3643 |
|
|
&& REGNO (operand0) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
|
| 3644 |
|
|
operand0 = reg_equiv_mem (REGNO (operand0));
|
| 3645 |
|
|
else if (scratch_reg
|
| 3646 |
|
|
&& reload_in_progress && GET_CODE (operand0) == SUBREG
|
| 3647 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (operand0)) == REG
|
| 3648 |
|
|
&& REGNO (SUBREG_REG (operand0)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
|
| 3649 |
|
|
{
|
| 3650 |
|
|
/* We must not alter SUBREG_BYTE (operand0) since that would confuse
|
| 3651 |
|
|
the code which tracks sets/uses for delete_output_reload. */
|
| 3652 |
|
|
rtx temp = gen_rtx_SUBREG (GET_MODE (operand0),
|
| 3653 |
|
|
reg_equiv_mem (REGNO (SUBREG_REG (operand0))),
|
| 3654 |
|
|
SUBREG_BYTE (operand0));
|
| 3655 |
|
|
operand0 = alter_subreg (&temp);
|
| 3656 |
|
|
}
|
| 3657 |
|
|
|
| 3658 |
|
|
if (scratch_reg
|
| 3659 |
|
|
&& reload_in_progress && GET_CODE (operand1) == REG
|
| 3660 |
|
|
&& REGNO (operand1) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
|
| 3661 |
|
|
operand1 = reg_equiv_mem (REGNO (operand1));
|
| 3662 |
|
|
else if (scratch_reg
|
| 3663 |
|
|
&& reload_in_progress && GET_CODE (operand1) == SUBREG
|
| 3664 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (operand1)) == REG
|
| 3665 |
|
|
&& REGNO (SUBREG_REG (operand1)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
|
| 3666 |
|
|
{
|
| 3667 |
|
|
/* We must not alter SUBREG_BYTE (operand0) since that would confuse
|
| 3668 |
|
|
the code which tracks sets/uses for delete_output_reload. */
|
| 3669 |
|
|
rtx temp = gen_rtx_SUBREG (GET_MODE (operand1),
|
| 3670 |
|
|
reg_equiv_mem (REGNO (SUBREG_REG (operand1))),
|
| 3671 |
|
|
SUBREG_BYTE (operand1));
|
| 3672 |
|
|
operand1 = alter_subreg (&temp);
|
| 3673 |
|
|
}
|
| 3674 |
|
|
|
| 3675 |
|
|
if (scratch_reg && reload_in_progress && GET_CODE (operand0) == MEM
|
| 3676 |
|
|
&& ((tem = find_replacement (&XEXP (operand0, 0)))
|
| 3677 |
|
|
!= XEXP (operand0, 0)))
|
| 3678 |
|
|
operand0 = gen_rtx_MEM (GET_MODE (operand0), tem);
|
| 3679 |
|
|
if (scratch_reg && reload_in_progress && GET_CODE (operand1) == MEM
|
| 3680 |
|
|
&& ((tem = find_replacement (&XEXP (operand1, 0)))
|
| 3681 |
|
|
!= XEXP (operand1, 0)))
|
| 3682 |
|
|
operand1 = gen_rtx_MEM (GET_MODE (operand1), tem);
|
| 3683 |
|
|
|
| 3684 |
|
|
/* Handle secondary reloads for loads/stores of FP registers where
|
| 3685 |
|
|
the address is symbolic by using the scratch register */
|
| 3686 |
|
|
if (fp_reg_operand (operand0, mode)
|
| 3687 |
|
|
&& ((GET_CODE (operand1) == MEM
|
| 3688 |
|
|
&& ! memory_address_p (DFmode, XEXP (operand1, 0)))
|
| 3689 |
|
|
|| ((GET_CODE (operand1) == SUBREG
|
| 3690 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (operand1, 0)) == MEM
|
| 3691 |
|
|
&& !memory_address_p (DFmode, XEXP (XEXP (operand1, 0), 0)))))
|
| 3692 |
|
|
&& scratch_reg)
|
| 3693 |
|
|
{
|
| 3694 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (operand1) == SUBREG)
|
| 3695 |
|
|
operand1 = XEXP (operand1, 0);
|
| 3696 |
|
|
|
| 3697 |
|
|
/* SCRATCH_REG will hold an address. We want
|
| 3698 |
|
|
it in SImode regardless of what mode it was originally given
|
| 3699 |
|
|
to us. */
|
| 3700 |
|
|
scratch_reg = force_mode (SImode, scratch_reg);
|
| 3701 |
|
|
|
| 3702 |
|
|
/* D might not fit in 14 bits either; for such cases load D into
|
| 3703 |
|
|
scratch reg. */
|
| 3704 |
|
|
if (!memory_address_p (Pmode, XEXP (operand1, 0)))
|
| 3705 |
|
|
{
|
| 3706 |
|
|
emit_move_insn (scratch_reg, XEXP (XEXP (operand1, 0), 1));
|
| 3707 |
|
|
emit_move_insn (scratch_reg, gen_rtx_fmt_ee (GET_CODE (XEXP (operand1, 0)),
|
| 3708 |
|
|
Pmode,
|
| 3709 |
|
|
XEXP (XEXP (operand1, 0), 0),
|
| 3710 |
|
|
scratch_reg));
|
| 3711 |
|
|
}
|
| 3712 |
|
|
else
|
| 3713 |
|
|
emit_move_insn (scratch_reg, XEXP (operand1, 0));
|
| 3714 |
|
|
emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, operand0,
|
| 3715 |
|
|
gen_rtx_MEM (mode, scratch_reg)));
|
| 3716 |
|
|
return 1;
|
| 3717 |
|
|
}
|
| 3718 |
|
|
else if (fp_reg_operand (operand1, mode)
|
| 3719 |
|
|
&& ((GET_CODE (operand0) == MEM
|
| 3720 |
|
|
&& ! memory_address_p (DFmode, XEXP (operand0, 0)))
|
| 3721 |
|
|
|| ((GET_CODE (operand0) == SUBREG)
|
| 3722 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (operand0, 0)) == MEM
|
| 3723 |
|
|
&& !memory_address_p (DFmode, XEXP (XEXP (operand0, 0), 0))))
|
| 3724 |
|
|
&& scratch_reg)
|
| 3725 |
|
|
{
|
| 3726 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (operand0) == SUBREG)
|
| 3727 |
|
|
operand0 = XEXP (operand0, 0);
|
| 3728 |
|
|
|
| 3729 |
|
|
/* SCRATCH_REG will hold an address and maybe the actual data. We want
|
| 3730 |
|
|
it in SIMODE regardless of what mode it was originally given
|
| 3731 |
|
|
to us. */
|
| 3732 |
|
|
scratch_reg = force_mode (SImode, scratch_reg);
|
| 3733 |
|
|
|
| 3734 |
|
|
/* D might not fit in 14 bits either; for such cases load D into
|
| 3735 |
|
|
scratch reg. */
|
| 3736 |
|
|
if (!memory_address_p (Pmode, XEXP (operand0, 0)))
|
| 3737 |
|
|
{
|
| 3738 |
|
|
emit_move_insn (scratch_reg, XEXP (XEXP (operand0, 0), 1));
|
| 3739 |
|
|
emit_move_insn (scratch_reg, gen_rtx_fmt_ee (GET_CODE (XEXP (operand0,
|
| 3740 |
|
|
0)),
|
| 3741 |
|
|
Pmode,
|
| 3742 |
|
|
XEXP (XEXP (operand0, 0),
|
| 3743 |
|
|
0),
|
| 3744 |
|
|
scratch_reg));
|
| 3745 |
|
|
}
|
| 3746 |
|
|
else
|
| 3747 |
|
|
emit_move_insn (scratch_reg, XEXP (operand0, 0));
|
| 3748 |
|
|
emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, gen_rtx_MEM (mode, scratch_reg),
|
| 3749 |
|
|
operand1));
|
| 3750 |
|
|
return 1;
|
| 3751 |
|
|
}
|
| 3752 |
|
|
/* Handle secondary reloads for loads of FP registers from constant
|
| 3753 |
|
|
expressions by forcing the constant into memory.
|
| 3754 |
|
|
|
| 3755 |
|
|
use scratch_reg to hold the address of the memory location.
|
| 3756 |
|
|
|
| 3757 |
|
|
The proper fix is to change PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS to return
|
| 3758 |
|
|
NO_REGS when presented with a const_int and an register class
|
| 3759 |
|
|
containing only FP registers. Doing so unfortunately creates
|
| 3760 |
|
|
more problems than it solves. Fix this for 2.5. */
|
| 3761 |
|
|
else if (fp_reg_operand (operand0, mode)
|
| 3762 |
|
|
&& CONSTANT_P (operand1)
|
| 3763 |
|
|
&& scratch_reg)
|
| 3764 |
|
|
{
|
| 3765 |
|
|
rtx xoperands[2];
|
| 3766 |
|
|
|
| 3767 |
|
|
/* SCRATCH_REG will hold an address and maybe the actual data. We want
|
| 3768 |
|
|
it in SIMODE regardless of what mode it was originally given
|
| 3769 |
|
|
to us. */
|
| 3770 |
|
|
scratch_reg = force_mode (SImode, scratch_reg);
|
| 3771 |
|
|
|
| 3772 |
|
|
/* Force the constant into memory and put the address of the
|
| 3773 |
|
|
memory location into scratch_reg. */
|
| 3774 |
|
|
xoperands[0] = scratch_reg;
|
| 3775 |
|
|
xoperands[1] = XEXP (force_const_mem (mode, operand1), 0);
|
| 3776 |
|
|
emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (mode, scratch_reg, xoperands[1]));
|
| 3777 |
|
|
|
| 3778 |
|
|
/* Now load the destination register. */
|
| 3779 |
|
|
emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (mode, operand0,
|
| 3780 |
|
|
gen_rtx_MEM (mode, scratch_reg)));
|
| 3781 |
|
|
return 1;
|
| 3782 |
|
|
}
|
| 3783 |
|
|
|
| 3784 |
|
|
/* Now have insn-emit do whatever it normally does. */
|
| 3785 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 3786 |
|
|
}
|
| 3787 |
|
|
|
| 3788 |
|
|
/* Split one or more DImode RTL references into pairs of SImode
|
| 3789 |
|
|
references. The RTL can be REG, offsettable MEM, integer constant, or
|
| 3790 |
|
|
CONST_DOUBLE. "operands" is a pointer to an array of DImode RTL to
|
| 3791 |
|
|
split and "num" is its length. lo_half and hi_half are output arrays
|
| 3792 |
|
|
that parallel "operands". */
|
| 3793 |
|
|
|
| 3794 |
|
|
void
|
| 3795 |
|
|
split_di (rtx operands[], int num, rtx lo_half[], rtx hi_half[])
|
| 3796 |
|
|
{
|
| 3797 |
|
|
while (num--)
|
| 3798 |
|
|
{
|
| 3799 |
|
|
rtx op = operands[num];
|
| 3800 |
|
|
|
| 3801 |
|
|
/* simplify_subreg refuses to split volatile memory addresses,
|
| 3802 |
|
|
but we still have to handle it. */
|
| 3803 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == MEM)
|
| 3804 |
|
|
{
|
| 3805 |
|
|
lo_half[num] = adjust_address (op, SImode, 4);
|
| 3806 |
|
|
hi_half[num] = adjust_address (op, SImode, 0);
|
| 3807 |
|
|
}
|
| 3808 |
|
|
else
|
| 3809 |
|
|
{
|
| 3810 |
|
|
lo_half[num] = simplify_gen_subreg (SImode, op,
|
| 3811 |
|
|
GET_MODE (op) == VOIDmode
|
| 3812 |
|
|
? DImode : GET_MODE (op), 4);
|
| 3813 |
|
|
hi_half[num] = simplify_gen_subreg (SImode, op,
|
| 3814 |
|
|
GET_MODE (op) == VOIDmode
|
| 3815 |
|
|
? DImode : GET_MODE (op), 0);
|
| 3816 |
|
|
}
|
| 3817 |
|
|
}
|
| 3818 |
|
|
}
|
| 3819 |
|
|
|
| 3820 |
|
|
/* Split X into a base and a constant offset, storing them in *BASE
|
| 3821 |
|
|
and *OFFSET respectively. */
|
| 3822 |
|
|
|
| 3823 |
|
|
static void
|
| 3824 |
|
|
m68k_split_offset (rtx x, rtx *base, HOST_WIDE_INT *offset)
|
| 3825 |
|
|
{
|
| 3826 |
|
|
*offset = 0;
|
| 3827 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (x) == PLUS && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT)
|
| 3828 |
|
|
{
|
| 3829 |
|
|
*offset += INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1));
|
| 3830 |
|
|
x = XEXP (x, 0);
|
| 3831 |
|
|
}
|
| 3832 |
|
|
*base = x;
|
| 3833 |
|
|
}
|
| 3834 |
|
|
|
| 3835 |
|
|
/* Return true if PATTERN is a PARALLEL suitable for a movem or fmovem
|
| 3836 |
|
|
instruction. STORE_P says whether the move is a load or store.
|
| 3837 |
|
|
|
| 3838 |
|
|
If the instruction uses post-increment or pre-decrement addressing,
|
| 3839 |
|
|
AUTOMOD_BASE is the base register and AUTOMOD_OFFSET is the total
|
| 3840 |
|
|
adjustment. This adjustment will be made by the first element of
|
| 3841 |
|
|
PARALLEL, with the loads or stores starting at element 1. If the
|
| 3842 |
|
|
instruction does not use post-increment or pre-decrement addressing,
|
| 3843 |
|
|
AUTOMOD_BASE is null, AUTOMOD_OFFSET is 0, and the loads or stores
|
| 3844 |
|
|
start at element 0. */
|
| 3845 |
|
|
|
| 3846 |
|
|
bool
|
| 3847 |
|
|
m68k_movem_pattern_p (rtx pattern, rtx automod_base,
|
| 3848 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT automod_offset, bool store_p)
|
| 3849 |
|
|
{
|
| 3850 |
|
|
rtx base, mem_base, set, mem, reg, last_reg;
|
| 3851 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT offset, mem_offset;
|
| 3852 |
|
|
int i, first, len;
|
| 3853 |
|
|
enum reg_class rclass;
|
| 3854 |
|
|
|
| 3855 |
|
|
len = XVECLEN (pattern, 0);
|
| 3856 |
|
|
first = (automod_base != NULL);
|
| 3857 |
|
|
|
| 3858 |
|
|
if (automod_base)
|
| 3859 |
|
|
{
|
| 3860 |
|
|
/* Stores must be pre-decrement and loads must be post-increment. */
|
| 3861 |
|
|
if (store_p != (automod_offset < 0))
|
| 3862 |
|
|
return false;
|
| 3863 |
|
|
|
| 3864 |
|
|
/* Work out the base and offset for lowest memory location. */
|
| 3865 |
|
|
base = automod_base;
|
| 3866 |
|
|
offset = (automod_offset < 0 ? automod_offset : 0);
|
| 3867 |
|
|
}
|
| 3868 |
|
|
else
|
| 3869 |
|
|
{
|
| 3870 |
|
|
/* Allow any valid base and offset in the first access. */
|
| 3871 |
|
|
base = NULL;
|
| 3872 |
|
|
offset = 0;
|
| 3873 |
|
|
}
|
| 3874 |
|
|
|
| 3875 |
|
|
last_reg = NULL;
|
| 3876 |
|
|
rclass = NO_REGS;
|
| 3877 |
|
|
for (i = first; i < len; i++)
|
| 3878 |
|
|
{
|
| 3879 |
|
|
/* We need a plain SET. */
|
| 3880 |
|
|
set = XVECEXP (pattern, 0, i);
|
| 3881 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (set) != SET)
|
| 3882 |
|
|
return false;
|
| 3883 |
|
|
|
| 3884 |
|
|
/* Check that we have a memory location... */
|
| 3885 |
|
|
mem = XEXP (set, !store_p);
|
| 3886 |
|
|
if (!MEM_P (mem) || !memory_operand (mem, VOIDmode))
|
| 3887 |
|
|
return false;
|
| 3888 |
|
|
|
| 3889 |
|
|
/* ...with the right address. */
|
| 3890 |
|
|
if (base == NULL)
|
| 3891 |
|
|
{
|
| 3892 |
|
|
m68k_split_offset (XEXP (mem, 0), &base, &offset);
|
| 3893 |
|
|
/* The ColdFire instruction only allows (An) and (d16,An) modes.
|
| 3894 |
|
|
There are no mode restrictions for 680x0 besides the
|
| 3895 |
|
|
automodification rules enforced above. */
|
| 3896 |
|
|
if (TARGET_COLDFIRE
|
| 3897 |
|
|
&& !m68k_legitimate_base_reg_p (base, reload_completed))
|
| 3898 |
|
|
return false;
|
| 3899 |
|
|
}
|
| 3900 |
|
|
else
|
| 3901 |
|
|
{
|
| 3902 |
|
|
m68k_split_offset (XEXP (mem, 0), &mem_base, &mem_offset);
|
| 3903 |
|
|
if (!rtx_equal_p (base, mem_base) || offset != mem_offset)
|
| 3904 |
|
|
return false;
|
| 3905 |
|
|
}
|
| 3906 |
|
|
|
| 3907 |
|
|
/* Check that we have a register of the required mode and class. */
|
| 3908 |
|
|
reg = XEXP (set, store_p);
|
| 3909 |
|
|
if (!REG_P (reg)
|
| 3910 |
|
|
|| !HARD_REGISTER_P (reg)
|
| 3911 |
|
|
|| GET_MODE (reg) != reg_raw_mode[REGNO (reg)])
|
| 3912 |
|
|
return false;
|
| 3913 |
|
|
|
| 3914 |
|
|
if (last_reg)
|
| 3915 |
|
|
{
|
| 3916 |
|
|
/* The register must belong to RCLASS and have a higher number
|
| 3917 |
|
|
than the register in the previous SET. */
|
| 3918 |
|
|
if (!TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[rclass], REGNO (reg))
|
| 3919 |
|
|
|| REGNO (last_reg) >= REGNO (reg))
|
| 3920 |
|
|
return false;
|
| 3921 |
|
|
}
|
| 3922 |
|
|
else
|
| 3923 |
|
|
{
|
| 3924 |
|
|
/* Work out which register class we need. */
|
| 3925 |
|
|
if (INT_REGNO_P (REGNO (reg)))
|
| 3926 |
|
|
rclass = GENERAL_REGS;
|
| 3927 |
|
|
else if (FP_REGNO_P (REGNO (reg)))
|
| 3928 |
|
|
rclass = FP_REGS;
|
| 3929 |
|
|
else
|
| 3930 |
|
|
return false;
|
| 3931 |
|
|
}
|
| 3932 |
|
|
|
| 3933 |
|
|
last_reg = reg;
|
| 3934 |
|
|
offset += GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (reg));
|
| 3935 |
|
|
}
|
| 3936 |
|
|
|
| 3937 |
|
|
/* If we have an automodification, check whether the final offset is OK. */
|
| 3938 |
|
|
if (automod_base && offset != (automod_offset < 0 ? 0 : automod_offset))
|
| 3939 |
|
|
return false;
|
| 3940 |
|
|
|
| 3941 |
|
|
/* Reject unprofitable cases. */
|
| 3942 |
|
|
if (len < first + (rclass == FP_REGS ? MIN_FMOVEM_REGS : MIN_MOVEM_REGS))
|
| 3943 |
|
|
return false;
|
| 3944 |
|
|
|
| 3945 |
|
|
return true;
|
| 3946 |
|
|
}
|
| 3947 |
|
|
|
| 3948 |
|
|
/* Return the assembly code template for a movem or fmovem instruction
|
| 3949 |
|
|
whose pattern is given by PATTERN. Store the template's operands
|
| 3950 |
|
|
in OPERANDS.
|
| 3951 |
|
|
|
| 3952 |
|
|
If the instruction uses post-increment or pre-decrement addressing,
|
| 3953 |
|
|
AUTOMOD_OFFSET is the total adjustment, otherwise it is 0. STORE_P
|
| 3954 |
|
|
is true if this is a store instruction. */
|
| 3955 |
|
|
|
| 3956 |
|
|
const char *
|
| 3957 |
|
|
m68k_output_movem (rtx *operands, rtx pattern,
|
| 3958 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT automod_offset, bool store_p)
|
| 3959 |
|
|
{
|
| 3960 |
|
|
unsigned int mask;
|
| 3961 |
|
|
int i, first;
|
| 3962 |
|
|
|
| 3963 |
|
|
gcc_assert (GET_CODE (pattern) == PARALLEL);
|
| 3964 |
|
|
mask = 0;
|
| 3965 |
|
|
first = (automod_offset != 0);
|
| 3966 |
|
|
for (i = first; i < XVECLEN (pattern, 0); i++)
|
| 3967 |
|
|
{
|
| 3968 |
|
|
/* When using movem with pre-decrement addressing, register X + D0_REG
|
| 3969 |
|
|
is controlled by bit 15 - X. For all other addressing modes,
|
| 3970 |
|
|
register X + D0_REG is controlled by bit X. Confusingly, the
|
| 3971 |
|
|
register mask for fmovem is in the opposite order to that for
|
| 3972 |
|
|
movem. */
|
| 3973 |
|
|
unsigned int regno;
|
| 3974 |
|
|
|
| 3975 |
|
|
gcc_assert (MEM_P (XEXP (XVECEXP (pattern, 0, i), !store_p)));
|
| 3976 |
|
|
gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (XVECEXP (pattern, 0, i), store_p)));
|
| 3977 |
|
|
regno = REGNO (XEXP (XVECEXP (pattern, 0, i), store_p));
|
| 3978 |
|
|
if (automod_offset < 0)
|
| 3979 |
|
|
{
|
| 3980 |
|
|
if (FP_REGNO_P (regno))
|
| 3981 |
|
|
mask |= 1 << (regno - FP0_REG);
|
| 3982 |
|
|
else
|
| 3983 |
|
|
mask |= 1 << (15 - (regno - D0_REG));
|
| 3984 |
|
|
}
|
| 3985 |
|
|
else
|
| 3986 |
|
|
{
|
| 3987 |
|
|
if (FP_REGNO_P (regno))
|
| 3988 |
|
|
mask |= 1 << (7 - (regno - FP0_REG));
|
| 3989 |
|
|
else
|
| 3990 |
|
|
mask |= 1 << (regno - D0_REG);
|
| 3991 |
|
|
}
|
| 3992 |
|
|
}
|
| 3993 |
|
|
CC_STATUS_INIT;
|
| 3994 |
|
|
|
| 3995 |
|
|
if (automod_offset == 0)
|
| 3996 |
|
|
operands[0] = XEXP (XEXP (XVECEXP (pattern, 0, first), !store_p), 0);
|
| 3997 |
|
|
else if (automod_offset < 0)
|
| 3998 |
|
|
operands[0] = gen_rtx_PRE_DEC (Pmode, SET_DEST (XVECEXP (pattern, 0, 0)));
|
| 3999 |
|
|
else
|
| 4000 |
|
|
operands[0] = gen_rtx_POST_INC (Pmode, SET_DEST (XVECEXP (pattern, 0, 0)));
|
| 4001 |
|
|
operands[1] = GEN_INT (mask);
|
| 4002 |
|
|
if (FP_REGNO_P (REGNO (XEXP (XVECEXP (pattern, 0, first), store_p))))
|
| 4003 |
|
|
{
|
| 4004 |
|
|
if (store_p)
|
| 4005 |
|
|
return "fmovem %1,%a0";
|
| 4006 |
|
|
else
|
| 4007 |
|
|
return "fmovem %a0,%1";
|
| 4008 |
|
|
}
|
| 4009 |
|
|
else
|
| 4010 |
|
|
{
|
| 4011 |
|
|
if (store_p)
|
| 4012 |
|
|
return "movem%.l %1,%a0";
|
| 4013 |
|
|
else
|
| 4014 |
|
|
return "movem%.l %a0,%1";
|
| 4015 |
|
|
}
|
| 4016 |
|
|
}
|
| 4017 |
|
|
|
| 4018 |
|
|
/* Return a REG that occurs in ADDR with coefficient 1.
|
| 4019 |
|
|
ADDR can be effectively incremented by incrementing REG. */
|
| 4020 |
|
|
|
| 4021 |
|
|
static rtx
|
| 4022 |
|
|
find_addr_reg (rtx addr)
|
| 4023 |
|
|
{
|
| 4024 |
|
|
while (GET_CODE (addr) == PLUS)
|
| 4025 |
|
|
{
|
| 4026 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (XEXP (addr, 0)) == REG)
|
| 4027 |
|
|
addr = XEXP (addr, 0);
|
| 4028 |
|
|
else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (addr, 1)) == REG)
|
| 4029 |
|
|
addr = XEXP (addr, 1);
|
| 4030 |
|
|
else if (CONSTANT_P (XEXP (addr, 0)))
|
| 4031 |
|
|
addr = XEXP (addr, 1);
|
| 4032 |
|
|
else if (CONSTANT_P (XEXP (addr, 1)))
|
| 4033 |
|
|
addr = XEXP (addr, 0);
|
| 4034 |
|
|
else
|
| 4035 |
|
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
| 4036 |
|
|
}
|
| 4037 |
|
|
gcc_assert (GET_CODE (addr) == REG);
|
| 4038 |
|
|
return addr;
|
| 4039 |
|
|
}
|
| 4040 |
|
|
|
| 4041 |
|
|
/* Output assembler code to perform a 32-bit 3-operand add. */
|
| 4042 |
|
|
|
| 4043 |
|
|
const char *
|
| 4044 |
|
|
output_addsi3 (rtx *operands)
|
| 4045 |
|
|
{
|
| 4046 |
|
|
if (! operands_match_p (operands[0], operands[1]))
|
| 4047 |
|
|
{
|
| 4048 |
|
|
if (!ADDRESS_REG_P (operands[1]))
|
| 4049 |
|
|
{
|
| 4050 |
|
|
rtx tmp = operands[1];
|
| 4051 |
|
|
|
| 4052 |
|
|
operands[1] = operands[2];
|
| 4053 |
|
|
operands[2] = tmp;
|
| 4054 |
|
|
}
|
| 4055 |
|
|
|
| 4056 |
|
|
/* These insns can result from reloads to access
|
| 4057 |
|
|
stack slots over 64k from the frame pointer. */
|
| 4058 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (operands[2]) == CONST_INT
|
| 4059 |
|
|
&& (INTVAL (operands[2]) < -32768 || INTVAL (operands[2]) > 32767))
|
| 4060 |
|
|
return "move%.l %2,%0\n\tadd%.l %1,%0";
|
| 4061 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (operands[2]) == REG)
|
| 4062 |
|
|
return MOTOROLA ? "lea (%1,%2.l),%0" : "lea %1@(0,%2:l),%0";
|
| 4063 |
|
|
return MOTOROLA ? "lea (%c2,%1),%0" : "lea %1@(%c2),%0";
|
| 4064 |
|
|
}
|
| 4065 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (operands[2]) == CONST_INT)
|
| 4066 |
|
|
{
|
| 4067 |
|
|
if (INTVAL (operands[2]) > 0
|
| 4068 |
|
|
&& INTVAL (operands[2]) <= 8)
|
| 4069 |
|
|
return "addq%.l %2,%0";
|
| 4070 |
|
|
if (INTVAL (operands[2]) < 0
|
| 4071 |
|
|
&& INTVAL (operands[2]) >= -8)
|
| 4072 |
|
|
{
|
| 4073 |
|
|
operands[2] = GEN_INT (- INTVAL (operands[2]));
|
| 4074 |
|
|
return "subq%.l %2,%0";
|
| 4075 |
|
|
}
|
| 4076 |
|
|
/* On the CPU32 it is faster to use two addql instructions to
|
| 4077 |
|
|
add a small integer (8 < N <= 16) to a register.
|
| 4078 |
|
|
Likewise for subql. */
|
| 4079 |
|
|
if (TUNE_CPU32 && REG_P (operands[0]))
|
| 4080 |
|
|
{
|
| 4081 |
|
|
if (INTVAL (operands[2]) > 8
|
| 4082 |
|
|
&& INTVAL (operands[2]) <= 16)
|
| 4083 |
|
|
{
|
| 4084 |
|
|
operands[2] = GEN_INT (INTVAL (operands[2]) - 8);
|
| 4085 |
|
|
return "addq%.l #8,%0\n\taddq%.l %2,%0";
|
| 4086 |
|
|
}
|
| 4087 |
|
|
if (INTVAL (operands[2]) < -8
|
| 4088 |
|
|
&& INTVAL (operands[2]) >= -16)
|
| 4089 |
|
|
{
|
| 4090 |
|
|
operands[2] = GEN_INT (- INTVAL (operands[2]) - 8);
|
| 4091 |
|
|
return "subq%.l #8,%0\n\tsubq%.l %2,%0";
|
| 4092 |
|
|
}
|
| 4093 |
|
|
}
|
| 4094 |
|
|
if (ADDRESS_REG_P (operands[0])
|
| 4095 |
|
|
&& INTVAL (operands[2]) >= -0x8000
|
| 4096 |
|
|
&& INTVAL (operands[2]) < 0x8000)
|
| 4097 |
|
|
{
|
| 4098 |
|
|
if (TUNE_68040)
|
| 4099 |
|
|
return "add%.w %2,%0";
|
| 4100 |
|
|
else
|
| 4101 |
|
|
return MOTOROLA ? "lea (%c2,%0),%0" : "lea %0@(%c2),%0";
|
| 4102 |
|
|
}
|
| 4103 |
|
|
}
|
| 4104 |
|
|
return "add%.l %2,%0";
|
| 4105 |
|
|
}
|
| 4106 |
|
|
|
| 4107 |
|
|
/* Store in cc_status the expressions that the condition codes will
|
| 4108 |
|
|
describe after execution of an instruction whose pattern is EXP.
|
| 4109 |
|
|
Do not alter them if the instruction would not alter the cc's. */
|
| 4110 |
|
|
|
| 4111 |
|
|
/* On the 68000, all the insns to store in an address register fail to
|
| 4112 |
|
|
set the cc's. However, in some cases these instructions can make it
|
| 4113 |
|
|
possibly invalid to use the saved cc's. In those cases we clear out
|
| 4114 |
|
|
some or all of the saved cc's so they won't be used. */
|
| 4115 |
|
|
|
| 4116 |
|
|
void
|
| 4117 |
|
|
notice_update_cc (rtx exp, rtx insn)
|
| 4118 |
|
|
{
|
| 4119 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (exp) == SET)
|
| 4120 |
|
|
{
|
| 4121 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (exp)) == CALL)
|
| 4122 |
|
|
CC_STATUS_INIT;
|
| 4123 |
|
|
else if (ADDRESS_REG_P (SET_DEST (exp)))
|
| 4124 |
|
|
{
|
| 4125 |
|
|
if (cc_status.value1 && modified_in_p (cc_status.value1, insn))
|
| 4126 |
|
|
cc_status.value1 = 0;
|
| 4127 |
|
|
if (cc_status.value2 && modified_in_p (cc_status.value2, insn))
|
| 4128 |
|
|
cc_status.value2 = 0;
|
| 4129 |
|
|
}
|
| 4130 |
|
|
/* fmoves to memory or data registers do not set the condition
|
| 4131 |
|
|
codes. Normal moves _do_ set the condition codes, but not in
|
| 4132 |
|
|
a way that is appropriate for comparison with 0, because -0.0
|
| 4133 |
|
|
would be treated as a negative nonzero number. Note that it
|
| 4134 |
|
|
isn't appropriate to conditionalize this restriction on
|
| 4135 |
|
|
HONOR_SIGNED_ZEROS because that macro merely indicates whether
|
| 4136 |
|
|
we care about the difference between -0.0 and +0.0. */
|
| 4137 |
|
|
else if (!FP_REG_P (SET_DEST (exp))
|
| 4138 |
|
|
&& SET_DEST (exp) != cc0_rtx
|
| 4139 |
|
|
&& (FP_REG_P (SET_SRC (exp))
|
| 4140 |
|
|
|| GET_CODE (SET_SRC (exp)) == FIX
|
| 4141 |
|
|
|| FLOAT_MODE_P (GET_MODE (SET_DEST (exp)))))
|
| 4142 |
|
|
CC_STATUS_INIT;
|
| 4143 |
|
|
/* A pair of move insns doesn't produce a useful overall cc. */
|
| 4144 |
|
|
else if (!FP_REG_P (SET_DEST (exp))
|
| 4145 |
|
|
&& !FP_REG_P (SET_SRC (exp))
|
| 4146 |
|
|
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SET_SRC (exp))) > 4
|
| 4147 |
|
|
&& (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (exp)) == REG
|
| 4148 |
|
|
|| GET_CODE (SET_SRC (exp)) == MEM
|
| 4149 |
|
|
|| GET_CODE (SET_SRC (exp)) == CONST_DOUBLE))
|
| 4150 |
|
|
CC_STATUS_INIT;
|
| 4151 |
|
|
else if (SET_DEST (exp) != pc_rtx)
|
| 4152 |
|
|
{
|
| 4153 |
|
|
cc_status.flags = 0;
|
| 4154 |
|
|
cc_status.value1 = SET_DEST (exp);
|
| 4155 |
|
|
cc_status.value2 = SET_SRC (exp);
|
| 4156 |
|
|
}
|
| 4157 |
|
|
}
|
| 4158 |
|
|
else if (GET_CODE (exp) == PARALLEL
|
| 4159 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (XVECEXP (exp, 0, 0)) == SET)
|
| 4160 |
|
|
{
|
| 4161 |
|
|
rtx dest = SET_DEST (XVECEXP (exp, 0, 0));
|
| 4162 |
|
|
rtx src = SET_SRC (XVECEXP (exp, 0, 0));
|
| 4163 |
|
|
|
| 4164 |
|
|
if (ADDRESS_REG_P (dest))
|
| 4165 |
|
|
CC_STATUS_INIT;
|
| 4166 |
|
|
else if (dest != pc_rtx)
|
| 4167 |
|
|
{
|
| 4168 |
|
|
cc_status.flags = 0;
|
| 4169 |
|
|
cc_status.value1 = dest;
|
| 4170 |
|
|
cc_status.value2 = src;
|
| 4171 |
|
|
}
|
| 4172 |
|
|
}
|
| 4173 |
|
|
else
|
| 4174 |
|
|
CC_STATUS_INIT;
|
| 4175 |
|
|
if (cc_status.value2 != 0
|
| 4176 |
|
|
&& ADDRESS_REG_P (cc_status.value2)
|
| 4177 |
|
|
&& GET_MODE (cc_status.value2) == QImode)
|
| 4178 |
|
|
CC_STATUS_INIT;
|
| 4179 |
|
|
if (cc_status.value2 != 0)
|
| 4180 |
|
|
switch (GET_CODE (cc_status.value2))
|
| 4181 |
|
|
{
|
| 4182 |
|
|
case ASHIFT: case ASHIFTRT: case LSHIFTRT:
|
| 4183 |
|
|
case ROTATE: case ROTATERT:
|
| 4184 |
|
|
/* These instructions always clear the overflow bit, and set
|
| 4185 |
|
|
the carry to the bit shifted out. */
|
| 4186 |
|
|
cc_status.flags |= CC_OVERFLOW_UNUSABLE | CC_NO_CARRY;
|
| 4187 |
|
|
break;
|
| 4188 |
|
|
|
| 4189 |
|
|
case PLUS: case MINUS: case MULT:
|
| 4190 |
|
|
case DIV: case UDIV: case MOD: case UMOD: case NEG:
|
| 4191 |
|
|
if (GET_MODE (cc_status.value2) != VOIDmode)
|
| 4192 |
|
|
cc_status.flags |= CC_NO_OVERFLOW;
|
| 4193 |
|
|
break;
|
| 4194 |
|
|
case ZERO_EXTEND:
|
| 4195 |
|
|
/* (SET r1 (ZERO_EXTEND r2)) on this machine
|
| 4196 |
|
|
ends with a move insn moving r2 in r2's mode.
|
| 4197 |
|
|
Thus, the cc's are set for r2.
|
| 4198 |
|
|
This can set N bit spuriously. */
|
| 4199 |
|
|
cc_status.flags |= CC_NOT_NEGATIVE;
|
| 4200 |
|
|
|
| 4201 |
|
|
default:
|
| 4202 |
|
|
break;
|
| 4203 |
|
|
}
|
| 4204 |
|
|
if (cc_status.value1 && GET_CODE (cc_status.value1) == REG
|
| 4205 |
|
|
&& cc_status.value2
|
| 4206 |
|
|
&& reg_overlap_mentioned_p (cc_status.value1, cc_status.value2))
|
| 4207 |
|
|
cc_status.value2 = 0;
|
| 4208 |
|
|
if (((cc_status.value1 && FP_REG_P (cc_status.value1))
|
| 4209 |
|
|
|| (cc_status.value2 && FP_REG_P (cc_status.value2))))
|
| 4210 |
|
|
cc_status.flags = CC_IN_68881;
|
| 4211 |
|
|
if (cc_status.value2 && GET_CODE (cc_status.value2) == COMPARE
|
| 4212 |
|
|
&& GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (XEXP (cc_status.value2, 0))) == MODE_FLOAT)
|
| 4213 |
|
|
{
|
| 4214 |
|
|
cc_status.flags = CC_IN_68881;
|
| 4215 |
|
|
if (!FP_REG_P (XEXP (cc_status.value2, 0))
|
| 4216 |
|
|
&& FP_REG_P (XEXP (cc_status.value2, 1)))
|
| 4217 |
|
|
cc_status.flags |= CC_REVERSED;
|
| 4218 |
|
|
}
|
| 4219 |
|
|
}
|
| 4220 |
|
|
|
| 4221 |
|
|
const char *
|
| 4222 |
|
|
output_move_const_double (rtx *operands)
|
| 4223 |
|
|
{
|
| 4224 |
|
|
int code = standard_68881_constant_p (operands[1]);
|
| 4225 |
|
|
|
| 4226 |
|
|
if (code != 0)
|
| 4227 |
|
|
{
|
| 4228 |
|
|
static char buf[40];
|
| 4229 |
|
|
|
| 4230 |
|
|
sprintf (buf, "fmovecr #0x%x,%%0", code & 0xff);
|
| 4231 |
|
|
return buf;
|
| 4232 |
|
|
}
|
| 4233 |
|
|
return "fmove%.d %1,%0";
|
| 4234 |
|
|
}
|
| 4235 |
|
|
|
| 4236 |
|
|
const char *
|
| 4237 |
|
|
output_move_const_single (rtx *operands)
|
| 4238 |
|
|
{
|
| 4239 |
|
|
int code = standard_68881_constant_p (operands[1]);
|
| 4240 |
|
|
|
| 4241 |
|
|
if (code != 0)
|
| 4242 |
|
|
{
|
| 4243 |
|
|
static char buf[40];
|
| 4244 |
|
|
|
| 4245 |
|
|
sprintf (buf, "fmovecr #0x%x,%%0", code & 0xff);
|
| 4246 |
|
|
return buf;
|
| 4247 |
|
|
}
|
| 4248 |
|
|
return "fmove%.s %f1,%0";
|
| 4249 |
|
|
}
|
| 4250 |
|
|
|
| 4251 |
|
|
/* Return nonzero if X, a CONST_DOUBLE, has a value that we can get
|
| 4252 |
|
|
from the "fmovecr" instruction.
|
| 4253 |
|
|
The value, anded with 0xff, gives the code to use in fmovecr
|
| 4254 |
|
|
to get the desired constant. */
|
| 4255 |
|
|
|
| 4256 |
|
|
/* This code has been fixed for cross-compilation. */
|
| 4257 |
|
|
|
| 4258 |
|
|
static int inited_68881_table = 0;
|
| 4259 |
|
|
|
| 4260 |
|
|
static const char *const strings_68881[7] = {
|
| 4261 |
|
|
"0.0",
|
| 4262 |
|
|
"1.0",
|
| 4263 |
|
|
"10.0",
|
| 4264 |
|
|
"100.0",
|
| 4265 |
|
|
"10000.0",
|
| 4266 |
|
|
"1e8",
|
| 4267 |
|
|
"1e16"
|
| 4268 |
|
|
};
|
| 4269 |
|
|
|
| 4270 |
|
|
static const int codes_68881[7] = {
|
| 4271 |
|
|
0x0f,
|
| 4272 |
|
|
0x32,
|
| 4273 |
|
|
0x33,
|
| 4274 |
|
|
0x34,
|
| 4275 |
|
|
0x35,
|
| 4276 |
|
|
0x36,
|
| 4277 |
|
|
0x37
|
| 4278 |
|
|
};
|
| 4279 |
|
|
|
| 4280 |
|
|
REAL_VALUE_TYPE values_68881[7];
|
| 4281 |
|
|
|
| 4282 |
|
|
/* Set up values_68881 array by converting the decimal values
|
| 4283 |
|
|
strings_68881 to binary. */
|
| 4284 |
|
|
|
| 4285 |
|
|
void
|
| 4286 |
|
|
init_68881_table (void)
|
| 4287 |
|
|
{
|
| 4288 |
|
|
int i;
|
| 4289 |
|
|
REAL_VALUE_TYPE r;
|
| 4290 |
|
|
enum machine_mode mode;
|
| 4291 |
|
|
|
| 4292 |
|
|
mode = SFmode;
|
| 4293 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < 7; i++)
|
| 4294 |
|
|
{
|
| 4295 |
|
|
if (i == 6)
|
| 4296 |
|
|
mode = DFmode;
|
| 4297 |
|
|
r = REAL_VALUE_ATOF (strings_68881[i], mode);
|
| 4298 |
|
|
values_68881[i] = r;
|
| 4299 |
|
|
}
|
| 4300 |
|
|
inited_68881_table = 1;
|
| 4301 |
|
|
}
|
| 4302 |
|
|
|
| 4303 |
|
|
int
|
| 4304 |
|
|
standard_68881_constant_p (rtx x)
|
| 4305 |
|
|
{
|
| 4306 |
|
|
REAL_VALUE_TYPE r;
|
| 4307 |
|
|
int i;
|
| 4308 |
|
|
|
| 4309 |
|
|
/* fmovecr must be emulated on the 68040 and 68060, so it shouldn't be
|
| 4310 |
|
|
used at all on those chips. */
|
| 4311 |
|
|
if (TUNE_68040_60)
|
| 4312 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 4313 |
|
|
|
| 4314 |
|
|
if (! inited_68881_table)
|
| 4315 |
|
|
init_68881_table ();
|
| 4316 |
|
|
|
| 4317 |
|
|
REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (r, x);
|
| 4318 |
|
|
|
| 4319 |
|
|
/* Use REAL_VALUES_IDENTICAL instead of REAL_VALUES_EQUAL so that -0.0
|
| 4320 |
|
|
is rejected. */
|
| 4321 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < 6; i++)
|
| 4322 |
|
|
{
|
| 4323 |
|
|
if (REAL_VALUES_IDENTICAL (r, values_68881[i]))
|
| 4324 |
|
|
return (codes_68881[i]);
|
| 4325 |
|
|
}
|
| 4326 |
|
|
|
| 4327 |
|
|
if (GET_MODE (x) == SFmode)
|
| 4328 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 4329 |
|
|
|
| 4330 |
|
|
if (REAL_VALUES_EQUAL (r, values_68881[6]))
|
| 4331 |
|
|
return (codes_68881[6]);
|
| 4332 |
|
|
|
| 4333 |
|
|
/* larger powers of ten in the constants ram are not used
|
| 4334 |
|
|
because they are not equal to a `double' C constant. */
|
| 4335 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 4336 |
|
|
}
|
| 4337 |
|
|
|
| 4338 |
|
|
/* If X is a floating-point constant, return the logarithm of X base 2,
|
| 4339 |
|
|
or 0 if X is not a power of 2. */
|
| 4340 |
|
|
|
| 4341 |
|
|
int
|
| 4342 |
|
|
floating_exact_log2 (rtx x)
|
| 4343 |
|
|
{
|
| 4344 |
|
|
REAL_VALUE_TYPE r, r1;
|
| 4345 |
|
|
int exp;
|
| 4346 |
|
|
|
| 4347 |
|
|
REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (r, x);
|
| 4348 |
|
|
|
| 4349 |
|
|
if (REAL_VALUES_LESS (r, dconst1))
|
| 4350 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 4351 |
|
|
|
| 4352 |
|
|
exp = real_exponent (&r);
|
| 4353 |
|
|
real_2expN (&r1, exp, DFmode);
|
| 4354 |
|
|
if (REAL_VALUES_EQUAL (r1, r))
|
| 4355 |
|
|
return exp;
|
| 4356 |
|
|
|
| 4357 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 4358 |
|
|
}
|
| 4359 |
|
|
|
| 4360 |
|
|
/* A C compound statement to output to stdio stream STREAM the
|
| 4361 |
|
|
assembler syntax for an instruction operand X. X is an RTL
|
| 4362 |
|
|
expression.
|
| 4363 |
|
|
|
| 4364 |
|
|
CODE is a value that can be used to specify one of several ways
|
| 4365 |
|
|
of printing the operand. It is used when identical operands
|
| 4366 |
|
|
must be printed differently depending on the context. CODE
|
| 4367 |
|
|
comes from the `%' specification that was used to request
|
| 4368 |
|
|
printing of the operand. If the specification was just `%DIGIT'
|
| 4369 |
|
|
then CODE is 0; if the specification was `%LTR DIGIT' then CODE
|
| 4370 |
|
|
is the ASCII code for LTR.
|
| 4371 |
|
|
|
| 4372 |
|
|
If X is a register, this macro should print the register's name.
|
| 4373 |
|
|
The names can be found in an array `reg_names' whose type is
|
| 4374 |
|
|
`char *[]'. `reg_names' is initialized from `REGISTER_NAMES'.
|
| 4375 |
|
|
|
| 4376 |
|
|
When the machine description has a specification `%PUNCT' (a `%'
|
| 4377 |
|
|
followed by a punctuation character), this macro is called with
|
| 4378 |
|
|
a null pointer for X and the punctuation character for CODE.
|
| 4379 |
|
|
|
| 4380 |
|
|
The m68k specific codes are:
|
| 4381 |
|
|
|
| 4382 |
|
|
'.' for dot needed in Motorola-style opcode names.
|
| 4383 |
|
|
'-' for an operand pushing on the stack:
|
| 4384 |
|
|
sp@-, -(sp) or -(%sp) depending on the style of syntax.
|
| 4385 |
|
|
'+' for an operand pushing on the stack:
|
| 4386 |
|
|
sp@+, (sp)+ or (%sp)+ depending on the style of syntax.
|
| 4387 |
|
|
'@' for a reference to the top word on the stack:
|
| 4388 |
|
|
sp@, (sp) or (%sp) depending on the style of syntax.
|
| 4389 |
|
|
'#' for an immediate operand prefix (# in MIT and Motorola syntax
|
| 4390 |
|
|
but & in SGS syntax).
|
| 4391 |
|
|
'!' for the cc register (used in an `and to cc' insn).
|
| 4392 |
|
|
'$' for the letter `s' in an op code, but only on the 68040.
|
| 4393 |
|
|
'&' for the letter `d' in an op code, but only on the 68040.
|
| 4394 |
|
|
'/' for register prefix needed by longlong.h.
|
| 4395 |
|
|
'?' for m68k_library_id_string
|
| 4396 |
|
|
|
| 4397 |
|
|
'b' for byte insn (no effect, on the Sun; this is for the ISI).
|
| 4398 |
|
|
'd' to force memory addressing to be absolute, not relative.
|
| 4399 |
|
|
'f' for float insn (print a CONST_DOUBLE as a float rather than in hex)
|
| 4400 |
|
|
'x' for float insn (print a CONST_DOUBLE as a float rather than in hex),
|
| 4401 |
|
|
or print pair of registers as rx:ry.
|
| 4402 |
|
|
'p' print an address with @PLTPC attached, but only if the operand
|
| 4403 |
|
|
is not locally-bound. */
|
| 4404 |
|
|
|
| 4405 |
|
|
void
|
| 4406 |
|
|
print_operand (FILE *file, rtx op, int letter)
|
| 4407 |
|
|
{
|
| 4408 |
|
|
if (letter == '.')
|
| 4409 |
|
|
{
|
| 4410 |
|
|
if (MOTOROLA)
|
| 4411 |
|
|
fprintf (file, ".");
|
| 4412 |
|
|
}
|
| 4413 |
|
|
else if (letter == '#')
|
| 4414 |
|
|
asm_fprintf (file, "%I");
|
| 4415 |
|
|
else if (letter == '-')
|
| 4416 |
|
|
asm_fprintf (file, MOTOROLA ? "-(%Rsp)" : "%Rsp@-");
|
| 4417 |
|
|
else if (letter == '+')
|
| 4418 |
|
|
asm_fprintf (file, MOTOROLA ? "(%Rsp)+" : "%Rsp@+");
|
| 4419 |
|
|
else if (letter == '@')
|
| 4420 |
|
|
asm_fprintf (file, MOTOROLA ? "(%Rsp)" : "%Rsp@");
|
| 4421 |
|
|
else if (letter == '!')
|
| 4422 |
|
|
asm_fprintf (file, "%Rfpcr");
|
| 4423 |
|
|
else if (letter == '$')
|
| 4424 |
|
|
{
|
| 4425 |
|
|
if (TARGET_68040)
|
| 4426 |
|
|
fprintf (file, "s");
|
| 4427 |
|
|
}
|
| 4428 |
|
|
else if (letter == '&')
|
| 4429 |
|
|
{
|
| 4430 |
|
|
if (TARGET_68040)
|
| 4431 |
|
|
fprintf (file, "d");
|
| 4432 |
|
|
}
|
| 4433 |
|
|
else if (letter == '/')
|
| 4434 |
|
|
asm_fprintf (file, "%R");
|
| 4435 |
|
|
else if (letter == '?')
|
| 4436 |
|
|
asm_fprintf (file, m68k_library_id_string);
|
| 4437 |
|
|
else if (letter == 'p')
|
| 4438 |
|
|
{
|
| 4439 |
|
|
output_addr_const (file, op);
|
| 4440 |
|
|
if (!(GET_CODE (op) == SYMBOL_REF && SYMBOL_REF_LOCAL_P (op)))
|
| 4441 |
|
|
fprintf (file, "@PLTPC");
|
| 4442 |
|
|
}
|
| 4443 |
|
|
else if (GET_CODE (op) == REG)
|
| 4444 |
|
|
{
|
| 4445 |
|
|
if (letter == 'R')
|
| 4446 |
|
|
/* Print out the second register name of a register pair.
|
| 4447 |
|
|
I.e., R (6) => 7. */
|
| 4448 |
|
|
fputs (M68K_REGNAME(REGNO (op) + 1), file);
|
| 4449 |
|
|
else
|
| 4450 |
|
|
fputs (M68K_REGNAME(REGNO (op)), file);
|
| 4451 |
|
|
}
|
| 4452 |
|
|
else if (GET_CODE (op) == MEM)
|
| 4453 |
|
|
{
|
| 4454 |
|
|
output_address (XEXP (op, 0));
|
| 4455 |
|
|
if (letter == 'd' && ! TARGET_68020
|
| 4456 |
|
|
&& CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (XEXP (op, 0))
|
| 4457 |
|
|
&& !(GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 0)) == CONST_INT
|
| 4458 |
|
|
&& INTVAL (XEXP (op, 0)) < 0x8000
|
| 4459 |
|
|
&& INTVAL (XEXP (op, 0)) >= -0x8000))
|
| 4460 |
|
|
fprintf (file, MOTOROLA ? ".l" : ":l");
|
| 4461 |
|
|
}
|
| 4462 |
|
|
else if (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_DOUBLE && GET_MODE (op) == SFmode)
|
| 4463 |
|
|
{
|
| 4464 |
|
|
REAL_VALUE_TYPE r;
|
| 4465 |
|
|
long l;
|
| 4466 |
|
|
REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (r, op);
|
| 4467 |
|
|
REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_SINGLE (r, l);
|
| 4468 |
|
|
asm_fprintf (file, "%I0x%lx", l & 0xFFFFFFFF);
|
| 4469 |
|
|
}
|
| 4470 |
|
|
else if (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_DOUBLE && GET_MODE (op) == XFmode)
|
| 4471 |
|
|
{
|
| 4472 |
|
|
REAL_VALUE_TYPE r;
|
| 4473 |
|
|
long l[3];
|
| 4474 |
|
|
REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (r, op);
|
| 4475 |
|
|
REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE (r, l);
|
| 4476 |
|
|
asm_fprintf (file, "%I0x%lx%08lx%08lx", l[0] & 0xFFFFFFFF,
|
| 4477 |
|
|
l[1] & 0xFFFFFFFF, l[2] & 0xFFFFFFFF);
|
| 4478 |
|
|
}
|
| 4479 |
|
|
else if (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_DOUBLE && GET_MODE (op) == DFmode)
|
| 4480 |
|
|
{
|
| 4481 |
|
|
REAL_VALUE_TYPE r;
|
| 4482 |
|
|
long l[2];
|
| 4483 |
|
|
REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (r, op);
|
| 4484 |
|
|
REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DOUBLE (r, l);
|
| 4485 |
|
|
asm_fprintf (file, "%I0x%lx%08lx", l[0] & 0xFFFFFFFF, l[1] & 0xFFFFFFFF);
|
| 4486 |
|
|
}
|
| 4487 |
|
|
else
|
| 4488 |
|
|
{
|
| 4489 |
|
|
/* Use `print_operand_address' instead of `output_addr_const'
|
| 4490 |
|
|
to ensure that we print relevant PIC stuff. */
|
| 4491 |
|
|
asm_fprintf (file, "%I");
|
| 4492 |
|
|
if (TARGET_PCREL
|
| 4493 |
|
|
&& (GET_CODE (op) == SYMBOL_REF || GET_CODE (op) == CONST))
|
| 4494 |
|
|
print_operand_address (file, op);
|
| 4495 |
|
|
else
|
| 4496 |
|
|
output_addr_const (file, op);
|
| 4497 |
|
|
}
|
| 4498 |
|
|
}
|
| 4499 |
|
|
|
| 4500 |
|
|
/* Return string for TLS relocation RELOC. */
|
| 4501 |
|
|
|
| 4502 |
|
|
static const char *
|
| 4503 |
|
|
m68k_get_reloc_decoration (enum m68k_reloc reloc)
|
| 4504 |
|
|
{
|
| 4505 |
|
|
/* To my knowledge, !MOTOROLA assemblers don't support TLS. */
|
| 4506 |
|
|
gcc_assert (MOTOROLA || reloc == RELOC_GOT);
|
| 4507 |
|
|
|
| 4508 |
|
|
switch (reloc)
|
| 4509 |
|
|
{
|
| 4510 |
|
|
case RELOC_GOT:
|
| 4511 |
|
|
if (MOTOROLA)
|
| 4512 |
|
|
{
|
| 4513 |
|
|
if (flag_pic == 1 && TARGET_68020)
|
| 4514 |
|
|
return "@GOT.w";
|
| 4515 |
|
|
else
|
| 4516 |
|
|
return "@GOT";
|
| 4517 |
|
|
}
|
| 4518 |
|
|
else
|
| 4519 |
|
|
{
|
| 4520 |
|
|
if (TARGET_68020)
|
| 4521 |
|
|
{
|
| 4522 |
|
|
switch (flag_pic)
|
| 4523 |
|
|
{
|
| 4524 |
|
|
case 1:
|
| 4525 |
|
|
return ":w";
|
| 4526 |
|
|
case 2:
|
| 4527 |
|
|
return ":l";
|
| 4528 |
|
|
default:
|
| 4529 |
|
|
return "";
|
| 4530 |
|
|
}
|
| 4531 |
|
|
}
|
| 4532 |
|
|
}
|
| 4533 |
|
|
|
| 4534 |
|
|
case RELOC_TLSGD:
|
| 4535 |
|
|
return "@TLSGD";
|
| 4536 |
|
|
|
| 4537 |
|
|
case RELOC_TLSLDM:
|
| 4538 |
|
|
return "@TLSLDM";
|
| 4539 |
|
|
|
| 4540 |
|
|
case RELOC_TLSLDO:
|
| 4541 |
|
|
return "@TLSLDO";
|
| 4542 |
|
|
|
| 4543 |
|
|
case RELOC_TLSIE:
|
| 4544 |
|
|
return "@TLSIE";
|
| 4545 |
|
|
|
| 4546 |
|
|
case RELOC_TLSLE:
|
| 4547 |
|
|
return "@TLSLE";
|
| 4548 |
|
|
|
| 4549 |
|
|
default:
|
| 4550 |
|
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
| 4551 |
|
|
}
|
| 4552 |
|
|
}
|
| 4553 |
|
|
|
| 4554 |
|
|
/* m68k implementation of TARGET_OUTPUT_ADDR_CONST_EXTRA. */
|
| 4555 |
|
|
|
| 4556 |
|
|
static bool
|
| 4557 |
|
|
m68k_output_addr_const_extra (FILE *file, rtx x)
|
| 4558 |
|
|
{
|
| 4559 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (x) == UNSPEC)
|
| 4560 |
|
|
{
|
| 4561 |
|
|
switch (XINT (x, 1))
|
| 4562 |
|
|
{
|
| 4563 |
|
|
case UNSPEC_RELOC16:
|
| 4564 |
|
|
case UNSPEC_RELOC32:
|
| 4565 |
|
|
output_addr_const (file, XVECEXP (x, 0, 0));
|
| 4566 |
|
|
fputs (m68k_get_reloc_decoration
|
| 4567 |
|
|
((enum m68k_reloc) INTVAL (XVECEXP (x, 0, 1))), file);
|
| 4568 |
|
|
return true;
|
| 4569 |
|
|
|
| 4570 |
|
|
default:
|
| 4571 |
|
|
break;
|
| 4572 |
|
|
}
|
| 4573 |
|
|
}
|
| 4574 |
|
|
|
| 4575 |
|
|
return false;
|
| 4576 |
|
|
}
|
| 4577 |
|
|
|
| 4578 |
|
|
/* M68K implementation of TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL. */
|
| 4579 |
|
|
|
| 4580 |
|
|
static void
|
| 4581 |
|
|
m68k_output_dwarf_dtprel (FILE *file, int size, rtx x)
|
| 4582 |
|
|
{
|
| 4583 |
|
|
gcc_assert (size == 4);
|
| 4584 |
|
|
fputs ("\t.long\t", file);
|
| 4585 |
|
|
output_addr_const (file, x);
|
| 4586 |
|
|
fputs ("@TLSLDO+0x8000", file);
|
| 4587 |
|
|
}
|
| 4588 |
|
|
|
| 4589 |
|
|
/* In the name of slightly smaller debug output, and to cater to
|
| 4590 |
|
|
general assembler lossage, recognize various UNSPEC sequences
|
| 4591 |
|
|
and turn them back into a direct symbol reference. */
|
| 4592 |
|
|
|
| 4593 |
|
|
static rtx
|
| 4594 |
|
|
m68k_delegitimize_address (rtx orig_x)
|
| 4595 |
|
|
{
|
| 4596 |
|
|
rtx x;
|
| 4597 |
|
|
struct m68k_address addr;
|
| 4598 |
|
|
rtx unspec;
|
| 4599 |
|
|
|
| 4600 |
|
|
orig_x = delegitimize_mem_from_attrs (orig_x);
|
| 4601 |
|
|
x = orig_x;
|
| 4602 |
|
|
if (MEM_P (x))
|
| 4603 |
|
|
x = XEXP (x, 0);
|
| 4604 |
|
|
|
| 4605 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (x) != PLUS || GET_MODE (x) != Pmode)
|
| 4606 |
|
|
return orig_x;
|
| 4607 |
|
|
|
| 4608 |
|
|
if (!m68k_decompose_address (GET_MODE (x), x, false, &addr)
|
| 4609 |
|
|
|| addr.offset == NULL_RTX
|
| 4610 |
|
|
|| GET_CODE (addr.offset) != CONST)
|
| 4611 |
|
|
return orig_x;
|
| 4612 |
|
|
|
| 4613 |
|
|
unspec = XEXP (addr.offset, 0);
|
| 4614 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (unspec) == PLUS && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (unspec, 1)))
|
| 4615 |
|
|
unspec = XEXP (unspec, 0);
|
| 4616 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (unspec) != UNSPEC
|
| 4617 |
|
|
|| (XINT (unspec, 1) != UNSPEC_RELOC16
|
| 4618 |
|
|
&& XINT (unspec, 1) != UNSPEC_RELOC32))
|
| 4619 |
|
|
return orig_x;
|
| 4620 |
|
|
x = XVECEXP (unspec, 0, 0);
|
| 4621 |
|
|
gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF || GET_CODE (x) == LABEL_REF);
|
| 4622 |
|
|
if (unspec != XEXP (addr.offset, 0))
|
| 4623 |
|
|
x = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, x, XEXP (XEXP (addr.offset, 0), 1));
|
| 4624 |
|
|
if (addr.index)
|
| 4625 |
|
|
{
|
| 4626 |
|
|
rtx idx = addr.index;
|
| 4627 |
|
|
if (addr.scale != 1)
|
| 4628 |
|
|
idx = gen_rtx_MULT (Pmode, idx, GEN_INT (addr.scale));
|
| 4629 |
|
|
x = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, idx, x);
|
| 4630 |
|
|
}
|
| 4631 |
|
|
if (addr.base)
|
| 4632 |
|
|
x = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, addr.base, x);
|
| 4633 |
|
|
if (MEM_P (orig_x))
|
| 4634 |
|
|
x = replace_equiv_address_nv (orig_x, x);
|
| 4635 |
|
|
return x;
|
| 4636 |
|
|
}
|
| 4637 |
|
|
|
| 4638 |
|
|
|
| 4639 |
|
|
/* A C compound statement to output to stdio stream STREAM the
|
| 4640 |
|
|
assembler syntax for an instruction operand that is a memory
|
| 4641 |
|
|
reference whose address is ADDR. ADDR is an RTL expression.
|
| 4642 |
|
|
|
| 4643 |
|
|
Note that this contains a kludge that knows that the only reason
|
| 4644 |
|
|
we have an address (plus (label_ref...) (reg...)) when not generating
|
| 4645 |
|
|
PIC code is in the insn before a tablejump, and we know that m68k.md
|
| 4646 |
|
|
generates a label LInnn: on such an insn.
|
| 4647 |
|
|
|
| 4648 |
|
|
It is possible for PIC to generate a (plus (label_ref...) (reg...))
|
| 4649 |
|
|
and we handle that just like we would a (plus (symbol_ref...) (reg...)).
|
| 4650 |
|
|
|
| 4651 |
|
|
This routine is responsible for distinguishing between -fpic and -fPIC
|
| 4652 |
|
|
style relocations in an address. When generating -fpic code the
|
| 4653 |
|
|
offset is output in word mode (e.g. movel a5@(_foo:w), a0). When generating
|
| 4654 |
|
|
-fPIC code the offset is output in long mode (e.g. movel a5@(_foo:l), a0) */
|
| 4655 |
|
|
|
| 4656 |
|
|
void
|
| 4657 |
|
|
print_operand_address (FILE *file, rtx addr)
|
| 4658 |
|
|
{
|
| 4659 |
|
|
struct m68k_address address;
|
| 4660 |
|
|
|
| 4661 |
|
|
if (!m68k_decompose_address (QImode, addr, true, &address))
|
| 4662 |
|
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
| 4663 |
|
|
|
| 4664 |
|
|
if (address.code == PRE_DEC)
|
| 4665 |
|
|
fprintf (file, MOTOROLA ? "-(%s)" : "%s@-",
|
| 4666 |
|
|
M68K_REGNAME (REGNO (address.base)));
|
| 4667 |
|
|
else if (address.code == POST_INC)
|
| 4668 |
|
|
fprintf (file, MOTOROLA ? "(%s)+" : "%s@+",
|
| 4669 |
|
|
M68K_REGNAME (REGNO (address.base)));
|
| 4670 |
|
|
else if (!address.base && !address.index)
|
| 4671 |
|
|
{
|
| 4672 |
|
|
/* A constant address. */
|
| 4673 |
|
|
gcc_assert (address.offset == addr);
|
| 4674 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (addr) == CONST_INT)
|
| 4675 |
|
|
{
|
| 4676 |
|
|
/* (xxx).w or (xxx).l. */
|
| 4677 |
|
|
if (IN_RANGE (INTVAL (addr), -0x8000, 0x7fff))
|
| 4678 |
|
|
fprintf (file, MOTOROLA ? "%d.w" : "%d:w", (int) INTVAL (addr));
|
| 4679 |
|
|
else
|
| 4680 |
|
|
fprintf (file, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, INTVAL (addr));
|
| 4681 |
|
|
}
|
| 4682 |
|
|
else if (TARGET_PCREL)
|
| 4683 |
|
|
{
|
| 4684 |
|
|
/* (d16,PC) or (bd,PC,Xn) (with suppressed index register). */
|
| 4685 |
|
|
fputc ('(', file);
|
| 4686 |
|
|
output_addr_const (file, addr);
|
| 4687 |
|
|
asm_fprintf (file, flag_pic == 1 ? ":w,%Rpc)" : ":l,%Rpc)");
|
| 4688 |
|
|
}
|
| 4689 |
|
|
else
|
| 4690 |
|
|
{
|
| 4691 |
|
|
/* (xxx).l. We need a special case for SYMBOL_REF if the symbol
|
| 4692 |
|
|
name ends in `.<letter>', as the last 2 characters can be
|
| 4693 |
|
|
mistaken as a size suffix. Put the name in parentheses. */
|
| 4694 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (addr) == SYMBOL_REF
|
| 4695 |
|
|
&& strlen (XSTR (addr, 0)) > 2
|
| 4696 |
|
|
&& XSTR (addr, 0)[strlen (XSTR (addr, 0)) - 2] == '.')
|
| 4697 |
|
|
{
|
| 4698 |
|
|
putc ('(', file);
|
| 4699 |
|
|
output_addr_const (file, addr);
|
| 4700 |
|
|
putc (')', file);
|
| 4701 |
|
|
}
|
| 4702 |
|
|
else
|
| 4703 |
|
|
output_addr_const (file, addr);
|
| 4704 |
|
|
}
|
| 4705 |
|
|
}
|
| 4706 |
|
|
else
|
| 4707 |
|
|
{
|
| 4708 |
|
|
int labelno;
|
| 4709 |
|
|
|
| 4710 |
|
|
/* If ADDR is a (d8,pc,Xn) address, this is the number of the
|
| 4711 |
|
|
label being accessed, otherwise it is -1. */
|
| 4712 |
|
|
labelno = (address.offset
|
| 4713 |
|
|
&& !address.base
|
| 4714 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (address.offset) == LABEL_REF
|
| 4715 |
|
|
? CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (XEXP (address.offset, 0))
|
| 4716 |
|
|
: -1);
|
| 4717 |
|
|
if (MOTOROLA)
|
| 4718 |
|
|
{
|
| 4719 |
|
|
/* Print the "offset(base" component. */
|
| 4720 |
|
|
if (labelno >= 0)
|
| 4721 |
|
|
asm_fprintf (file, "%LL%d(%Rpc,", labelno);
|
| 4722 |
|
|
else
|
| 4723 |
|
|
{
|
| 4724 |
|
|
if (address.offset)
|
| 4725 |
|
|
output_addr_const (file, address.offset);
|
| 4726 |
|
|
|
| 4727 |
|
|
putc ('(', file);
|
| 4728 |
|
|
if (address.base)
|
| 4729 |
|
|
fputs (M68K_REGNAME (REGNO (address.base)), file);
|
| 4730 |
|
|
}
|
| 4731 |
|
|
/* Print the ",index" component, if any. */
|
| 4732 |
|
|
if (address.index)
|
| 4733 |
|
|
{
|
| 4734 |
|
|
if (address.base)
|
| 4735 |
|
|
putc (',', file);
|
| 4736 |
|
|
fprintf (file, "%s.%c",
|
| 4737 |
|
|
M68K_REGNAME (REGNO (address.index)),
|
| 4738 |
|
|
GET_MODE (address.index) == HImode ? 'w' : 'l');
|
| 4739 |
|
|
if (address.scale != 1)
|
| 4740 |
|
|
fprintf (file, "*%d", address.scale);
|
| 4741 |
|
|
}
|
| 4742 |
|
|
putc (')', file);
|
| 4743 |
|
|
}
|
| 4744 |
|
|
else /* !MOTOROLA */
|
| 4745 |
|
|
{
|
| 4746 |
|
|
if (!address.offset && !address.index)
|
| 4747 |
|
|
fprintf (file, "%s@", M68K_REGNAME (REGNO (address.base)));
|
| 4748 |
|
|
else
|
| 4749 |
|
|
{
|
| 4750 |
|
|
/* Print the "base@(offset" component. */
|
| 4751 |
|
|
if (labelno >= 0)
|
| 4752 |
|
|
asm_fprintf (file, "%Rpc@(%LL%d", labelno);
|
| 4753 |
|
|
else
|
| 4754 |
|
|
{
|
| 4755 |
|
|
if (address.base)
|
| 4756 |
|
|
fputs (M68K_REGNAME (REGNO (address.base)), file);
|
| 4757 |
|
|
fprintf (file, "@(");
|
| 4758 |
|
|
if (address.offset)
|
| 4759 |
|
|
output_addr_const (file, address.offset);
|
| 4760 |
|
|
}
|
| 4761 |
|
|
/* Print the ",index" component, if any. */
|
| 4762 |
|
|
if (address.index)
|
| 4763 |
|
|
{
|
| 4764 |
|
|
fprintf (file, ",%s:%c",
|
| 4765 |
|
|
M68K_REGNAME (REGNO (address.index)),
|
| 4766 |
|
|
GET_MODE (address.index) == HImode ? 'w' : 'l');
|
| 4767 |
|
|
if (address.scale != 1)
|
| 4768 |
|
|
fprintf (file, ":%d", address.scale);
|
| 4769 |
|
|
}
|
| 4770 |
|
|
putc (')', file);
|
| 4771 |
|
|
}
|
| 4772 |
|
|
}
|
| 4773 |
|
|
}
|
| 4774 |
|
|
}
|
| 4775 |
|
|
|
| 4776 |
|
|
/* Check for cases where a clr insns can be omitted from code using
|
| 4777 |
|
|
strict_low_part sets. For example, the second clrl here is not needed:
|
| 4778 |
|
|
clrl d0; movw a0@+,d0; use d0; clrl d0; movw a0@+; use d0; ...
|
| 4779 |
|
|
|
| 4780 |
|
|
MODE is the mode of this STRICT_LOW_PART set. FIRST_INSN is the clear
|
| 4781 |
|
|
insn we are checking for redundancy. TARGET is the register set by the
|
| 4782 |
|
|
clear insn. */
|
| 4783 |
|
|
|
| 4784 |
|
|
bool
|
| 4785 |
|
|
strict_low_part_peephole_ok (enum machine_mode mode, rtx first_insn,
|
| 4786 |
|
|
rtx target)
|
| 4787 |
|
|
{
|
| 4788 |
|
|
rtx p = first_insn;
|
| 4789 |
|
|
|
| 4790 |
|
|
while ((p = PREV_INSN (p)))
|
| 4791 |
|
|
{
|
| 4792 |
|
|
if (NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK_P (p))
|
| 4793 |
|
|
return false;
|
| 4794 |
|
|
|
| 4795 |
|
|
if (NOTE_P (p))
|
| 4796 |
|
|
continue;
|
| 4797 |
|
|
|
| 4798 |
|
|
/* If it isn't an insn, then give up. */
|
| 4799 |
|
|
if (!INSN_P (p))
|
| 4800 |
|
|
return false;
|
| 4801 |
|
|
|
| 4802 |
|
|
if (reg_set_p (target, p))
|
| 4803 |
|
|
{
|
| 4804 |
|
|
rtx set = single_set (p);
|
| 4805 |
|
|
rtx dest;
|
| 4806 |
|
|
|
| 4807 |
|
|
/* If it isn't an easy to recognize insn, then give up. */
|
| 4808 |
|
|
if (! set)
|
| 4809 |
|
|
return false;
|
| 4810 |
|
|
|
| 4811 |
|
|
dest = SET_DEST (set);
|
| 4812 |
|
|
|
| 4813 |
|
|
/* If this sets the entire target register to zero, then our
|
| 4814 |
|
|
first_insn is redundant. */
|
| 4815 |
|
|
if (rtx_equal_p (dest, target)
|
| 4816 |
|
|
&& SET_SRC (set) == const0_rtx)
|
| 4817 |
|
|
return true;
|
| 4818 |
|
|
else if (GET_CODE (dest) == STRICT_LOW_PART
|
| 4819 |
|
|
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == REG
|
| 4820 |
|
|
&& REGNO (XEXP (dest, 0)) == REGNO (target)
|
| 4821 |
|
|
&& (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (dest, 0)))
|
| 4822 |
|
|
<= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode)))
|
| 4823 |
|
|
/* This is a strict low part set which modifies less than
|
| 4824 |
|
|
we are using, so it is safe. */
|
| 4825 |
|
|
;
|
| 4826 |
|
|
else
|
| 4827 |
|
|
return false;
|
| 4828 |
|
|
}
|
| 4829 |
|
|
}
|
| 4830 |
|
|
|
| 4831 |
|
|
return false;
|
| 4832 |
|
|
}
|
| 4833 |
|
|
|
| 4834 |
|
|
/* Operand predicates for implementing asymmetric pc-relative addressing
|
| 4835 |
|
|
on m68k. The m68k supports pc-relative addressing (mode 7, register 2)
|
| 4836 |
|
|
when used as a source operand, but not as a destination operand.
|
| 4837 |
|
|
|
| 4838 |
|
|
We model this by restricting the meaning of the basic predicates
|
| 4839 |
|
|
(general_operand, memory_operand, etc) to forbid the use of this
|
| 4840 |
|
|
addressing mode, and then define the following predicates that permit
|
| 4841 |
|
|
this addressing mode. These predicates can then be used for the
|
| 4842 |
|
|
source operands of the appropriate instructions.
|
| 4843 |
|
|
|
| 4844 |
|
|
n.b. While it is theoretically possible to change all machine patterns
|
| 4845 |
|
|
to use this addressing more where permitted by the architecture,
|
| 4846 |
|
|
it has only been implemented for "common" cases: SImode, HImode, and
|
| 4847 |
|
|
QImode operands, and only for the principle operations that would
|
| 4848 |
|
|
require this addressing mode: data movement and simple integer operations.
|
| 4849 |
|
|
|
| 4850 |
|
|
In parallel with these new predicates, two new constraint letters
|
| 4851 |
|
|
were defined: 'S' and 'T'. 'S' is the -mpcrel analog of 'm'.
|
| 4852 |
|
|
'T' replaces 's' in the non-pcrel case. It is a no-op in the pcrel case.
|
| 4853 |
|
|
In the pcrel case 's' is only valid in combination with 'a' registers.
|
| 4854 |
|
|
See addsi3, subsi3, cmpsi, and movsi patterns for a better understanding
|
| 4855 |
|
|
of how these constraints are used.
|
| 4856 |
|
|
|
| 4857 |
|
|
The use of these predicates is strictly optional, though patterns that
|
| 4858 |
|
|
don't will cause an extra reload register to be allocated where one
|
| 4859 |
|
|
was not necessary:
|
| 4860 |
|
|
|
| 4861 |
|
|
lea (abc:w,%pc),%a0 ; need to reload address
|
| 4862 |
|
|
moveq &1,%d1 ; since write to pc-relative space
|
| 4863 |
|
|
movel %d1,%a0@ ; is not allowed
|
| 4864 |
|
|
...
|
| 4865 |
|
|
lea (abc:w,%pc),%a1 ; no need to reload address here
|
| 4866 |
|
|
movel %a1@,%d0 ; since "movel (abc:w,%pc),%d0" is ok
|
| 4867 |
|
|
|
| 4868 |
|
|
For more info, consult tiemann@cygnus.com.
|
| 4869 |
|
|
|
| 4870 |
|
|
|
| 4871 |
|
|
All of the ugliness with predicates and constraints is due to the
|
| 4872 |
|
|
simple fact that the m68k does not allow a pc-relative addressing
|
| 4873 |
|
|
mode as a destination. gcc does not distinguish between source and
|
| 4874 |
|
|
destination addresses. Hence, if we claim that pc-relative address
|
| 4875 |
|
|
modes are valid, e.g. TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P accepts them, then we
|
| 4876 |
|
|
end up with invalid code. To get around this problem, we left
|
| 4877 |
|
|
pc-relative modes as invalid addresses, and then added special
|
| 4878 |
|
|
predicates and constraints to accept them.
|
| 4879 |
|
|
|
| 4880 |
|
|
A cleaner way to handle this is to modify gcc to distinguish
|
| 4881 |
|
|
between source and destination addresses. We can then say that
|
| 4882 |
|
|
pc-relative is a valid source address but not a valid destination
|
| 4883 |
|
|
address, and hopefully avoid a lot of the predicate and constraint
|
| 4884 |
|
|
hackery. Unfortunately, this would be a pretty big change. It would
|
| 4885 |
|
|
be a useful change for a number of ports, but there aren't any current
|
| 4886 |
|
|
plans to undertake this.
|
| 4887 |
|
|
|
| 4888 |
|
|
***************************************************************************/
|
| 4889 |
|
|
|
| 4890 |
|
|
|
| 4891 |
|
|
const char *
|
| 4892 |
|
|
output_andsi3 (rtx *operands)
|
| 4893 |
|
|
{
|
| 4894 |
|
|
int logval;
|
| 4895 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (operands[2]) == CONST_INT
|
| 4896 |
|
|
&& (INTVAL (operands[2]) | 0xffff) == -1
|
| 4897 |
|
|
&& (DATA_REG_P (operands[0])
|
| 4898 |
|
|
|| offsettable_memref_p (operands[0]))
|
| 4899 |
|
|
&& !TARGET_COLDFIRE)
|
| 4900 |
|
|
{
|
| 4901 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (operands[0]) != REG)
|
| 4902 |
|
|
operands[0] = adjust_address (operands[0], HImode, 2);
|
| 4903 |
|
|
operands[2] = GEN_INT (INTVAL (operands[2]) & 0xffff);
|
| 4904 |
|
|
/* Do not delete a following tstl %0 insn; that would be incorrect. */
|
| 4905 |
|
|
CC_STATUS_INIT;
|
| 4906 |
|
|
if (operands[2] == const0_rtx)
|
| 4907 |
|
|
return "clr%.w %0";
|
| 4908 |
|
|
return "and%.w %2,%0";
|
| 4909 |
|
|
}
|
| 4910 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (operands[2]) == CONST_INT
|
| 4911 |
|
|
&& (logval = exact_log2 (~ INTVAL (operands[2]) & 0xffffffff)) >= 0
|
| 4912 |
|
|
&& (DATA_REG_P (operands[0])
|
| 4913 |
|
|
|| offsettable_memref_p (operands[0])))
|
| 4914 |
|
|
{
|
| 4915 |
|
|
if (DATA_REG_P (operands[0]))
|
| 4916 |
|
|
operands[1] = GEN_INT (logval);
|
| 4917 |
|
|
else
|
| 4918 |
|
|
{
|
| 4919 |
|
|
operands[0] = adjust_address (operands[0], SImode, 3 - (logval / 8));
|
| 4920 |
|
|
operands[1] = GEN_INT (logval % 8);
|
| 4921 |
|
|
}
|
| 4922 |
|
|
/* This does not set condition codes in a standard way. */
|
| 4923 |
|
|
CC_STATUS_INIT;
|
| 4924 |
|
|
return "bclr %1,%0";
|
| 4925 |
|
|
}
|
| 4926 |
|
|
return "and%.l %2,%0";
|
| 4927 |
|
|
}
|
| 4928 |
|
|
|
| 4929 |
|
|
const char *
|
| 4930 |
|
|
output_iorsi3 (rtx *operands)
|
| 4931 |
|
|
{
|
| 4932 |
|
|
register int logval;
|
| 4933 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (operands[2]) == CONST_INT
|
| 4934 |
|
|
&& INTVAL (operands[2]) >> 16 == 0
|
| 4935 |
|
|
&& (DATA_REG_P (operands[0])
|
| 4936 |
|
|
|| offsettable_memref_p (operands[0]))
|
| 4937 |
|
|
&& !TARGET_COLDFIRE)
|
| 4938 |
|
|
{
|
| 4939 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (operands[0]) != REG)
|
| 4940 |
|
|
operands[0] = adjust_address (operands[0], HImode, 2);
|
| 4941 |
|
|
/* Do not delete a following tstl %0 insn; that would be incorrect. */
|
| 4942 |
|
|
CC_STATUS_INIT;
|
| 4943 |
|
|
if (INTVAL (operands[2]) == 0xffff)
|
| 4944 |
|
|
return "mov%.w %2,%0";
|
| 4945 |
|
|
return "or%.w %2,%0";
|
| 4946 |
|
|
}
|
| 4947 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (operands[2]) == CONST_INT
|
| 4948 |
|
|
&& (logval = exact_log2 (INTVAL (operands[2]) & 0xffffffff)) >= 0
|
| 4949 |
|
|
&& (DATA_REG_P (operands[0])
|
| 4950 |
|
|
|| offsettable_memref_p (operands[0])))
|
| 4951 |
|
|
{
|
| 4952 |
|
|
if (DATA_REG_P (operands[0]))
|
| 4953 |
|
|
operands[1] = GEN_INT (logval);
|
| 4954 |
|
|
else
|
| 4955 |
|
|
{
|
| 4956 |
|
|
operands[0] = adjust_address (operands[0], SImode, 3 - (logval / 8));
|
| 4957 |
|
|
operands[1] = GEN_INT (logval % 8);
|
| 4958 |
|
|
}
|
| 4959 |
|
|
CC_STATUS_INIT;
|
| 4960 |
|
|
return "bset %1,%0";
|
| 4961 |
|
|
}
|
| 4962 |
|
|
return "or%.l %2,%0";
|
| 4963 |
|
|
}
|
| 4964 |
|
|
|
| 4965 |
|
|
const char *
|
| 4966 |
|
|
output_xorsi3 (rtx *operands)
|
| 4967 |
|
|
{
|
| 4968 |
|
|
register int logval;
|
| 4969 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (operands[2]) == CONST_INT
|
| 4970 |
|
|
&& INTVAL (operands[2]) >> 16 == 0
|
| 4971 |
|
|
&& (offsettable_memref_p (operands[0]) || DATA_REG_P (operands[0]))
|
| 4972 |
|
|
&& !TARGET_COLDFIRE)
|
| 4973 |
|
|
{
|
| 4974 |
|
|
if (! DATA_REG_P (operands[0]))
|
| 4975 |
|
|
operands[0] = adjust_address (operands[0], HImode, 2);
|
| 4976 |
|
|
/* Do not delete a following tstl %0 insn; that would be incorrect. */
|
| 4977 |
|
|
CC_STATUS_INIT;
|
| 4978 |
|
|
if (INTVAL (operands[2]) == 0xffff)
|
| 4979 |
|
|
return "not%.w %0";
|
| 4980 |
|
|
return "eor%.w %2,%0";
|
| 4981 |
|
|
}
|
| 4982 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (operands[2]) == CONST_INT
|
| 4983 |
|
|
&& (logval = exact_log2 (INTVAL (operands[2]) & 0xffffffff)) >= 0
|
| 4984 |
|
|
&& (DATA_REG_P (operands[0])
|
| 4985 |
|
|
|| offsettable_memref_p (operands[0])))
|
| 4986 |
|
|
{
|
| 4987 |
|
|
if (DATA_REG_P (operands[0]))
|
| 4988 |
|
|
operands[1] = GEN_INT (logval);
|
| 4989 |
|
|
else
|
| 4990 |
|
|
{
|
| 4991 |
|
|
operands[0] = adjust_address (operands[0], SImode, 3 - (logval / 8));
|
| 4992 |
|
|
operands[1] = GEN_INT (logval % 8);
|
| 4993 |
|
|
}
|
| 4994 |
|
|
CC_STATUS_INIT;
|
| 4995 |
|
|
return "bchg %1,%0";
|
| 4996 |
|
|
}
|
| 4997 |
|
|
return "eor%.l %2,%0";
|
| 4998 |
|
|
}
|
| 4999 |
|
|
|
| 5000 |
|
|
/* Return the instruction that should be used for a call to address X,
|
| 5001 |
|
|
which is known to be in operand 0. */
|
| 5002 |
|
|
|
| 5003 |
|
|
const char *
|
| 5004 |
|
|
output_call (rtx x)
|
| 5005 |
|
|
{
|
| 5006 |
|
|
if (symbolic_operand (x, VOIDmode))
|
| 5007 |
|
|
return m68k_symbolic_call;
|
| 5008 |
|
|
else
|
| 5009 |
|
|
return "jsr %a0";
|
| 5010 |
|
|
}
|
| 5011 |
|
|
|
| 5012 |
|
|
/* Likewise sibling calls. */
|
| 5013 |
|
|
|
| 5014 |
|
|
const char *
|
| 5015 |
|
|
output_sibcall (rtx x)
|
| 5016 |
|
|
{
|
| 5017 |
|
|
if (symbolic_operand (x, VOIDmode))
|
| 5018 |
|
|
return m68k_symbolic_jump;
|
| 5019 |
|
|
else
|
| 5020 |
|
|
return "jmp %a0";
|
| 5021 |
|
|
}
|
| 5022 |
|
|
|
| 5023 |
|
|
static void
|
| 5024 |
|
|
m68k_output_mi_thunk (FILE *file, tree thunk ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
| 5025 |
|
|
HOST_WIDE_INT delta, HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset,
|
| 5026 |
|
|
tree function)
|
| 5027 |
|
|
{
|
| 5028 |
|
|
rtx this_slot, offset, addr, mem, insn, tmp;
|
| 5029 |
|
|
|
| 5030 |
|
|
/* Avoid clobbering the struct value reg by using the
|
| 5031 |
|
|
static chain reg as a temporary. */
|
| 5032 |
|
|
tmp = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM);
|
| 5033 |
|
|
|
| 5034 |
|
|
/* Pretend to be a post-reload pass while generating rtl. */
|
| 5035 |
|
|
reload_completed = 1;
|
| 5036 |
|
|
|
| 5037 |
|
|
/* The "this" pointer is stored at 4(%sp). */
|
| 5038 |
|
|
this_slot = gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode, plus_constant (stack_pointer_rtx, 4));
|
| 5039 |
|
|
|
| 5040 |
|
|
/* Add DELTA to THIS. */
|
| 5041 |
|
|
if (delta != 0)
|
| 5042 |
|
|
{
|
| 5043 |
|
|
/* Make the offset a legitimate operand for memory addition. */
|
| 5044 |
|
|
offset = GEN_INT (delta);
|
| 5045 |
|
|
if ((delta < -8 || delta > 8)
|
| 5046 |
|
|
&& (TARGET_COLDFIRE || USE_MOVQ (delta)))
|
| 5047 |
|
|
{
|
| 5048 |
|
|
emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, D0_REG), offset);
|
| 5049 |
|
|
offset = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, D0_REG);
|
| 5050 |
|
|
}
|
| 5051 |
|
|
emit_insn (gen_add3_insn (copy_rtx (this_slot),
|
| 5052 |
|
|
copy_rtx (this_slot), offset));
|
| 5053 |
|
|
}
|
| 5054 |
|
|
|
| 5055 |
|
|
/* If needed, add *(*THIS + VCALL_OFFSET) to THIS. */
|
| 5056 |
|
|
if (vcall_offset != 0)
|
| 5057 |
|
|
{
|
| 5058 |
|
|
/* Set the static chain register to *THIS. */
|
| 5059 |
|
|
emit_move_insn (tmp, this_slot);
|
| 5060 |
|
|
emit_move_insn (tmp, gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode, tmp));
|
| 5061 |
|
|
|
| 5062 |
|
|
/* Set ADDR to a legitimate address for *THIS + VCALL_OFFSET. */
|
| 5063 |
|
|
addr = plus_constant (tmp, vcall_offset);
|
| 5064 |
|
|
if (!m68k_legitimate_address_p (Pmode, addr, true))
|
| 5065 |
|
|
{
|
| 5066 |
|
|
emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, tmp, addr));
|
| 5067 |
|
|
addr = tmp;
|
| 5068 |
|
|
}
|
| 5069 |
|
|
|
| 5070 |
|
|
/* Load the offset into %d0 and add it to THIS. */
|
| 5071 |
|
|
emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, D0_REG),
|
| 5072 |
|
|
gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode, addr));
|
| 5073 |
|
|
emit_insn (gen_add3_insn (copy_rtx (this_slot),
|
| 5074 |
|
|
copy_rtx (this_slot),
|
| 5075 |
|
|
gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, D0_REG)));
|
| 5076 |
|
|
}
|
| 5077 |
|
|
|
| 5078 |
|
|
/* Jump to the target function. Use a sibcall if direct jumps are
|
| 5079 |
|
|
allowed, otherwise load the address into a register first. */
|
| 5080 |
|
|
mem = DECL_RTL (function);
|
| 5081 |
|
|
if (!sibcall_operand (XEXP (mem, 0), VOIDmode))
|
| 5082 |
|
|
{
|
| 5083 |
|
|
gcc_assert (flag_pic);
|
| 5084 |
|
|
|
| 5085 |
|
|
if (!TARGET_SEP_DATA)
|
| 5086 |
|
|
{
|
| 5087 |
|
|
/* Use the static chain register as a temporary (call-clobbered)
|
| 5088 |
|
|
GOT pointer for this function. We can use the static chain
|
| 5089 |
|
|
register because it isn't live on entry to the thunk. */
|
| 5090 |
|
|
SET_REGNO (pic_offset_table_rtx, STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM);
|
| 5091 |
|
|
emit_insn (gen_load_got (pic_offset_table_rtx));
|
| 5092 |
|
|
}
|
| 5093 |
|
|
legitimize_pic_address (XEXP (mem, 0), Pmode, tmp);
|
| 5094 |
|
|
mem = replace_equiv_address (mem, tmp);
|
| 5095 |
|
|
}
|
| 5096 |
|
|
insn = emit_call_insn (gen_sibcall (mem, const0_rtx));
|
| 5097 |
|
|
SIBLING_CALL_P (insn) = 1;
|
| 5098 |
|
|
|
| 5099 |
|
|
/* Run just enough of rest_of_compilation. */
|
| 5100 |
|
|
insn = get_insns ();
|
| 5101 |
|
|
split_all_insns_noflow ();
|
| 5102 |
|
|
final_start_function (insn, file, 1);
|
| 5103 |
|
|
final (insn, file, 1);
|
| 5104 |
|
|
final_end_function ();
|
| 5105 |
|
|
|
| 5106 |
|
|
/* Clean up the vars set above. */
|
| 5107 |
|
|
reload_completed = 0;
|
| 5108 |
|
|
|
| 5109 |
|
|
/* Restore the original PIC register. */
|
| 5110 |
|
|
if (flag_pic)
|
| 5111 |
|
|
SET_REGNO (pic_offset_table_rtx, PIC_REG);
|
| 5112 |
|
|
}
|
| 5113 |
|
|
|
| 5114 |
|
|
/* Worker function for TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX. */
|
| 5115 |
|
|
|
| 5116 |
|
|
static rtx
|
| 5117 |
|
|
m68k_struct_value_rtx (tree fntype ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
| 5118 |
|
|
int incoming ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 5119 |
|
|
{
|
| 5120 |
|
|
return gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, M68K_STRUCT_VALUE_REGNUM);
|
| 5121 |
|
|
}
|
| 5122 |
|
|
|
| 5123 |
|
|
/* Return nonzero if register old_reg can be renamed to register new_reg. */
|
| 5124 |
|
|
int
|
| 5125 |
|
|
m68k_hard_regno_rename_ok (unsigned int old_reg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
| 5126 |
|
|
unsigned int new_reg)
|
| 5127 |
|
|
{
|
| 5128 |
|
|
|
| 5129 |
|
|
/* Interrupt functions can only use registers that have already been
|
| 5130 |
|
|
saved by the prologue, even if they would normally be
|
| 5131 |
|
|
call-clobbered. */
|
| 5132 |
|
|
|
| 5133 |
|
|
if ((m68k_get_function_kind (current_function_decl)
|
| 5134 |
|
|
== m68k_fk_interrupt_handler)
|
| 5135 |
|
|
&& !df_regs_ever_live_p (new_reg))
|
| 5136 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 5137 |
|
|
|
| 5138 |
|
|
return 1;
|
| 5139 |
|
|
}
|
| 5140 |
|
|
|
| 5141 |
|
|
/* Value is true if hard register REGNO can hold a value of machine-mode
|
| 5142 |
|
|
MODE. On the 68000, we let the cpu registers can hold any mode, but
|
| 5143 |
|
|
restrict the 68881 registers to floating-point modes. */
|
| 5144 |
|
|
|
| 5145 |
|
|
bool
|
| 5146 |
|
|
m68k_regno_mode_ok (int regno, enum machine_mode mode)
|
| 5147 |
|
|
{
|
| 5148 |
|
|
if (DATA_REGNO_P (regno))
|
| 5149 |
|
|
{
|
| 5150 |
|
|
/* Data Registers, can hold aggregate if fits in. */
|
| 5151 |
|
|
if (regno + GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) / 4 <= 8)
|
| 5152 |
|
|
return true;
|
| 5153 |
|
|
}
|
| 5154 |
|
|
else if (ADDRESS_REGNO_P (regno))
|
| 5155 |
|
|
{
|
| 5156 |
|
|
if (regno + GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) / 4 <= 16)
|
| 5157 |
|
|
return true;
|
| 5158 |
|
|
}
|
| 5159 |
|
|
else if (FP_REGNO_P (regno))
|
| 5160 |
|
|
{
|
| 5161 |
|
|
/* FPU registers, hold float or complex float of long double or
|
| 5162 |
|
|
smaller. */
|
| 5163 |
|
|
if ((GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT
|
| 5164 |
|
|
|| GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT)
|
| 5165 |
|
|
&& GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode) <= TARGET_FP_REG_SIZE)
|
| 5166 |
|
|
return true;
|
| 5167 |
|
|
}
|
| 5168 |
|
|
return false;
|
| 5169 |
|
|
}
|
| 5170 |
|
|
|
| 5171 |
|
|
/* Implement SECONDARY_RELOAD_CLASS. */
|
| 5172 |
|
|
|
| 5173 |
|
|
enum reg_class
|
| 5174 |
|
|
m68k_secondary_reload_class (enum reg_class rclass,
|
| 5175 |
|
|
enum machine_mode mode, rtx x)
|
| 5176 |
|
|
{
|
| 5177 |
|
|
int regno;
|
| 5178 |
|
|
|
| 5179 |
|
|
regno = true_regnum (x);
|
| 5180 |
|
|
|
| 5181 |
|
|
/* If one operand of a movqi is an address register, the other
|
| 5182 |
|
|
operand must be a general register or constant. Other types
|
| 5183 |
|
|
of operand must be reloaded through a data register. */
|
| 5184 |
|
|
if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 1
|
| 5185 |
|
|
&& reg_classes_intersect_p (rclass, ADDR_REGS)
|
| 5186 |
|
|
&& !(INT_REGNO_P (regno) || CONSTANT_P (x)))
|
| 5187 |
|
|
return DATA_REGS;
|
| 5188 |
|
|
|
| 5189 |
|
|
/* PC-relative addresses must be loaded into an address register first. */
|
| 5190 |
|
|
if (TARGET_PCREL
|
| 5191 |
|
|
&& !reg_class_subset_p (rclass, ADDR_REGS)
|
| 5192 |
|
|
&& symbolic_operand (x, VOIDmode))
|
| 5193 |
|
|
return ADDR_REGS;
|
| 5194 |
|
|
|
| 5195 |
|
|
return NO_REGS;
|
| 5196 |
|
|
}
|
| 5197 |
|
|
|
| 5198 |
|
|
/* Implement PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS. */
|
| 5199 |
|
|
|
| 5200 |
|
|
enum reg_class
|
| 5201 |
|
|
m68k_preferred_reload_class (rtx x, enum reg_class rclass)
|
| 5202 |
|
|
{
|
| 5203 |
|
|
enum reg_class secondary_class;
|
| 5204 |
|
|
|
| 5205 |
|
|
/* If RCLASS might need a secondary reload, try restricting it to
|
| 5206 |
|
|
a class that doesn't. */
|
| 5207 |
|
|
secondary_class = m68k_secondary_reload_class (rclass, GET_MODE (x), x);
|
| 5208 |
|
|
if (secondary_class != NO_REGS
|
| 5209 |
|
|
&& reg_class_subset_p (secondary_class, rclass))
|
| 5210 |
|
|
return secondary_class;
|
| 5211 |
|
|
|
| 5212 |
|
|
/* Prefer to use moveq for in-range constants. */
|
| 5213 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT
|
| 5214 |
|
|
&& reg_class_subset_p (DATA_REGS, rclass)
|
| 5215 |
|
|
&& IN_RANGE (INTVAL (x), -0x80, 0x7f))
|
| 5216 |
|
|
return DATA_REGS;
|
| 5217 |
|
|
|
| 5218 |
|
|
/* ??? Do we really need this now? */
|
| 5219 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_DOUBLE
|
| 5220 |
|
|
&& GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (x)) == MODE_FLOAT)
|
| 5221 |
|
|
{
|
| 5222 |
|
|
if (TARGET_HARD_FLOAT && reg_class_subset_p (FP_REGS, rclass))
|
| 5223 |
|
|
return FP_REGS;
|
| 5224 |
|
|
|
| 5225 |
|
|
return NO_REGS;
|
| 5226 |
|
|
}
|
| 5227 |
|
|
|
| 5228 |
|
|
return rclass;
|
| 5229 |
|
|
}
|
| 5230 |
|
|
|
| 5231 |
|
|
/* Return floating point values in a 68881 register. This makes 68881 code
|
| 5232 |
|
|
a little bit faster. It also makes -msoft-float code incompatible with
|
| 5233 |
|
|
hard-float code, so people have to be careful not to mix the two.
|
| 5234 |
|
|
For ColdFire it was decided the ABI incompatibility is undesirable.
|
| 5235 |
|
|
If there is need for a hard-float ABI it is probably worth doing it
|
| 5236 |
|
|
properly and also passing function arguments in FP registers. */
|
| 5237 |
|
|
rtx
|
| 5238 |
|
|
m68k_libcall_value (enum machine_mode mode)
|
| 5239 |
|
|
{
|
| 5240 |
|
|
switch (mode) {
|
| 5241 |
|
|
case SFmode:
|
| 5242 |
|
|
case DFmode:
|
| 5243 |
|
|
case XFmode:
|
| 5244 |
|
|
if (TARGET_68881)
|
| 5245 |
|
|
return gen_rtx_REG (mode, FP0_REG);
|
| 5246 |
|
|
break;
|
| 5247 |
|
|
default:
|
| 5248 |
|
|
break;
|
| 5249 |
|
|
}
|
| 5250 |
|
|
|
| 5251 |
|
|
return gen_rtx_REG (mode, m68k_libcall_value_in_a0_p ? A0_REG : D0_REG);
|
| 5252 |
|
|
}
|
| 5253 |
|
|
|
| 5254 |
|
|
/* Location in which function value is returned.
|
| 5255 |
|
|
NOTE: Due to differences in ABIs, don't call this function directly,
|
| 5256 |
|
|
use FUNCTION_VALUE instead. */
|
| 5257 |
|
|
rtx
|
| 5258 |
|
|
m68k_function_value (const_tree valtype, const_tree func ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 5259 |
|
|
{
|
| 5260 |
|
|
enum machine_mode mode;
|
| 5261 |
|
|
|
| 5262 |
|
|
mode = TYPE_MODE (valtype);
|
| 5263 |
|
|
switch (mode) {
|
| 5264 |
|
|
case SFmode:
|
| 5265 |
|
|
case DFmode:
|
| 5266 |
|
|
case XFmode:
|
| 5267 |
|
|
if (TARGET_68881)
|
| 5268 |
|
|
return gen_rtx_REG (mode, FP0_REG);
|
| 5269 |
|
|
break;
|
| 5270 |
|
|
default:
|
| 5271 |
|
|
break;
|
| 5272 |
|
|
}
|
| 5273 |
|
|
|
| 5274 |
|
|
/* If the function returns a pointer, push that into %a0. */
|
| 5275 |
|
|
if (func && POINTER_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (func))))
|
| 5276 |
|
|
/* For compatibility with the large body of existing code which
|
| 5277 |
|
|
does not always properly declare external functions returning
|
| 5278 |
|
|
pointer types, the m68k/SVR4 convention is to copy the value
|
| 5279 |
|
|
returned for pointer functions from a0 to d0 in the function
|
| 5280 |
|
|
epilogue, so that callers that have neglected to properly
|
| 5281 |
|
|
declare the callee can still find the correct return value in
|
| 5282 |
|
|
d0. */
|
| 5283 |
|
|
return gen_rtx_PARALLEL
|
| 5284 |
|
|
(mode,
|
| 5285 |
|
|
gen_rtvec (2,
|
| 5286 |
|
|
gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode,
|
| 5287 |
|
|
gen_rtx_REG (mode, A0_REG),
|
| 5288 |
|
|
const0_rtx),
|
| 5289 |
|
|
gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode,
|
| 5290 |
|
|
gen_rtx_REG (mode, D0_REG),
|
| 5291 |
|
|
const0_rtx)));
|
| 5292 |
|
|
else if (POINTER_TYPE_P (valtype))
|
| 5293 |
|
|
return gen_rtx_REG (mode, A0_REG);
|
| 5294 |
|
|
else
|
| 5295 |
|
|
return gen_rtx_REG (mode, D0_REG);
|
| 5296 |
|
|
}
|
| 5297 |
|
|
|
| 5298 |
|
|
/* Worker function for TARGET_RETURN_IN_MEMORY. */
|
| 5299 |
|
|
#if M68K_HONOR_TARGET_STRICT_ALIGNMENT
|
| 5300 |
|
|
static bool
|
| 5301 |
|
|
m68k_return_in_memory (const_tree type, const_tree fntype ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 5302 |
|
|
{
|
| 5303 |
|
|
enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (type);
|
| 5304 |
|
|
|
| 5305 |
|
|
if (mode == BLKmode)
|
| 5306 |
|
|
return true;
|
| 5307 |
|
|
|
| 5308 |
|
|
/* If TYPE's known alignment is less than the alignment of MODE that
|
| 5309 |
|
|
would contain the structure, then return in memory. We need to
|
| 5310 |
|
|
do so to maintain the compatibility between code compiled with
|
| 5311 |
|
|
-mstrict-align and that compiled with -mno-strict-align. */
|
| 5312 |
|
|
if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type)
|
| 5313 |
|
|
&& TYPE_ALIGN (type) < GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode))
|
| 5314 |
|
|
return true;
|
| 5315 |
|
|
|
| 5316 |
|
|
return false;
|
| 5317 |
|
|
}
|
| 5318 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 5319 |
|
|
|
| 5320 |
|
|
/* CPU to schedule the program for. */
|
| 5321 |
|
|
enum attr_cpu m68k_sched_cpu;
|
| 5322 |
|
|
|
| 5323 |
|
|
/* MAC to schedule the program for. */
|
| 5324 |
|
|
enum attr_mac m68k_sched_mac;
|
| 5325 |
|
|
|
| 5326 |
|
|
/* Operand type. */
|
| 5327 |
|
|
enum attr_op_type
|
| 5328 |
|
|
{
|
| 5329 |
|
|
/* No operand. */
|
| 5330 |
|
|
OP_TYPE_NONE,
|
| 5331 |
|
|
|
| 5332 |
|
|
/* Integer register. */
|
| 5333 |
|
|
OP_TYPE_RN,
|
| 5334 |
|
|
|
| 5335 |
|
|
/* FP register. */
|
| 5336 |
|
|
OP_TYPE_FPN,
|
| 5337 |
|
|
|
| 5338 |
|
|
/* Implicit mem reference (e.g. stack). */
|
| 5339 |
|
|
OP_TYPE_MEM1,
|
| 5340 |
|
|
|
| 5341 |
|
|
/* Memory without offset or indexing. EA modes 2, 3 and 4. */
|
| 5342 |
|
|
OP_TYPE_MEM234,
|
| 5343 |
|
|
|
| 5344 |
|
|
/* Memory with offset but without indexing. EA mode 5. */
|
| 5345 |
|
|
OP_TYPE_MEM5,
|
| 5346 |
|
|
|
| 5347 |
|
|
/* Memory with indexing. EA mode 6. */
|
| 5348 |
|
|
OP_TYPE_MEM6,
|
| 5349 |
|
|
|
| 5350 |
|
|
/* Memory referenced by absolute address. EA mode 7. */
|
| 5351 |
|
|
OP_TYPE_MEM7,
|
| 5352 |
|
|
|
| 5353 |
|
|
/* Immediate operand that doesn't require extension word. */
|
| 5354 |
|
|
OP_TYPE_IMM_Q,
|
| 5355 |
|
|
|
| 5356 |
|
|
/* Immediate 16 bit operand. */
|
| 5357 |
|
|
OP_TYPE_IMM_W,
|
| 5358 |
|
|
|
| 5359 |
|
|
/* Immediate 32 bit operand. */
|
| 5360 |
|
|
OP_TYPE_IMM_L
|
| 5361 |
|
|
};
|
| 5362 |
|
|
|
| 5363 |
|
|
/* Return type of memory ADDR_RTX refers to. */
|
| 5364 |
|
|
static enum attr_op_type
|
| 5365 |
|
|
sched_address_type (enum machine_mode mode, rtx addr_rtx)
|
| 5366 |
|
|
{
|
| 5367 |
|
|
struct m68k_address address;
|
| 5368 |
|
|
|
| 5369 |
|
|
if (symbolic_operand (addr_rtx, VOIDmode))
|
| 5370 |
|
|
return OP_TYPE_MEM7;
|
| 5371 |
|
|
|
| 5372 |
|
|
if (!m68k_decompose_address (mode, addr_rtx,
|
| 5373 |
|
|
reload_completed, &address))
|
| 5374 |
|
|
{
|
| 5375 |
|
|
gcc_assert (!reload_completed);
|
| 5376 |
|
|
/* Reload will likely fix the address to be in the register. */
|
| 5377 |
|
|
return OP_TYPE_MEM234;
|
| 5378 |
|
|
}
|
| 5379 |
|
|
|
| 5380 |
|
|
if (address.scale != 0)
|
| 5381 |
|
|
return OP_TYPE_MEM6;
|
| 5382 |
|
|
|
| 5383 |
|
|
if (address.base != NULL_RTX)
|
| 5384 |
|
|
{
|
| 5385 |
|
|
if (address.offset == NULL_RTX)
|
| 5386 |
|
|
return OP_TYPE_MEM234;
|
| 5387 |
|
|
|
| 5388 |
|
|
return OP_TYPE_MEM5;
|
| 5389 |
|
|
}
|
| 5390 |
|
|
|
| 5391 |
|
|
gcc_assert (address.offset != NULL_RTX);
|
| 5392 |
|
|
|
| 5393 |
|
|
return OP_TYPE_MEM7;
|
| 5394 |
|
|
}
|
| 5395 |
|
|
|
| 5396 |
|
|
/* Return X or Y (depending on OPX_P) operand of INSN. */
|
| 5397 |
|
|
static rtx
|
| 5398 |
|
|
sched_get_operand (rtx insn, bool opx_p)
|
| 5399 |
|
|
{
|
| 5400 |
|
|
int i;
|
| 5401 |
|
|
|
| 5402 |
|
|
if (recog_memoized (insn) < 0)
|
| 5403 |
|
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
| 5404 |
|
|
|
| 5405 |
|
|
extract_constrain_insn_cached (insn);
|
| 5406 |
|
|
|
| 5407 |
|
|
if (opx_p)
|
| 5408 |
|
|
i = get_attr_opx (insn);
|
| 5409 |
|
|
else
|
| 5410 |
|
|
i = get_attr_opy (insn);
|
| 5411 |
|
|
|
| 5412 |
|
|
if (i >= recog_data.n_operands)
|
| 5413 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
| 5414 |
|
|
|
| 5415 |
|
|
return recog_data.operand[i];
|
| 5416 |
|
|
}
|
| 5417 |
|
|
|
| 5418 |
|
|
/* Return type of INSN's operand X (if OPX_P) or operand Y (if !OPX_P).
|
| 5419 |
|
|
If ADDRESS_P is true, return type of memory location operand refers to. */
|
| 5420 |
|
|
static enum attr_op_type
|
| 5421 |
|
|
sched_attr_op_type (rtx insn, bool opx_p, bool address_p)
|
| 5422 |
|
|
{
|
| 5423 |
|
|
rtx op;
|
| 5424 |
|
|
|
| 5425 |
|
|
op = sched_get_operand (insn, opx_p);
|
| 5426 |
|
|
|
| 5427 |
|
|
if (op == NULL)
|
| 5428 |
|
|
{
|
| 5429 |
|
|
gcc_assert (!reload_completed);
|
| 5430 |
|
|
return OP_TYPE_RN;
|
| 5431 |
|
|
}
|
| 5432 |
|
|
|
| 5433 |
|
|
if (address_p)
|
| 5434 |
|
|
return sched_address_type (QImode, op);
|
| 5435 |
|
|
|
| 5436 |
|
|
if (memory_operand (op, VOIDmode))
|
| 5437 |
|
|
return sched_address_type (GET_MODE (op), XEXP (op, 0));
|
| 5438 |
|
|
|
| 5439 |
|
|
if (register_operand (op, VOIDmode))
|
| 5440 |
|
|
{
|
| 5441 |
|
|
if ((!reload_completed && FLOAT_MODE_P (GET_MODE (op)))
|
| 5442 |
|
|
|| (reload_completed && FP_REG_P (op)))
|
| 5443 |
|
|
return OP_TYPE_FPN;
|
| 5444 |
|
|
|
| 5445 |
|
|
return OP_TYPE_RN;
|
| 5446 |
|
|
}
|
| 5447 |
|
|
|
| 5448 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_INT)
|
| 5449 |
|
|
{
|
| 5450 |
|
|
int ival;
|
| 5451 |
|
|
|
| 5452 |
|
|
ival = INTVAL (op);
|
| 5453 |
|
|
|
| 5454 |
|
|
/* Check for quick constants. */
|
| 5455 |
|
|
switch (get_attr_type (insn))
|
| 5456 |
|
|
{
|
| 5457 |
|
|
case TYPE_ALUQ_L:
|
| 5458 |
|
|
if (IN_RANGE (ival, 1, 8) || IN_RANGE (ival, -8, -1))
|
| 5459 |
|
|
return OP_TYPE_IMM_Q;
|
| 5460 |
|
|
|
| 5461 |
|
|
gcc_assert (!reload_completed);
|
| 5462 |
|
|
break;
|
| 5463 |
|
|
|
| 5464 |
|
|
case TYPE_MOVEQ_L:
|
| 5465 |
|
|
if (USE_MOVQ (ival))
|
| 5466 |
|
|
return OP_TYPE_IMM_Q;
|
| 5467 |
|
|
|
| 5468 |
|
|
gcc_assert (!reload_completed);
|
| 5469 |
|
|
break;
|
| 5470 |
|
|
|
| 5471 |
|
|
case TYPE_MOV3Q_L:
|
| 5472 |
|
|
if (valid_mov3q_const (ival))
|
| 5473 |
|
|
return OP_TYPE_IMM_Q;
|
| 5474 |
|
|
|
| 5475 |
|
|
gcc_assert (!reload_completed);
|
| 5476 |
|
|
break;
|
| 5477 |
|
|
|
| 5478 |
|
|
default:
|
| 5479 |
|
|
break;
|
| 5480 |
|
|
}
|
| 5481 |
|
|
|
| 5482 |
|
|
if (IN_RANGE (ival, -0x8000, 0x7fff))
|
| 5483 |
|
|
return OP_TYPE_IMM_W;
|
| 5484 |
|
|
|
| 5485 |
|
|
return OP_TYPE_IMM_L;
|
| 5486 |
|
|
}
|
| 5487 |
|
|
|
| 5488 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_DOUBLE)
|
| 5489 |
|
|
{
|
| 5490 |
|
|
switch (GET_MODE (op))
|
| 5491 |
|
|
{
|
| 5492 |
|
|
case SFmode:
|
| 5493 |
|
|
return OP_TYPE_IMM_W;
|
| 5494 |
|
|
|
| 5495 |
|
|
case VOIDmode:
|
| 5496 |
|
|
case DFmode:
|
| 5497 |
|
|
return OP_TYPE_IMM_L;
|
| 5498 |
|
|
|
| 5499 |
|
|
default:
|
| 5500 |
|
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
| 5501 |
|
|
}
|
| 5502 |
|
|
}
|
| 5503 |
|
|
|
| 5504 |
|
|
if (GET_CODE (op) == CONST
|
| 5505 |
|
|
|| symbolic_operand (op, VOIDmode)
|
| 5506 |
|
|
|| LABEL_P (op))
|
| 5507 |
|
|
{
|
| 5508 |
|
|
switch (GET_MODE (op))
|
| 5509 |
|
|
{
|
| 5510 |
|
|
case QImode:
|
| 5511 |
|
|
return OP_TYPE_IMM_Q;
|
| 5512 |
|
|
|
| 5513 |
|
|
case HImode:
|
| 5514 |
|
|
return OP_TYPE_IMM_W;
|
| 5515 |
|
|
|
| 5516 |
|
|
case SImode:
|
| 5517 |
|
|
return OP_TYPE_IMM_L;
|
| 5518 |
|
|
|
| 5519 |
|
|
default:
|
| 5520 |
|
|
if (symbolic_operand (m68k_unwrap_symbol (op, false), VOIDmode))
|
| 5521 |
|
|
/* Just a guess. */
|
| 5522 |
|
|
return OP_TYPE_IMM_W;
|
| 5523 |
|
|
|
| 5524 |
|
|
return OP_TYPE_IMM_L;
|
| 5525 |
|
|
}
|
| 5526 |
|
|
}
|
| 5527 |
|
|
|
| 5528 |
|
|
gcc_assert (!reload_completed);
|
| 5529 |
|
|
|
| 5530 |
|
|
if (FLOAT_MODE_P (GET_MODE (op)))
|
| 5531 |
|
|
return OP_TYPE_FPN;
|
| 5532 |
|
|
|
| 5533 |
|
|
return OP_TYPE_RN;
|
| 5534 |
|
|
}
|
| 5535 |
|
|
|
| 5536 |
|
|
/* Implement opx_type attribute.
|
| 5537 |
|
|
Return type of INSN's operand X.
|
| 5538 |
|
|
If ADDRESS_P is true, return type of memory location operand refers to. */
|
| 5539 |
|
|
enum attr_opx_type
|
| 5540 |
|
|
m68k_sched_attr_opx_type (rtx insn, int address_p)
|
| 5541 |
|
|
{
|
| 5542 |
|
|
switch (sched_attr_op_type (insn, true, address_p != 0))
|
| 5543 |
|
|
{
|
| 5544 |
|
|
case OP_TYPE_RN:
|
| 5545 |
|
|
return OPX_TYPE_RN;
|
| 5546 |
|
|
|
| 5547 |
|
|
case OP_TYPE_FPN:
|
| 5548 |
|
|
return OPX_TYPE_FPN;
|
| 5549 |
|
|
|
| 5550 |
|
|
case OP_TYPE_MEM1:
|
| 5551 |
|
|
return OPX_TYPE_MEM1;
|
| 5552 |
|
|
|
| 5553 |
|
|
case OP_TYPE_MEM234:
|
| 5554 |
|
|
return OPX_TYPE_MEM234;
|
| 5555 |
|
|
|
| 5556 |
|
|
case OP_TYPE_MEM5:
|
| 5557 |
|
|
return OPX_TYPE_MEM5;
|
| 5558 |
|
|
|
| 5559 |
|
|
case OP_TYPE_MEM6:
|
| 5560 |
|
|
return OPX_TYPE_MEM6;
|
| 5561 |
|
|
|
| 5562 |
|
|
case OP_TYPE_MEM7:
|
| 5563 |
|
|
return OPX_TYPE_MEM7;
|
| 5564 |
|
|
|
| 5565 |
|
|
case OP_TYPE_IMM_Q:
|
| 5566 |
|
|
return OPX_TYPE_IMM_Q;
|
| 5567 |
|
|
|
| 5568 |
|
|
case OP_TYPE_IMM_W:
|
| 5569 |
|
|
return OPX_TYPE_IMM_W;
|
| 5570 |
|
|
|
| 5571 |
|
|
case OP_TYPE_IMM_L:
|
| 5572 |
|
|
return OPX_TYPE_IMM_L;
|
| 5573 |
|
|
|
| 5574 |
|
|
default:
|
| 5575 |
|
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
| 5576 |
|
|
}
|
| 5577 |
|
|
}
|
| 5578 |
|
|
|
| 5579 |
|
|
/* Implement opy_type attribute.
|
| 5580 |
|
|
Return type of INSN's operand Y.
|
| 5581 |
|
|
If ADDRESS_P is true, return type of memory location operand refers to. */
|
| 5582 |
|
|
enum attr_opy_type
|
| 5583 |
|
|
m68k_sched_attr_opy_type (rtx insn, int address_p)
|
| 5584 |
|
|
{
|
| 5585 |
|
|
switch (sched_attr_op_type (insn, false, address_p != 0))
|
| 5586 |
|
|
{
|
| 5587 |
|
|
case OP_TYPE_RN:
|
| 5588 |
|
|
return OPY_TYPE_RN;
|
| 5589 |
|
|
|
| 5590 |
|
|
case OP_TYPE_FPN:
|
| 5591 |
|
|
return OPY_TYPE_FPN;
|
| 5592 |
|
|
|
| 5593 |
|
|
case OP_TYPE_MEM1:
|
| 5594 |
|
|
return OPY_TYPE_MEM1;
|
| 5595 |
|
|
|
| 5596 |
|
|
case OP_TYPE_MEM234:
|
| 5597 |
|
|
return OPY_TYPE_MEM234;
|
| 5598 |
|
|
|
| 5599 |
|
|
case OP_TYPE_MEM5:
|
| 5600 |
|
|
return OPY_TYPE_MEM5;
|
| 5601 |
|
|
|
| 5602 |
|
|
case OP_TYPE_MEM6:
|
| 5603 |
|
|
return OPY_TYPE_MEM6;
|
| 5604 |
|
|
|
| 5605 |
|
|
case OP_TYPE_MEM7:
|
| 5606 |
|
|
return OPY_TYPE_MEM7;
|
| 5607 |
|
|
|
| 5608 |
|
|
case OP_TYPE_IMM_Q:
|
| 5609 |
|
|
return OPY_TYPE_IMM_Q;
|
| 5610 |
|
|
|
| 5611 |
|
|
case OP_TYPE_IMM_W:
|
| 5612 |
|
|
return OPY_TYPE_IMM_W;
|
| 5613 |
|
|
|
| 5614 |
|
|
case OP_TYPE_IMM_L:
|
| 5615 |
|
|
return OPY_TYPE_IMM_L;
|
| 5616 |
|
|
|
| 5617 |
|
|
default:
|
| 5618 |
|
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
| 5619 |
|
|
}
|
| 5620 |
|
|
}
|
| 5621 |
|
|
|
| 5622 |
|
|
/* Return size of INSN as int. */
|
| 5623 |
|
|
static int
|
| 5624 |
|
|
sched_get_attr_size_int (rtx insn)
|
| 5625 |
|
|
{
|
| 5626 |
|
|
int size;
|
| 5627 |
|
|
|
| 5628 |
|
|
switch (get_attr_type (insn))
|
| 5629 |
|
|
{
|
| 5630 |
|
|
case TYPE_IGNORE:
|
| 5631 |
|
|
/* There should be no references to m68k_sched_attr_size for 'ignore'
|
| 5632 |
|
|
instructions. */
|
| 5633 |
|
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
| 5634 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 5635 |
|
|
|
| 5636 |
|
|
case TYPE_MUL_L:
|
| 5637 |
|
|
size = 2;
|
| 5638 |
|
|
break;
|
| 5639 |
|
|
|
| 5640 |
|
|
default:
|
| 5641 |
|
|
size = 1;
|
| 5642 |
|
|
break;
|
| 5643 |
|
|
}
|
| 5644 |
|
|
|
| 5645 |
|
|
switch (get_attr_opx_type (insn))
|
| 5646 |
|
|
{
|
| 5647 |
|
|
case OPX_TYPE_NONE:
|
| 5648 |
|
|
case OPX_TYPE_RN:
|
| 5649 |
|
|
case OPX_TYPE_FPN:
|
| 5650 |
|
|
case OPX_TYPE_MEM1:
|
| 5651 |
|
|
case OPX_TYPE_MEM234:
|
| 5652 |
|
|
case OPY_TYPE_IMM_Q:
|
| 5653 |
|
|
break;
|
| 5654 |
|
|
|
| 5655 |
|
|
case OPX_TYPE_MEM5:
|
| 5656 |
|
|
case OPX_TYPE_MEM6:
|
| 5657 |
|
|
/* Here we assume that most absolute references are short. */
|
| 5658 |
|
|
case OPX_TYPE_MEM7:
|
| 5659 |
|
|
case OPY_TYPE_IMM_W:
|
| 5660 |
|
|
++size;
|
| 5661 |
|
|
break;
|
| 5662 |
|
|
|
| 5663 |
|
|
case OPY_TYPE_IMM_L:
|
| 5664 |
|
|
size += 2;
|
| 5665 |
|
|
break;
|
| 5666 |
|
|
|
| 5667 |
|
|
default:
|
| 5668 |
|
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
| 5669 |
|
|
}
|
| 5670 |
|
|
|
| 5671 |
|
|
switch (get_attr_opy_type (insn))
|
| 5672 |
|
|
{
|
| 5673 |
|
|
case OPY_TYPE_NONE:
|
| 5674 |
|
|
case OPY_TYPE_RN:
|
| 5675 |
|
|
case OPY_TYPE_FPN:
|
| 5676 |
|
|
case OPY_TYPE_MEM1:
|
| 5677 |
|
|
case OPY_TYPE_MEM234:
|
| 5678 |
|
|
case OPY_TYPE_IMM_Q:
|
| 5679 |
|
|
break;
|
| 5680 |
|
|
|
| 5681 |
|
|
case OPY_TYPE_MEM5:
|
| 5682 |
|
|
case OPY_TYPE_MEM6:
|
| 5683 |
|
|
/* Here we assume that most absolute references are short. */
|
| 5684 |
|
|
case OPY_TYPE_MEM7:
|
| 5685 |
|
|
case OPY_TYPE_IMM_W:
|
| 5686 |
|
|
++size;
|
| 5687 |
|
|
break;
|
| 5688 |
|
|
|
| 5689 |
|
|
case OPY_TYPE_IMM_L:
|
| 5690 |
|
|
size += 2;
|
| 5691 |
|
|
break;
|
| 5692 |
|
|
|
| 5693 |
|
|
default:
|
| 5694 |
|
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
| 5695 |
|
|
}
|
| 5696 |
|
|
|
| 5697 |
|
|
if (size > 3)
|
| 5698 |
|
|
{
|
| 5699 |
|
|
gcc_assert (!reload_completed);
|
| 5700 |
|
|
|
| 5701 |
|
|
size = 3;
|
| 5702 |
|
|
}
|
| 5703 |
|
|
|
| 5704 |
|
|
return size;
|
| 5705 |
|
|
}
|
| 5706 |
|
|
|
| 5707 |
|
|
/* Return size of INSN as attribute enum value. */
|
| 5708 |
|
|
enum attr_size
|
| 5709 |
|
|
m68k_sched_attr_size (rtx insn)
|
| 5710 |
|
|
{
|
| 5711 |
|
|
switch (sched_get_attr_size_int (insn))
|
| 5712 |
|
|
{
|
| 5713 |
|
|
case 1:
|
| 5714 |
|
|
return SIZE_1;
|
| 5715 |
|
|
|
| 5716 |
|
|
case 2:
|
| 5717 |
|
|
return SIZE_2;
|
| 5718 |
|
|
|
| 5719 |
|
|
case 3:
|
| 5720 |
|
|
return SIZE_3;
|
| 5721 |
|
|
|
| 5722 |
|
|
default:
|
| 5723 |
|
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
| 5724 |
|
|
}
|
| 5725 |
|
|
}
|
| 5726 |
|
|
|
| 5727 |
|
|
/* Return operand X or Y (depending on OPX_P) of INSN,
|
| 5728 |
|
|
if it is a MEM, or NULL overwise. */
|
| 5729 |
|
|
static enum attr_op_type
|
| 5730 |
|
|
sched_get_opxy_mem_type (rtx insn, bool opx_p)
|
| 5731 |
|
|
{
|
| 5732 |
|
|
if (opx_p)
|
| 5733 |
|
|
{
|
| 5734 |
|
|
switch (get_attr_opx_type (insn))
|
| 5735 |
|
|
{
|
| 5736 |
|
|
case OPX_TYPE_NONE:
|
| 5737 |
|
|
case OPX_TYPE_RN:
|
| 5738 |
|
|
case OPX_TYPE_FPN:
|
| 5739 |
|
|
case OPX_TYPE_IMM_Q:
|
| 5740 |
|
|
case OPX_TYPE_IMM_W:
|
| 5741 |
|
|
case OPX_TYPE_IMM_L:
|
| 5742 |
|
|
return OP_TYPE_RN;
|
| 5743 |
|
|
|
| 5744 |
|
|
case OPX_TYPE_MEM1:
|
| 5745 |
|
|
case OPX_TYPE_MEM234:
|
| 5746 |
|
|
case OPX_TYPE_MEM5:
|
| 5747 |
|
|
case OPX_TYPE_MEM7:
|
| 5748 |
|
|
return OP_TYPE_MEM1;
|
| 5749 |
|
|
|
| 5750 |
|
|
case OPX_TYPE_MEM6:
|
| 5751 |
|
|
return OP_TYPE_MEM6;
|
| 5752 |
|
|
|
| 5753 |
|
|
default:
|
| 5754 |
|
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
| 5755 |
|
|
}
|
| 5756 |
|
|
}
|
| 5757 |
|
|
else
|
| 5758 |
|
|
{
|
| 5759 |
|
|
switch (get_attr_opy_type (insn))
|
| 5760 |
|
|
{
|
| 5761 |
|
|
case OPY_TYPE_NONE:
|
| 5762 |
|
|
case OPY_TYPE_RN:
|
| 5763 |
|
|
case OPY_TYPE_FPN:
|
| 5764 |
|
|
case OPY_TYPE_IMM_Q:
|
| 5765 |
|
|
case OPY_TYPE_IMM_W:
|
| 5766 |
|
|
case OPY_TYPE_IMM_L:
|
| 5767 |
|
|
return OP_TYPE_RN;
|
| 5768 |
|
|
|
| 5769 |
|
|
case OPY_TYPE_MEM1:
|
| 5770 |
|
|
case OPY_TYPE_MEM234:
|
| 5771 |
|
|
case OPY_TYPE_MEM5:
|
| 5772 |
|
|
case OPY_TYPE_MEM7:
|
| 5773 |
|
|
return OP_TYPE_MEM1;
|
| 5774 |
|
|
|
| 5775 |
|
|
case OPY_TYPE_MEM6:
|
| 5776 |
|
|
return OP_TYPE_MEM6;
|
| 5777 |
|
|
|
| 5778 |
|
|
default:
|
| 5779 |
|
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
| 5780 |
|
|
}
|
| 5781 |
|
|
}
|
| 5782 |
|
|
}
|
| 5783 |
|
|
|
| 5784 |
|
|
/* Implement op_mem attribute. */
|
| 5785 |
|
|
enum attr_op_mem
|
| 5786 |
|
|
m68k_sched_attr_op_mem (rtx insn)
|
| 5787 |
|
|
{
|
| 5788 |
|
|
enum attr_op_type opx;
|
| 5789 |
|
|
enum attr_op_type opy;
|
| 5790 |
|
|
|
| 5791 |
|
|
opx = sched_get_opxy_mem_type (insn, true);
|
| 5792 |
|
|
opy = sched_get_opxy_mem_type (insn, false);
|
| 5793 |
|
|
|
| 5794 |
|
|
if (opy == OP_TYPE_RN && opx == OP_TYPE_RN)
|
| 5795 |
|
|
return OP_MEM_00;
|
| 5796 |
|
|
|
| 5797 |
|
|
if (opy == OP_TYPE_RN && opx == OP_TYPE_MEM1)
|
| 5798 |
|
|
{
|
| 5799 |
|
|
switch (get_attr_opx_access (insn))
|
| 5800 |
|
|
{
|
| 5801 |
|
|
case OPX_ACCESS_R:
|
| 5802 |
|
|
return OP_MEM_10;
|
| 5803 |
|
|
|
| 5804 |
|
|
case OPX_ACCESS_W:
|
| 5805 |
|
|
return OP_MEM_01;
|
| 5806 |
|
|
|
| 5807 |
|
|
case OPX_ACCESS_RW:
|
| 5808 |
|
|
return OP_MEM_11;
|
| 5809 |
|
|
|
| 5810 |
|
|
default:
|
| 5811 |
|
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
| 5812 |
|
|
}
|
| 5813 |
|
|
}
|
| 5814 |
|
|
|
| 5815 |
|
|
if (opy == OP_TYPE_RN && opx == OP_TYPE_MEM6)
|
| 5816 |
|
|
{
|
| 5817 |
|
|
switch (get_attr_opx_access (insn))
|
| 5818 |
|
|
{
|
| 5819 |
|
|
case OPX_ACCESS_R:
|
| 5820 |
|
|
return OP_MEM_I0;
|
| 5821 |
|
|
|
| 5822 |
|
|
case OPX_ACCESS_W:
|
| 5823 |
|
|
return OP_MEM_0I;
|
| 5824 |
|
|
|
| 5825 |
|
|
case OPX_ACCESS_RW:
|
| 5826 |
|
|
return OP_MEM_I1;
|
| 5827 |
|
|
|
| 5828 |
|
|
default:
|
| 5829 |
|
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
| 5830 |
|
|
}
|
| 5831 |
|
|
}
|
| 5832 |
|
|
|
| 5833 |
|
|
if (opy == OP_TYPE_MEM1 && opx == OP_TYPE_RN)
|
| 5834 |
|
|
return OP_MEM_10;
|
| 5835 |
|
|
|
| 5836 |
|
|
if (opy == OP_TYPE_MEM1 && opx == OP_TYPE_MEM1)
|
| 5837 |
|
|
{
|
| 5838 |
|
|
switch (get_attr_opx_access (insn))
|
| 5839 |
|
|
{
|
| 5840 |
|
|
case OPX_ACCESS_W:
|
| 5841 |
|
|
return OP_MEM_11;
|
| 5842 |
|
|
|
| 5843 |
|
|
default:
|
| 5844 |
|
|
gcc_assert (!reload_completed);
|
| 5845 |
|
|
return OP_MEM_11;
|
| 5846 |
|
|
}
|
| 5847 |
|
|
}
|
| 5848 |
|
|
|
| 5849 |
|
|
if (opy == OP_TYPE_MEM1 && opx == OP_TYPE_MEM6)
|
| 5850 |
|
|
{
|
| 5851 |
|
|
switch (get_attr_opx_access (insn))
|
| 5852 |
|
|
{
|
| 5853 |
|
|
case OPX_ACCESS_W:
|
| 5854 |
|
|
return OP_MEM_1I;
|
| 5855 |
|
|
|
| 5856 |
|
|
default:
|
| 5857 |
|
|
gcc_assert (!reload_completed);
|
| 5858 |
|
|
return OP_MEM_1I;
|
| 5859 |
|
|
}
|
| 5860 |
|
|
}
|
| 5861 |
|
|
|
| 5862 |
|
|
if (opy == OP_TYPE_MEM6 && opx == OP_TYPE_RN)
|
| 5863 |
|
|
return OP_MEM_I0;
|
| 5864 |
|
|
|
| 5865 |
|
|
if (opy == OP_TYPE_MEM6 && opx == OP_TYPE_MEM1)
|
| 5866 |
|
|
{
|
| 5867 |
|
|
switch (get_attr_opx_access (insn))
|
| 5868 |
|
|
{
|
| 5869 |
|
|
case OPX_ACCESS_W:
|
| 5870 |
|
|
return OP_MEM_I1;
|
| 5871 |
|
|
|
| 5872 |
|
|
default:
|
| 5873 |
|
|
gcc_assert (!reload_completed);
|
| 5874 |
|
|
return OP_MEM_I1;
|
| 5875 |
|
|
}
|
| 5876 |
|
|
}
|
| 5877 |
|
|
|
| 5878 |
|
|
gcc_assert (opy == OP_TYPE_MEM6 && opx == OP_TYPE_MEM6);
|
| 5879 |
|
|
gcc_assert (!reload_completed);
|
| 5880 |
|
|
return OP_MEM_I1;
|
| 5881 |
|
|
}
|
| 5882 |
|
|
|
| 5883 |
|
|
/* Jump instructions types. Indexed by INSN_UID.
|
| 5884 |
|
|
The same rtl insn can be expanded into different asm instructions
|
| 5885 |
|
|
depending on the cc0_status. To properly determine type of jump
|
| 5886 |
|
|
instructions we scan instruction stream and map jumps types to this
|
| 5887 |
|
|
array. */
|
| 5888 |
|
|
static enum attr_type *sched_branch_type;
|
| 5889 |
|
|
|
| 5890 |
|
|
/* Return the type of the jump insn. */
|
| 5891 |
|
|
enum attr_type
|
| 5892 |
|
|
m68k_sched_branch_type (rtx insn)
|
| 5893 |
|
|
{
|
| 5894 |
|
|
enum attr_type type;
|
| 5895 |
|
|
|
| 5896 |
|
|
type = sched_branch_type[INSN_UID (insn)];
|
| 5897 |
|
|
|
| 5898 |
|
|
gcc_assert (type != 0);
|
| 5899 |
|
|
|
| 5900 |
|
|
return type;
|
| 5901 |
|
|
}
|
| 5902 |
|
|
|
| 5903 |
|
|
/* Data for ColdFire V4 index bypass.
|
| 5904 |
|
|
Producer modifies register that is used as index in consumer with
|
| 5905 |
|
|
specified scale. */
|
| 5906 |
|
|
static struct
|
| 5907 |
|
|
{
|
| 5908 |
|
|
/* Producer instruction. */
|
| 5909 |
|
|
rtx pro;
|
| 5910 |
|
|
|
| 5911 |
|
|
/* Consumer instruction. */
|
| 5912 |
|
|
rtx con;
|
| 5913 |
|
|
|
| 5914 |
|
|
/* Scale of indexed memory access within consumer.
|
| 5915 |
|
|
Or zero if bypass should not be effective at the moment. */
|
| 5916 |
|
|
int scale;
|
| 5917 |
|
|
} sched_cfv4_bypass_data;
|
| 5918 |
|
|
|
| 5919 |
|
|
/* An empty state that is used in m68k_sched_adjust_cost. */
|
| 5920 |
|
|
static state_t sched_adjust_cost_state;
|
| 5921 |
|
|
|
| 5922 |
|
|
/* Implement adjust_cost scheduler hook.
|
| 5923 |
|
|
Return adjusted COST of dependency LINK between DEF_INSN and INSN. */
|
| 5924 |
|
|
static int
|
| 5925 |
|
|
m68k_sched_adjust_cost (rtx insn, rtx link ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, rtx def_insn,
|
| 5926 |
|
|
int cost)
|
| 5927 |
|
|
{
|
| 5928 |
|
|
int delay;
|
| 5929 |
|
|
|
| 5930 |
|
|
if (recog_memoized (def_insn) < 0
|
| 5931 |
|
|
|| recog_memoized (insn) < 0)
|
| 5932 |
|
|
return cost;
|
| 5933 |
|
|
|
| 5934 |
|
|
if (sched_cfv4_bypass_data.scale == 1)
|
| 5935 |
|
|
/* Handle ColdFire V4 bypass for indexed address with 1x scale. */
|
| 5936 |
|
|
{
|
| 5937 |
|
|
/* haifa-sched.c: insn_cost () calls bypass_p () just before
|
| 5938 |
|
|
targetm.sched.adjust_cost (). Hence, we can be relatively sure
|
| 5939 |
|
|
that the data in sched_cfv4_bypass_data is up to date. */
|
| 5940 |
|
|
gcc_assert (sched_cfv4_bypass_data.pro == def_insn
|
| 5941 |
|
|
&& sched_cfv4_bypass_data.con == insn);
|
| 5942 |
|
|
|
| 5943 |
|
|
if (cost < 3)
|
| 5944 |
|
|
cost = 3;
|
| 5945 |
|
|
|
| 5946 |
|
|
sched_cfv4_bypass_data.pro = NULL;
|
| 5947 |
|
|
sched_cfv4_bypass_data.con = NULL;
|
| 5948 |
|
|
sched_cfv4_bypass_data.scale = 0;
|
| 5949 |
|
|
}
|
| 5950 |
|
|
else
|
| 5951 |
|
|
gcc_assert (sched_cfv4_bypass_data.pro == NULL
|
| 5952 |
|
|
&& sched_cfv4_bypass_data.con == NULL
|
| 5953 |
|
|
&& sched_cfv4_bypass_data.scale == 0);
|
| 5954 |
|
|
|
| 5955 |
|
|
/* Don't try to issue INSN earlier than DFA permits.
|
| 5956 |
|
|
This is especially useful for instructions that write to memory,
|
| 5957 |
|
|
as their true dependence (default) latency is better to be set to 0
|
| 5958 |
|
|
to workaround alias analysis limitations.
|
| 5959 |
|
|
This is, in fact, a machine independent tweak, so, probably,
|
| 5960 |
|
|
it should be moved to haifa-sched.c: insn_cost (). */
|
| 5961 |
|
|
delay = min_insn_conflict_delay (sched_adjust_cost_state, def_insn, insn);
|
| 5962 |
|
|
if (delay > cost)
|
| 5963 |
|
|
cost = delay;
|
| 5964 |
|
|
|
| 5965 |
|
|
return cost;
|
| 5966 |
|
|
}
|
| 5967 |
|
|
|
| 5968 |
|
|
/* Return maximal number of insns that can be scheduled on a single cycle. */
|
| 5969 |
|
|
static int
|
| 5970 |
|
|
m68k_sched_issue_rate (void)
|
| 5971 |
|
|
{
|
| 5972 |
|
|
switch (m68k_sched_cpu)
|
| 5973 |
|
|
{
|
| 5974 |
|
|
case CPU_CFV1:
|
| 5975 |
|
|
case CPU_CFV2:
|
| 5976 |
|
|
case CPU_CFV3:
|
| 5977 |
|
|
return 1;
|
| 5978 |
|
|
|
| 5979 |
|
|
case CPU_CFV4:
|
| 5980 |
|
|
return 2;
|
| 5981 |
|
|
|
| 5982 |
|
|
default:
|
| 5983 |
|
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
| 5984 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 5985 |
|
|
}
|
| 5986 |
|
|
}
|
| 5987 |
|
|
|
| 5988 |
|
|
/* Maximal length of instruction for current CPU.
|
| 5989 |
|
|
E.g. it is 3 for any ColdFire core. */
|
| 5990 |
|
|
static int max_insn_size;
|
| 5991 |
|
|
|
| 5992 |
|
|
/* Data to model instruction buffer of CPU. */
|
| 5993 |
|
|
struct _sched_ib
|
| 5994 |
|
|
{
|
| 5995 |
|
|
/* True if instruction buffer model is modeled for current CPU. */
|
| 5996 |
|
|
bool enabled_p;
|
| 5997 |
|
|
|
| 5998 |
|
|
/* Size of the instruction buffer in words. */
|
| 5999 |
|
|
int size;
|
| 6000 |
|
|
|
| 6001 |
|
|
/* Number of filled words in the instruction buffer. */
|
| 6002 |
|
|
int filled;
|
| 6003 |
|
|
|
| 6004 |
|
|
/* Additional information about instruction buffer for CPUs that have
|
| 6005 |
|
|
a buffer of instruction records, rather then a plain buffer
|
| 6006 |
|
|
of instruction words. */
|
| 6007 |
|
|
struct _sched_ib_records
|
| 6008 |
|
|
{
|
| 6009 |
|
|
/* Size of buffer in records. */
|
| 6010 |
|
|
int n_insns;
|
| 6011 |
|
|
|
| 6012 |
|
|
/* Array to hold data on adjustements made to the size of the buffer. */
|
| 6013 |
|
|
int *adjust;
|
| 6014 |
|
|
|
| 6015 |
|
|
/* Index of the above array. */
|
| 6016 |
|
|
int adjust_index;
|
| 6017 |
|
|
} records;
|
| 6018 |
|
|
|
| 6019 |
|
|
/* An insn that reserves (marks empty) one word in the instruction buffer. */
|
| 6020 |
|
|
rtx insn;
|
| 6021 |
|
|
};
|
| 6022 |
|
|
|
| 6023 |
|
|
static struct _sched_ib sched_ib;
|
| 6024 |
|
|
|
| 6025 |
|
|
/* ID of memory unit. */
|
| 6026 |
|
|
static int sched_mem_unit_code;
|
| 6027 |
|
|
|
| 6028 |
|
|
/* Implementation of the targetm.sched.variable_issue () hook.
|
| 6029 |
|
|
It is called after INSN was issued. It returns the number of insns
|
| 6030 |
|
|
that can possibly get scheduled on the current cycle.
|
| 6031 |
|
|
It is used here to determine the effect of INSN on the instruction
|
| 6032 |
|
|
buffer. */
|
| 6033 |
|
|
static int
|
| 6034 |
|
|
m68k_sched_variable_issue (FILE *sched_dump ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
| 6035 |
|
|
int sched_verbose ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
| 6036 |
|
|
rtx insn, int can_issue_more)
|
| 6037 |
|
|
{
|
| 6038 |
|
|
int insn_size;
|
| 6039 |
|
|
|
| 6040 |
|
|
if (recog_memoized (insn) >= 0 && get_attr_type (insn) != TYPE_IGNORE)
|
| 6041 |
|
|
{
|
| 6042 |
|
|
switch (m68k_sched_cpu)
|
| 6043 |
|
|
{
|
| 6044 |
|
|
case CPU_CFV1:
|
| 6045 |
|
|
case CPU_CFV2:
|
| 6046 |
|
|
insn_size = sched_get_attr_size_int (insn);
|
| 6047 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6048 |
|
|
|
| 6049 |
|
|
case CPU_CFV3:
|
| 6050 |
|
|
insn_size = sched_get_attr_size_int (insn);
|
| 6051 |
|
|
|
| 6052 |
|
|
/* ColdFire V3 and V4 cores have instruction buffers that can
|
| 6053 |
|
|
accumulate up to 8 instructions regardless of instructions'
|
| 6054 |
|
|
sizes. So we should take care not to "prefetch" 24 one-word
|
| 6055 |
|
|
or 12 two-words instructions.
|
| 6056 |
|
|
To model this behavior we temporarily decrease size of the
|
| 6057 |
|
|
buffer by (max_insn_size - insn_size) for next 7 instructions. */
|
| 6058 |
|
|
{
|
| 6059 |
|
|
int adjust;
|
| 6060 |
|
|
|
| 6061 |
|
|
adjust = max_insn_size - insn_size;
|
| 6062 |
|
|
sched_ib.size -= adjust;
|
| 6063 |
|
|
|
| 6064 |
|
|
if (sched_ib.filled > sched_ib.size)
|
| 6065 |
|
|
sched_ib.filled = sched_ib.size;
|
| 6066 |
|
|
|
| 6067 |
|
|
sched_ib.records.adjust[sched_ib.records.adjust_index] = adjust;
|
| 6068 |
|
|
}
|
| 6069 |
|
|
|
| 6070 |
|
|
++sched_ib.records.adjust_index;
|
| 6071 |
|
|
if (sched_ib.records.adjust_index == sched_ib.records.n_insns)
|
| 6072 |
|
|
sched_ib.records.adjust_index = 0;
|
| 6073 |
|
|
|
| 6074 |
|
|
/* Undo adjustement we did 7 instructions ago. */
|
| 6075 |
|
|
sched_ib.size
|
| 6076 |
|
|
+= sched_ib.records.adjust[sched_ib.records.adjust_index];
|
| 6077 |
|
|
|
| 6078 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6079 |
|
|
|
| 6080 |
|
|
case CPU_CFV4:
|
| 6081 |
|
|
gcc_assert (!sched_ib.enabled_p);
|
| 6082 |
|
|
insn_size = 0;
|
| 6083 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6084 |
|
|
|
| 6085 |
|
|
default:
|
| 6086 |
|
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
| 6087 |
|
|
}
|
| 6088 |
|
|
|
| 6089 |
|
|
if (insn_size > sched_ib.filled)
|
| 6090 |
|
|
/* Scheduling for register pressure does not always take DFA into
|
| 6091 |
|
|
account. Workaround instruction buffer not being filled enough. */
|
| 6092 |
|
|
{
|
| 6093 |
|
|
gcc_assert (sched_pressure_p);
|
| 6094 |
|
|
insn_size = sched_ib.filled;
|
| 6095 |
|
|
}
|
| 6096 |
|
|
|
| 6097 |
|
|
--can_issue_more;
|
| 6098 |
|
|
}
|
| 6099 |
|
|
else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == ASM_INPUT
|
| 6100 |
|
|
|| asm_noperands (PATTERN (insn)) >= 0)
|
| 6101 |
|
|
insn_size = sched_ib.filled;
|
| 6102 |
|
|
else
|
| 6103 |
|
|
insn_size = 0;
|
| 6104 |
|
|
|
| 6105 |
|
|
sched_ib.filled -= insn_size;
|
| 6106 |
|
|
|
| 6107 |
|
|
return can_issue_more;
|
| 6108 |
|
|
}
|
| 6109 |
|
|
|
| 6110 |
|
|
/* Return how many instructions should scheduler lookahead to choose the
|
| 6111 |
|
|
best one. */
|
| 6112 |
|
|
static int
|
| 6113 |
|
|
m68k_sched_first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead (void)
|
| 6114 |
|
|
{
|
| 6115 |
|
|
return m68k_sched_issue_rate () - 1;
|
| 6116 |
|
|
}
|
| 6117 |
|
|
|
| 6118 |
|
|
/* Implementation of targetm.sched.init_global () hook.
|
| 6119 |
|
|
It is invoked once per scheduling pass and is used here
|
| 6120 |
|
|
to initialize scheduler constants. */
|
| 6121 |
|
|
static void
|
| 6122 |
|
|
m68k_sched_md_init_global (FILE *sched_dump ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
| 6123 |
|
|
int sched_verbose ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
| 6124 |
|
|
int n_insns ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 6125 |
|
|
{
|
| 6126 |
|
|
/* Init branch types. */
|
| 6127 |
|
|
{
|
| 6128 |
|
|
rtx insn;
|
| 6129 |
|
|
|
| 6130 |
|
|
sched_branch_type = XCNEWVEC (enum attr_type, get_max_uid () + 1);
|
| 6131 |
|
|
|
| 6132 |
|
|
for (insn = get_insns (); insn != NULL_RTX; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
|
| 6133 |
|
|
{
|
| 6134 |
|
|
if (JUMP_P (insn))
|
| 6135 |
|
|
/* !!! FIXME: Implement real scan here. */
|
| 6136 |
|
|
sched_branch_type[INSN_UID (insn)] = TYPE_BCC;
|
| 6137 |
|
|
}
|
| 6138 |
|
|
}
|
| 6139 |
|
|
|
| 6140 |
|
|
#ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
|
| 6141 |
|
|
/* Check that all instructions have DFA reservations and
|
| 6142 |
|
|
that all instructions can be issued from a clean state. */
|
| 6143 |
|
|
{
|
| 6144 |
|
|
rtx insn;
|
| 6145 |
|
|
state_t state;
|
| 6146 |
|
|
|
| 6147 |
|
|
state = alloca (state_size ());
|
| 6148 |
|
|
|
| 6149 |
|
|
for (insn = get_insns (); insn != NULL_RTX; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
|
| 6150 |
|
|
{
|
| 6151 |
|
|
if (INSN_P (insn) && recog_memoized (insn) >= 0)
|
| 6152 |
|
|
{
|
| 6153 |
|
|
gcc_assert (insn_has_dfa_reservation_p (insn));
|
| 6154 |
|
|
|
| 6155 |
|
|
state_reset (state);
|
| 6156 |
|
|
if (state_transition (state, insn) >= 0)
|
| 6157 |
|
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
| 6158 |
|
|
}
|
| 6159 |
|
|
}
|
| 6160 |
|
|
}
|
| 6161 |
|
|
#endif
|
| 6162 |
|
|
|
| 6163 |
|
|
/* Setup target cpu. */
|
| 6164 |
|
|
|
| 6165 |
|
|
/* ColdFire V4 has a set of features to keep its instruction buffer full
|
| 6166 |
|
|
(e.g., a separate memory bus for instructions) and, hence, we do not model
|
| 6167 |
|
|
buffer for this CPU. */
|
| 6168 |
|
|
sched_ib.enabled_p = (m68k_sched_cpu != CPU_CFV4);
|
| 6169 |
|
|
|
| 6170 |
|
|
switch (m68k_sched_cpu)
|
| 6171 |
|
|
{
|
| 6172 |
|
|
case CPU_CFV4:
|
| 6173 |
|
|
sched_ib.filled = 0;
|
| 6174 |
|
|
|
| 6175 |
|
|
/* FALLTHRU */
|
| 6176 |
|
|
|
| 6177 |
|
|
case CPU_CFV1:
|
| 6178 |
|
|
case CPU_CFV2:
|
| 6179 |
|
|
max_insn_size = 3;
|
| 6180 |
|
|
sched_ib.records.n_insns = 0;
|
| 6181 |
|
|
sched_ib.records.adjust = NULL;
|
| 6182 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6183 |
|
|
|
| 6184 |
|
|
case CPU_CFV3:
|
| 6185 |
|
|
max_insn_size = 3;
|
| 6186 |
|
|
sched_ib.records.n_insns = 8;
|
| 6187 |
|
|
sched_ib.records.adjust = XNEWVEC (int, sched_ib.records.n_insns);
|
| 6188 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6189 |
|
|
|
| 6190 |
|
|
default:
|
| 6191 |
|
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
| 6192 |
|
|
}
|
| 6193 |
|
|
|
| 6194 |
|
|
sched_mem_unit_code = get_cpu_unit_code ("cf_mem1");
|
| 6195 |
|
|
|
| 6196 |
|
|
sched_adjust_cost_state = xmalloc (state_size ());
|
| 6197 |
|
|
state_reset (sched_adjust_cost_state);
|
| 6198 |
|
|
|
| 6199 |
|
|
start_sequence ();
|
| 6200 |
|
|
emit_insn (gen_ib ());
|
| 6201 |
|
|
sched_ib.insn = get_insns ();
|
| 6202 |
|
|
end_sequence ();
|
| 6203 |
|
|
}
|
| 6204 |
|
|
|
| 6205 |
|
|
/* Scheduling pass is now finished. Free/reset static variables. */
|
| 6206 |
|
|
static void
|
| 6207 |
|
|
m68k_sched_md_finish_global (FILE *dump ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
| 6208 |
|
|
int verbose ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 6209 |
|
|
{
|
| 6210 |
|
|
sched_ib.insn = NULL;
|
| 6211 |
|
|
|
| 6212 |
|
|
free (sched_adjust_cost_state);
|
| 6213 |
|
|
sched_adjust_cost_state = NULL;
|
| 6214 |
|
|
|
| 6215 |
|
|
sched_mem_unit_code = 0;
|
| 6216 |
|
|
|
| 6217 |
|
|
free (sched_ib.records.adjust);
|
| 6218 |
|
|
sched_ib.records.adjust = NULL;
|
| 6219 |
|
|
sched_ib.records.n_insns = 0;
|
| 6220 |
|
|
max_insn_size = 0;
|
| 6221 |
|
|
|
| 6222 |
|
|
free (sched_branch_type);
|
| 6223 |
|
|
sched_branch_type = NULL;
|
| 6224 |
|
|
}
|
| 6225 |
|
|
|
| 6226 |
|
|
/* Implementation of targetm.sched.init () hook.
|
| 6227 |
|
|
It is invoked each time scheduler starts on the new block (basic block or
|
| 6228 |
|
|
extended basic block). */
|
| 6229 |
|
|
static void
|
| 6230 |
|
|
m68k_sched_md_init (FILE *sched_dump ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
| 6231 |
|
|
int sched_verbose ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
|
| 6232 |
|
|
int n_insns ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
|
| 6233 |
|
|
{
|
| 6234 |
|
|
switch (m68k_sched_cpu)
|
| 6235 |
|
|
{
|
| 6236 |
|
|
case CPU_CFV1:
|
| 6237 |
|
|
case CPU_CFV2:
|
| 6238 |
|
|
sched_ib.size = 6;
|
| 6239 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6240 |
|
|
|
| 6241 |
|
|
case CPU_CFV3:
|
| 6242 |
|
|
sched_ib.size = sched_ib.records.n_insns * max_insn_size;
|
| 6243 |
|
|
|
| 6244 |
|
|
memset (sched_ib.records.adjust, 0,
|
| 6245 |
|
|
sched_ib.records.n_insns * sizeof (*sched_ib.records.adjust));
|
| 6246 |
|
|
sched_ib.records.adjust_index = 0;
|
| 6247 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6248 |
|
|
|
| 6249 |
|
|
case CPU_CFV4:
|
| 6250 |
|
|
gcc_assert (!sched_ib.enabled_p);
|
| 6251 |
|
|
sched_ib.size = 0;
|
| 6252 |
|
|
break;
|
| 6253 |
|
|
|
| 6254 |
|
|
default:
|
| 6255 |
|
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
| 6256 |
|
|
}
|
| 6257 |
|
|
|
| 6258 |
|
|
if (sched_ib.enabled_p)
|
| 6259 |
|
|
/* haifa-sched.c: schedule_block () calls advance_cycle () just before
|
| 6260 |
|
|
the first cycle. Workaround that. */
|
| 6261 |
|
|
sched_ib.filled = -2;
|
| 6262 |
|
|
}
|
| 6263 |
|
|
|
| 6264 |
|
|
/* Implementation of targetm.sched.dfa_pre_advance_cycle () hook.
|
| 6265 |
|
|
It is invoked just before current cycle finishes and is used here
|
| 6266 |
|
|
to track if instruction buffer got its two words this cycle. */
|
| 6267 |
|
|
static void
|
| 6268 |
|
|
m68k_sched_dfa_pre_advance_cycle (void)
|
| 6269 |
|
|
{
|
| 6270 |
|
|
if (!sched_ib.enabled_p)
|
| 6271 |
|
|
return;
|
| 6272 |
|
|
|
| 6273 |
|
|
if (!cpu_unit_reservation_p (curr_state, sched_mem_unit_code))
|
| 6274 |
|
|
{
|
| 6275 |
|
|
sched_ib.filled += 2;
|
| 6276 |
|
|
|
| 6277 |
|
|
if (sched_ib.filled > sched_ib.size)
|
| 6278 |
|
|
sched_ib.filled = sched_ib.size;
|
| 6279 |
|
|
}
|
| 6280 |
|
|
}
|
| 6281 |
|
|
|
| 6282 |
|
|
/* Implementation of targetm.sched.dfa_post_advance_cycle () hook.
|
| 6283 |
|
|
It is invoked just after new cycle begins and is used here
|
| 6284 |
|
|
to setup number of filled words in the instruction buffer so that
|
| 6285 |
|
|
instructions which won't have all their words prefetched would be
|
| 6286 |
|
|
stalled for a cycle. */
|
| 6287 |
|
|
static void
|
| 6288 |
|
|
m68k_sched_dfa_post_advance_cycle (void)
|
| 6289 |
|
|
{
|
| 6290 |
|
|
int i;
|
| 6291 |
|
|
|
| 6292 |
|
|
if (!sched_ib.enabled_p)
|
| 6293 |
|
|
return;
|
| 6294 |
|
|
|
| 6295 |
|
|
/* Setup number of prefetched instruction words in the instruction
|
| 6296 |
|
|
buffer. */
|
| 6297 |
|
|
i = max_insn_size - sched_ib.filled;
|
| 6298 |
|
|
|
| 6299 |
|
|
while (--i >= 0)
|
| 6300 |
|
|
{
|
| 6301 |
|
|
if (state_transition (curr_state, sched_ib.insn) >= 0)
|
| 6302 |
|
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
| 6303 |
|
|
}
|
| 6304 |
|
|
}
|
| 6305 |
|
|
|
| 6306 |
|
|
/* Return X or Y (depending on OPX_P) operand of INSN,
|
| 6307 |
|
|
if it is an integer register, or NULL overwise. */
|
| 6308 |
|
|
static rtx
|
| 6309 |
|
|
sched_get_reg_operand (rtx insn, bool opx_p)
|
| 6310 |
|
|
{
|
| 6311 |
|
|
rtx op = NULL;
|
| 6312 |
|
|
|
| 6313 |
|
|
if (opx_p)
|
| 6314 |
|
|
{
|
| 6315 |
|
|
if (get_attr_opx_type (insn) == OPX_TYPE_RN)
|
| 6316 |
|
|
{
|
| 6317 |
|
|
op = sched_get_operand (insn, true);
|
| 6318 |
|
|
gcc_assert (op != NULL);
|
| 6319 |
|
|
|
| 6320 |
|
|
if (!reload_completed && !REG_P (op))
|
| 6321 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
| 6322 |
|
|
}
|
| 6323 |
|
|
}
|
| 6324 |
|
|
else
|
| 6325 |
|
|
{
|
| 6326 |
|
|
if (get_attr_opy_type (insn) == OPY_TYPE_RN)
|
| 6327 |
|
|
{
|
| 6328 |
|
|
op = sched_get_operand (insn, false);
|
| 6329 |
|
|
gcc_assert (op != NULL);
|
| 6330 |
|
|
|
| 6331 |
|
|
if (!reload_completed && !REG_P (op))
|
| 6332 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
| 6333 |
|
|
}
|
| 6334 |
|
|
}
|
| 6335 |
|
|
|
| 6336 |
|
|
return op;
|
| 6337 |
|
|
}
|
| 6338 |
|
|
|
| 6339 |
|
|
/* Return true, if X or Y (depending on OPX_P) operand of INSN
|
| 6340 |
|
|
is a MEM. */
|
| 6341 |
|
|
static bool
|
| 6342 |
|
|
sched_mem_operand_p (rtx insn, bool opx_p)
|
| 6343 |
|
|
{
|
| 6344 |
|
|
switch (sched_get_opxy_mem_type (insn, opx_p))
|
| 6345 |
|
|
{
|
| 6346 |
|
|
case OP_TYPE_MEM1:
|
| 6347 |
|
|
case OP_TYPE_MEM6:
|
| 6348 |
|
|
return true;
|
| 6349 |
|
|
|
| 6350 |
|
|
default:
|
| 6351 |
|
|
return false;
|
| 6352 |
|
|
}
|
| 6353 |
|
|
}
|
| 6354 |
|
|
|
| 6355 |
|
|
/* Return X or Y (depending on OPX_P) operand of INSN,
|
| 6356 |
|
|
if it is a MEM, or NULL overwise. */
|
| 6357 |
|
|
static rtx
|
| 6358 |
|
|
sched_get_mem_operand (rtx insn, bool must_read_p, bool must_write_p)
|
| 6359 |
|
|
{
|
| 6360 |
|
|
bool opx_p;
|
| 6361 |
|
|
bool opy_p;
|
| 6362 |
|
|
|
| 6363 |
|
|
opx_p = false;
|
| 6364 |
|
|
opy_p = false;
|
| 6365 |
|
|
|
| 6366 |
|
|
if (must_read_p)
|
| 6367 |
|
|
{
|
| 6368 |
|
|
opx_p = true;
|
| 6369 |
|
|
opy_p = true;
|
| 6370 |
|
|
}
|
| 6371 |
|
|
|
| 6372 |
|
|
if (must_write_p)
|
| 6373 |
|
|
{
|
| 6374 |
|
|
opx_p = true;
|
| 6375 |
|
|
opy_p = false;
|
| 6376 |
|
|
}
|
| 6377 |
|
|
|
| 6378 |
|
|
if (opy_p && sched_mem_operand_p (insn, false))
|
| 6379 |
|
|
return sched_get_operand (insn, false);
|
| 6380 |
|
|
|
| 6381 |
|
|
if (opx_p && sched_mem_operand_p (insn, true))
|
| 6382 |
|
|
return sched_get_operand (insn, true);
|
| 6383 |
|
|
|
| 6384 |
|
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
| 6385 |
|
|
return NULL;
|
| 6386 |
|
|
}
|
| 6387 |
|
|
|
| 6388 |
|
|
/* Return non-zero if PRO modifies register used as part of
|
| 6389 |
|
|
address in CON. */
|
| 6390 |
|
|
int
|
| 6391 |
|
|
m68k_sched_address_bypass_p (rtx pro, rtx con)
|
| 6392 |
|
|
{
|
| 6393 |
|
|
rtx pro_x;
|
| 6394 |
|
|
rtx con_mem_read;
|
| 6395 |
|
|
|
| 6396 |
|
|
pro_x = sched_get_reg_operand (pro, true);
|
| 6397 |
|
|
if (pro_x == NULL)
|
| 6398 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 6399 |
|
|
|
| 6400 |
|
|
con_mem_read = sched_get_mem_operand (con, true, false);
|
| 6401 |
|
|
gcc_assert (con_mem_read != NULL);
|
| 6402 |
|
|
|
| 6403 |
|
|
if (reg_mentioned_p (pro_x, con_mem_read))
|
| 6404 |
|
|
return 1;
|
| 6405 |
|
|
|
| 6406 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 6407 |
|
|
}
|
| 6408 |
|
|
|
| 6409 |
|
|
/* Helper function for m68k_sched_indexed_address_bypass_p.
|
| 6410 |
|
|
if PRO modifies register used as index in CON,
|
| 6411 |
|
|
return scale of indexed memory access in CON. Return zero overwise. */
|
| 6412 |
|
|
static int
|
| 6413 |
|
|
sched_get_indexed_address_scale (rtx pro, rtx con)
|
| 6414 |
|
|
{
|
| 6415 |
|
|
rtx reg;
|
| 6416 |
|
|
rtx mem;
|
| 6417 |
|
|
struct m68k_address address;
|
| 6418 |
|
|
|
| 6419 |
|
|
reg = sched_get_reg_operand (pro, true);
|
| 6420 |
|
|
if (reg == NULL)
|
| 6421 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 6422 |
|
|
|
| 6423 |
|
|
mem = sched_get_mem_operand (con, true, false);
|
| 6424 |
|
|
gcc_assert (mem != NULL && MEM_P (mem));
|
| 6425 |
|
|
|
| 6426 |
|
|
if (!m68k_decompose_address (GET_MODE (mem), XEXP (mem, 0), reload_completed,
|
| 6427 |
|
|
&address))
|
| 6428 |
|
|
gcc_unreachable ();
|
| 6429 |
|
|
|
| 6430 |
|
|
if (REGNO (reg) == REGNO (address.index))
|
| 6431 |
|
|
{
|
| 6432 |
|
|
gcc_assert (address.scale != 0);
|
| 6433 |
|
|
return address.scale;
|
| 6434 |
|
|
}
|
| 6435 |
|
|
|
| 6436 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 6437 |
|
|
}
|
| 6438 |
|
|
|
| 6439 |
|
|
/* Return non-zero if PRO modifies register used
|
| 6440 |
|
|
as index with scale 2 or 4 in CON. */
|
| 6441 |
|
|
int
|
| 6442 |
|
|
m68k_sched_indexed_address_bypass_p (rtx pro, rtx con)
|
| 6443 |
|
|
{
|
| 6444 |
|
|
gcc_assert (sched_cfv4_bypass_data.pro == NULL
|
| 6445 |
|
|
&& sched_cfv4_bypass_data.con == NULL
|
| 6446 |
|
|
&& sched_cfv4_bypass_data.scale == 0);
|
| 6447 |
|
|
|
| 6448 |
|
|
switch (sched_get_indexed_address_scale (pro, con))
|
| 6449 |
|
|
{
|
| 6450 |
|
|
case 1:
|
| 6451 |
|
|
/* We can't have a variable latency bypass, so
|
| 6452 |
|
|
remember to adjust the insn cost in adjust_cost hook. */
|
| 6453 |
|
|
sched_cfv4_bypass_data.pro = pro;
|
| 6454 |
|
|
sched_cfv4_bypass_data.con = con;
|
| 6455 |
|
|
sched_cfv4_bypass_data.scale = 1;
|
| 6456 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 6457 |
|
|
|
| 6458 |
|
|
case 2:
|
| 6459 |
|
|
case 4:
|
| 6460 |
|
|
return 1;
|
| 6461 |
|
|
|
| 6462 |
|
|
default:
|
| 6463 |
|
|
return 0;
|
| 6464 |
|
|
}
|
| 6465 |
|
|
}
|
| 6466 |
|
|
|
| 6467 |
|
|
/* We generate a two-instructions program at M_TRAMP :
|
| 6468 |
|
|
movea.l &CHAIN_VALUE,%a0
|
| 6469 |
|
|
jmp FNADDR
|
| 6470 |
|
|
where %a0 can be modified by changing STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM. */
|
| 6471 |
|
|
|
| 6472 |
|
|
static void
|
| 6473 |
|
|
m68k_trampoline_init (rtx m_tramp, tree fndecl, rtx chain_value)
|
| 6474 |
|
|
{
|
| 6475 |
|
|
rtx fnaddr = XEXP (DECL_RTL (fndecl), 0);
|
| 6476 |
|
|
rtx mem;
|
| 6477 |
|
|
|
| 6478 |
|
|
gcc_assert (ADDRESS_REGNO_P (STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM));
|
| 6479 |
|
|
|
| 6480 |
|
|
mem = adjust_address (m_tramp, HImode, 0);
|
| 6481 |
|
|
emit_move_insn (mem, GEN_INT(0x207C + ((STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM-8) << 9)));
|
| 6482 |
|
|
mem = adjust_address (m_tramp, SImode, 2);
|
| 6483 |
|
|
emit_move_insn (mem, chain_value);
|
| 6484 |
|
|
|
| 6485 |
|
|
mem = adjust_address (m_tramp, HImode, 6);
|
| 6486 |
|
|
emit_move_insn (mem, GEN_INT(0x4EF9));
|
| 6487 |
|
|
mem = adjust_address (m_tramp, SImode, 8);
|
| 6488 |
|
|
emit_move_insn (mem, fnaddr);
|
| 6489 |
|
|
|
| 6490 |
|
|
FINALIZE_TRAMPOLINE (XEXP (m_tramp, 0));
|
| 6491 |
|
|
}
|
| 6492 |
|
|
|
| 6493 |
|
|
/* On the 68000, the RTS insn cannot pop anything.
|
| 6494 |
|
|
On the 68010, the RTD insn may be used to pop them if the number
|
| 6495 |
|
|
of args is fixed, but if the number is variable then the caller
|
| 6496 |
|
|
must pop them all. RTD can't be used for library calls now
|
| 6497 |
|
|
because the library is compiled with the Unix compiler.
|
| 6498 |
|
|
Use of RTD is a selectable option, since it is incompatible with
|
| 6499 |
|
|
standard Unix calling sequences. If the option is not selected,
|
| 6500 |
|
|
the caller must always pop the args. */
|
| 6501 |
|
|
|
| 6502 |
|
|
static int
|
| 6503 |
|
|
m68k_return_pops_args (tree fundecl, tree funtype, int size)
|
| 6504 |
|
|
{
|
| 6505 |
|
|
return ((TARGET_RTD
|
| 6506 |
|
|
&& (!fundecl
|
| 6507 |
|
|
|| TREE_CODE (fundecl) != IDENTIFIER_NODE)
|
| 6508 |
|
|
&& (!stdarg_p (funtype)))
|
| 6509 |
|
|
? size : 0);
|
| 6510 |
|
|
}
|
| 6511 |
|
|
|
| 6512 |
|
|
/* Make sure everything's fine if we *don't* have a given processor.
|
| 6513 |
|
|
This assumes that putting a register in fixed_regs will keep the
|
| 6514 |
|
|
compiler's mitts completely off it. We don't bother to zero it out
|
| 6515 |
|
|
of register classes. */
|
| 6516 |
|
|
|
| 6517 |
|
|
static void
|
| 6518 |
|
|
m68k_conditional_register_usage (void)
|
| 6519 |
|
|
{
|
| 6520 |
|
|
int i;
|
| 6521 |
|
|
HARD_REG_SET x;
|
| 6522 |
|
|
if (!TARGET_HARD_FLOAT)
|
| 6523 |
|
|
{
|
| 6524 |
|
|
COPY_HARD_REG_SET (x, reg_class_contents[(int)FP_REGS]);
|
| 6525 |
|
|
for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
|
| 6526 |
|
|
if (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (x, i))
|
| 6527 |
|
|
fixed_regs[i] = call_used_regs[i] = 1;
|
| 6528 |
|
|
}
|
| 6529 |
|
|
if (flag_pic)
|
| 6530 |
|
|
fixed_regs[PIC_REG] = call_used_regs[PIC_REG] = 1;
|
| 6531 |
|
|
}
|
| 6532 |
|
|
|
| 6533 |
|
|
static void
|
| 6534 |
|
|
m68k_init_sync_libfuncs (void)
|
| 6535 |
|
|
{
|
| 6536 |
|
|
init_sync_libfuncs (UNITS_PER_WORD);
|
| 6537 |
|
|
}
|
| 6538 |
|
|
|
| 6539 |
|
|
#include "gt-m68k.h"
|